Agenda Reports Pack (Public)

Home , Charlbury Road

Public Document Pack

To : Members and Invitees of the Admission Forum

Notice of a Meeting of the Admission Forum

Tuesday, 24 November 2009 at 6.00 pm

MEETING ROOMS 1 & 2

County Hall

Tony Cloke Assistant Head of Legal & Democratic Services November 2009

Contact Officer: Kath Coldwell, Tel 01865 815902 Email: [email protected]

Membership

Chairman – Vacancy

CORE MEMBERS Community School Representative: Jolie Kirby Voluntary Controlled School To be confirmed Representative: Voluntary Aided School To be confirmed Representative: Foundation School Representative: Nick Hindmarsh Academy Representative: Valerie Coombs Parent Representative: Dr Uday Kishore Community Representative: Aggie Kalungu-Banda (Oxfordshire Racial Equality Council) Anglican Diocese of Oxford Valerie Coombs Representative: Catholic Archdiocese of Birmingham Kate Edwards Representative:

County Hall, New Road, Oxford, OX1 1ND www.oxfordshire.gov.uk Fax: 01865 783195 Media Enquiries 01865 815266

NON CORE MEMBERS

RAF Representative: Meg Wickett

(Community Development Officer – RAF Benson) Army Representative: Vacancy Community Representative: Olivia Denson (Children’s Education Advisory Service) Secondary Community School To be confirmed Representative:

Secondary Community School Peter Simmonds Representative (with experience and knowledge of special needs)

Primary Community School To be confirmed Representative: Primary Church Aided School To be confirmed Representative: Councillor Representatives: Councillor Lawrie Stratford Councillor Michael Waine Parent Admission Advisor Rachel Caseby Representative: Governor Representative: Frank Newhofer

The Agenda is attached

Date of next meeting: 23 February 2010

AGENDA

1. Election of Chairman for a Year

The Forum is asked to elect a Chairman, to remain in post for a year from the date of their election, as agreed in the Forum’s Constitution.

Members are reminded that the Chairman does not have to be a core member.

2. Election of Deputy Chairman for a Year

The Forum is asked to elect a Deputy Chairman, to remain in post for a year from the date of their election, as agreed in the Forum’s Constitution.

Members are reminded that the Deputy Chairman does not have to be a core member.

3. Apologies for Absence

4. Declarations of Interest - see guidance note on the back page

5. Minutes of the previous meeting (Pages 1 - 8)

To confirm the minutes of the meeting held on 21 October 2009 ( AF5 ).

6. Any other Business

7. Admission Forum Membership

Contact Officer: Kath Coldwell (01865) 815902

At its October meeting the Forum noted that the Army was content for the Children’s Education Advisory Service (CEAS) to represent it on the Forum and was asked to determine how to allocate the vacancy.

The United Schools Church Trust had requested that an additional place be allocated for Academy representation, by virtue of being a very different organisation with a funding agreement relating specifically to admissions.

Members agreed that an additional Academy place should not be allocated as this would not be proportionate in terms of the number of different types of school in the county and that the allocation of the vacant seat should be determined at its next meeting, due to the low turnout.

A Forum member had suggested that as the Ministry of Defence is the largest employer in the county, the Forum could be asked to suggest a few possible candidates for consideration at its November meeting.

- 2 -

The Forum is asked to determine to whom it wishes to allocate the vacant seat.

8. Future Work Programme (Pages 9 - 10)

Contact Officer: Neil Darlington (01865) 815844

At its October meeting it was agreed that Mr Darlington would bring examples of Admission Forum work programme timetables to the Forum’s November meeting in order to assist it in drawing up its future work programme timetable.

An example is attached at AF8 .

The Forum is asked to determine its future work programme.

9. Proposed Schedule of Co-ordination for In Year Admissions for years F1 to 11 in 2010-11 (Pages 11 - 14)

Contact Officer: Neil Darlington (01865) 815844

To receive the proposed schedule of co-ordination for in year admissions for years F1 to 11 in 2010-11 ( AF9 ).

The Forum is asked to comment on the proposed schedule of co-ordination for in year admissions for years F1 to 11 in 2010-11.

10. Co-ordinated Admission Arrangements and Admission Arrangements for Community and Voluntary Controlled Schools for 2011/12 (Pages 15 - 50)

Contact Officer: Neil Darlington (01865) 815844

In Oxfordshire the formal consultation on coordinated admission arrangements and admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools will take place between 24 November 2009 and 23 February 2010.

The proposed arrangements are attached at AF10(a) . The proposed admission rules are attached at AF10(b) . The admission numbers will be presented to the meeting.

The Forum is asked to comment on the proposed coordinated admission arrangements and admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools.

11. Proposed Changes to Designated Areas for Community and Voluntary Controlled Schools (Pages 51 - 86)

Contact Officer: Neil Darlington (01865) 815844

A report setting out proposed changes to designated areas for community and voluntary controlled schools is attached ( AF11 ).

- 3 -

The Forum is invited to give its view on the proposed changes.

12. Home to School Transport Policy

Contact Officer: Neil Darlington (01865) 815844

To receive a verbal report, together with a document to be tabled at the meeting.

The Forum is invited to receive the verbal report and document.

13. Admission Policies of 'Own Admission Authority' Schools (Pages 87 - 372)

Contact Officer: Neil Darlington (01865) 815844

A number of policies of own admission authority schools are attached at AF13.

Any further policies received in time for consideration will be tabled at the meeting.

The Forum is invited to give its views on the above policies.

TERMS OF REFERENCE The Forum’s Terms of Reference are appended to this agenda.

Declarations of Interest

This note briefly summarises the position on interests which you must declare at the meeting. Please refer to the Members’ Code of Conduct in Section DD of the Constitution for a fuller description.

The duty to declare … You must always declare any “personal interest” in a matter under consideration, ie where the matter affects (either positively or negatively): (i) any of the financial and other interests which you are required to notify for inclusion in the statutory Register of Members’ Interests; or (ii) your own well-being or financial position or that of any member of your family or any person with whom you have a close association more than it would affect other people in the County.

Whose interests are included … “Member of your family” in (ii) above includes spouses and partners and other relatives’ spouses and partners, and extends to the employment and investment interests of relatives and friends and their involvement in other bodies of various descriptions. For a full list of what “relative” covers, please see the Code of Conduct.

When and what to declare … The best time to make any declaration is under the agenda item “Declarations of Interest”. Under the Code you must declare not later than at the start of the item concerned or (if different) as soon as the interest “becomes apparent”. In making a declaration you must state the nature of the interest.

Taking part if you have an interest … Having made a declaration you may still take part in the debate and vote on the matter unless your personal interest is also a “prejudicial” interest.

“Prejudicial” interests … A prejudicial interest is one which a member of the public knowing the relevant facts would think so significant as to be likely to affect your judgment of the public interest.

What to do if your interest is prejudicial … If you have a prejudicial interest in any matter under consideration, you may remain in the room but only for the purpose of making representations, answering questions or giving evidence relating to the matter under consideration, provided that the public are also allowed to attend the meeting for the same purpose, whether under a statutory right or otherwise.

Exceptions … There are a few circumstances where you may regard yourself as not having a prejudicial interest or may participate even though you may have one. These, together with other rules about participation in the case of a prejudicial interest, are set out in paragraphs 10 – 12 of the Code.

Seeking Advice … It is your responsibility to decide whether any of these provisions apply to you in particular circumstances, but you may wish to seek the advice of the Monitoring Officer before the meeting.

If you have any special requirements (such as a large print version of these papers or special access facilities) please contact the officer named on the front page, but please give as much notice as possible before the meeting.

Agenda Item 5

ADMISSION FORUM

MINUTES of the meeting held on Wednesday, 21 October 2009 commencing at 6.00 pm and finishing at 8.00 pm

Present :

Voting Members: Ms Kate Edwards – in the Chair

Ms Rachel Caseby Ms Aggie Kalungu-Banda Mr Frank Newhofer Councillor Lawrie Stratford Councillor Michael Waine

Officers:

Whole of meeting Ms Kath Coldwell (Corporate Core) Mr Neil Darlington (Children, Young People & Families)

The Committee considered the matters, reports and recommendations contained or referred to in the agenda for the meeting, together with a schedule of addenda tabled at the meeting, and decided as set out below. Except insofar as otherwise specified, the reasons for the decisions are contained in the agenda, reports and schedule, copies of which are attached to the signed Minutes.

16/09 ELECTION OF CHAIRMAN FOR THE CURRENT COUNCIL YEAR (Agenda No. 1)

IT WAS AGREED that Ms Edwards be elected to Chairman for the duration of the meeting, given the low number of members present.

17/09 ELECTION OF DEPUTY CHAIRMAN FOR THE CURRENT COUNCIL YEAR (Agenda No. 2)

IT WAS AGREED that the Forum be asked to elect to Chairman and Deputy Chairman at its next scheduled meeting, given the low number of members present.

18/09 APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE (Agenda No. 3)

Apologies were received from Ms Coombs, Ms Denson, Mr Hindmarsh, Ms Kirby, Dr Kishore, Mr Simmonds and Ms Wickett.

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 1 AF5

19/09 DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST (Agenda No. 4)

Ms Caseby declared a personal interest at this item on the grounds that she is a governor at Aston Rowant Church of England Primary School, her children attend two Oxfordshire schools and her husband is the Deputy Headteacher of St Gregory the Great Catholic School.

Councillor Waine declared a personal interest at this item by virtue of being a governor at two secondary schools in Bicester.

Mr Newhofer declared a personal interest at this item by virtue of being a governor at two secondary schools in the City.

Ms Kalugu-Banda declared a personal interest at this item by virtue of being the Chair of Governors at St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, Banbury.

Councillor Stratford declared a personal interest at this item by virtue of being a governor at two schools in Bicester.

20/09 ANY OTHER BUSINESS (Agenda No. )

Mr Newhofer requested that the DCSF consultation on the new admission code for reception aged children be raised at this meeting, given that the response deadline fell before the date of the Forum’s next scheduled meeting.

IT WAS AGREED that this matter would be discussed at this meeting.

21/09 MINUTES OF THE PREVIOUS MEETING (Agenda No. 5)

The Minutes of the meeting held on 17 June 2009 were approved and signed.

Matters Arising from the Minutes

Minute 12/09 – Admission Forum Membership – Ms Coldwell reported that she was still seeking members as follows and that a number of emails had been despatched via the Oxfordshire Primary Headteachers’ Association (OPHTA) and the Oxfordshire Secondary School Head Teachers’ Association (OSSHTA):

(Core Members) • Voluntary Controlled School Representative • Voluntary Aided School Representative • Academy Representative (requires agreement regarding who will represent the Academies)

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 2 AF5

(Non Core Members) • Secondary Community School Representative • Primary Community School Representative • Primary Church Aided School Representative

22/09 ADMISSION FORUM MEMBERSHIP (Agenda No. 6)

The Forum noted that the Army is content for the Children’s Education Advisory Service (CEAS) to represent it on the Forum, leaving a vacancy to be filled if required and AGREED that:

• the allocation of the vacant seat should be determined at its next meeting, due to the low turnout at this meeting;

• an extra Academy representative should not be appointed to the Forum (as they had requested) on the grounds that current non core membership had been allocated on a proportionate basis in terms of the number of each type or phase of school in the county and that to do so would not be proportionate. The point was also made that the new Admission Forum Regulations intended Forum membership to be as broadly representative of all of the relevant interest groups and stakeholders in the community as possible.

As the Ministry of Defence is the largest employer in the county it was suggested that the Forum could suggest a couple of possible candidates for consideration.

23/09 FUTURE MEETING DATES AND TIMES (Agenda No. 7)

All present noted the future meeting dates and times as listed on the agenda.

24/09 ANY OTHER BUSINESS - CONSULTATION ON THE NEW DCSF ADMISSION CODE FOR RECEPTION AGED CHILDREN (Agenda No. )

IT WAS AGREED (following a vote*) that an extraordinary meeting of the Forum be scheduled in the week commencing 2 November 09 subject to at least 5 members confirming that they could attend (quorum), to enable the Forum to consider and give a view on the consultation, prior to the closing date of 16 November 09. This would be a single item agenda and would be scheduled for an hour.

(*As set out in the Forum’s Constitution an extra meeting can be scheduled if at least three members agree to this and five members (quorum) agree to attend the meeting).

The 24 November meeting would still need to go ahead to enable the Forum to consider the admission arrangements for 2011 prior to consultation.

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 3 AF5

25/09 ADMISSION FORUM - QUORUM (Agenda No. 8)

The Forum AGREED to retain a quorum of five to enable it to meet, whilst expressing its disappointment at the need to retain a low quorum in light of the low turnout, which meant that the Forum was not as representative as it should be.

26/09 FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS (Agenda No. 9)

The Forum was asked to determine what information it wished to receive as ‘standing agenda items’.

IT WAS AGREED that Mr Darlington would bring examples of Admission Forum work programme timetables to the Forum’s 24 November 09 meeting, in order to assist it in drawing up its future work programme. Coventry and Wiltshire were cited as examples.

27/09 DESIGNATED AREAS & SIBLING PRIORITY (Agenda No. 10)

The Forum had requested the opportunity to discuss whether siblings should take priority over designated areas and had before it a short report setting out the implications of changing the current policy.

The Forum was advised as follows:

• siblings currently took precedence over non siblings in designated areas in relation to oversubscription as long as this complied with the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) Regulations 1998; • the legal advice received by the local authority had confirmed that there was no legal requirement to change the current priority given to siblings; • most siblings were currently allocated their place of choice in Oxfordshire as most schools did not fill up on their designated area. It depended on the popularity of the school.

Following discussion, the Forum AGREED that it did not wish for siblings to take priority over designated areas on the grounds that:

• some of the designated areas are oversubscribed schools; • there had been no request from schools or parents to change the order of priority; • to do so would create unnecessary confusion and tension for parents.

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 4 AF5

28/09 IN YEAR ADMISSIONS CO-ORDINATION SCHEME (Agenda No. 11)

The Forum discussed the implications of future developments for in year admissions.

Mr Darlington reported that current arrangements would need to be amended to ensure that the scheme met legal requirements and was manageable.

This would involve ensuring that:

• there was exchange of information with other local authorities; • batch handling was introduced; • there was faster processing of applications by own admission authority schools.

Mr Darlington further reported that it would be important for the Council to demonstrate that it was not disadvantaging parents living outside of the county who were applying for school places within Oxfordshire.

A Forum member expressed concern that in the case of own admission authority schools, it was not clear that the applications would be sent to the school’s governing or admissions body quickly, adding that governing bodies required seven day’s notice of a meeting.

Mr Darlington stated that there were a large number of voluntary aided schools and it was not in the authority’s interest to be slow in forwarding applications to them. The authority had to give a response to the parent by a set date and if this could be done within 15 days then it would be an improvement on current timescales.

A Forum member stated that rural voluntary aided schools with less than 30 children and mixed ages would need assistance with setting up admission committees.

Mr Darlington stated that Admission Co-ordinators would warn them of a possible need for a meeting.

Another Forum member raised his concern regarding long term malpractice amongst some schools who refused some applications on the grounds that they did not want children from certain families to attend their school. He added that some schools “cherry picked” pupils mid year by holding their own waiting lists and would contact parents of pupils at other schools to let them know that a place was now available if they still wanted it.

Mr Darlington concurred that some schools did hold waiting lists and that one option would be for the authority to regularise waiting lists by having them for a year then starting them afresh the next year across the authority. He added that waiting lists across the board would be fairer.

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 5 AF5

A Forum member stated that Catholic schools kept waiting lists to assist those Catholic families who had not been able to get their child into a Catholic school.

IT WAS AGREED that Mr Darlington would update the section on in year admissions in the versions of the Co-ordinated Admission Arrangements for Primary and Secondary Schools that would be sent for consideration by the Forum on 24 November 09 to include Foundation Schools, although he did not have the jurisdiction to amend the actual schemes.

29/09 ADMISSIONS DATA (Agenda No. 12)

The Forum had before it a range of admissions data as requested at its previous meeting.

Members noted that there had not been the problems at transfer to secondary schools as there had been at admission to primary schools. The worst problems in terms of primary admissions had been in the city and also in Henley. This had been due to an increased birth rate rather than popularity and a lack of new housing development in Henley. As a result, the authority had agreed to admit above the published admission number in a number of schools to meet demand. The consultation would need to ensure that the correct admission numbers were predicted so that increased admissions were not necessary. Arrangements for temporary classrooms were in train for those schools who would need to admit above their number. Funds would be given to those schools who would have to maintain their class sizes. Housing developments in Bicester and Henley and other areas would result in changed admission numbers. Schools who had taken above their admission numbers for Key Stage One should not have to take qualified admissions in terms of adjusting those intakes. Qualifying measures might be necessary in September in some areas.

IT WAS AGREED that the admissions data on the county council’s website would be amended so that it was in line with the data that was before the Forum.

Mr Newhofer undertook to point out the discrepancies in the data on the web site to Mr Darlington.

30/09 CONSULTATION ON ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR 2011 (Agenda No. 13)

The Forum noted that:

• the informal consultation on admission arrangements for 2011 had started on 12 October and the formal consultation would start on 24 November;

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 6 AF5

• the consultation on Home to School Transport would take place at the same time as the formal consultation on co-ordinated admission arrangements and admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools (24 November 2009 – 23 February 2010).

31/09 APPLICATION OF THE IN YEAR FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL/HARD TO PLACE PANELS/LOCAL BEHAVIOUR PARTNERSHIPS (Agenda No. 14)

The Forum noted the report and AGREED that admission appeals which resulted in schools admitting pupils over number should not count as one of the in year admission numbers for the purposes of the protocol.

32/09 CHOICE ADVISOR SYSTEM (Agenda No. 15)

Forum members were provided with a copy of the booklet ‘Oxfordshire Parent Admission Advisers: Helping Oxfordshire families with the transfer from primary to secondary school’ and noted that:

• the choice adviser system (also known as parent admission advisers elsewhere) had started in Oxfordshire in 2008 and was a government initiative; • the system was intended to provide information and support to parents, especially to vulnerable and disadvantaged families; • all three advisers in Oxfordshire were ex-primary head teachers; • they focussed on schools with high numbers of children in receipt of free school meals and with high numbers of children from black and ethnic minority communities, although it was a universal service; • parents for whom English was not their first language were in particular need of support; • the advisers undertook home visits and advised parents how to approach schools, of their rights, and that if they did not list their preferred school then they were giving the authority the right to determine the allocation of the school place for their child; • their services were also advertised in letters of refusal; • the team had just been taken over by the Family Information Service; • the service could be accessed via the internet and there were referral forms and a helpline; • they also linked in with social workers and other teams; • the team was independent, impartial and confidential; • an officer was looking at a link in with the Children’s Centres in relation to demographics.

in the Chair

Date of signing 2009

AFNOV2409R010.doc Page 7 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 8 Agenda Item 8

AFNOV2409R042.doc Page 9 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 10 Agenda Item 9 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

OXFORDSHIRE PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF CO-ORDINATION FOR IN YEAR ADMISSIONS FOR YEARS F1 TO 11 IN 2010/11

1. Admissions for entry to primary or secondary schools outside of the normal admission round are referred to in this scheme as “in year” admissions.

2. The LA will coordinate in-year admissions to all maintained schools and Academies from F1 to Year 11 and schools will not offer or refuse a place other than through the LA. In year admissions for Year 12 and 13 must be made directly to the relevant admission authority. In the case of community and voluntary controlled schools the admission authority is the LA.

3. The Common Admissions Preference Form (In Year) will be used for in-year admissions to all maintained primary and secondary schools in Oxfordshire. For admission to primary school the form will be known as the CAPF (Primary In-Year) and for admission to secondary school it will be known as the CAPF (Secondary In Year). This is the only valid means of applying for a place at a school.

4. All parents resident in Oxfordshire will need to use the CAPF (Primary In- Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) when expressing a preference for a child’s admission to any maintained school or Academy (inside or outside Oxfordshire).

5. The governing bodies of own admission authority schools (voluntary aided, foundation or trust schools and Academies) will continue to set and apply the admissions rules for their schools.

6. If an application is for a school for which the governing body are the admission authority the LA will forward details of the application, to the governing body or the body acting as the governing body’s agent. The governing bodies of own authority schools are then responsible for determining the order of priority to be given to an application according to the admissions criteria for the school and for ensuring that this information is passed to the LA.

7. Where the application is for a school for which the LA is the admission authority and there are more applicants than places available the LA will establish the child’s order of priority according to the published admission criteria for the school.

8. The LA is responsible for establishing, in accordance with the provisions of the co-ordinated in year admissions scheme, whether a child is eligible for a place at more than one school, or is not eligible to be offered a place at any school in its area. The LA then determines whether the child is to be granted or refused admission to a school.

AFNOV2409R02_v10.doc Page 11 AF9

9. Any determination to offer a place at an own admission authority school is made on behalf of the governing body.

10. The LA, not individual schools, will notify the parent of the offer of a place. In the case of an application relating to a child living in a different local education authority’s area the LA will notify that authority of the determination.

11. If a parent resident in Oxfordshire applies on the CAPF (Primary In Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) for a school in a different local education authority the LA (Oxfordshire) will notify the maintaining authority of the application and forward any details or supporting information.

12. The CAPF (Primary In-Year) and the CAPF (Secondary In Year), or the accompanying notes, will:

• Invite the parent/carer to express a preference – or to apply for a place – by completing the form and by ranking up to three of the schools

• Explain that the parent/carer will receive no more than one offer of a school place in response to the application form.

• Explain that, subject to availability of places and the application of the admission rules, parental preference will be respected.

• Explain that, if more than one school is listed and no order of preference is given, the parent/carer will be regarded as having expressed preferences in the order that schools appear on the form (the first-mentioned being regarded as the highest preference).

• Explain that if a wish is expressed by the parents/carers that the schools listed should be regarded as equal preferences, the parent/carer will be regarded as having ranked the schools in the order appearing on the form (the first-mentioned being ranked as the highest preference).

• Enable parents/carers to give reasons for their applications for the schools listed.

• Enable parents who wish to, to state whether their child belongs to a particular faith, for example the Catholic Church or the Church of England, or no faith.

13. Own admission Authority Schools May Ask Parents To Complete A Supplementary information form. This will be accessible through the Oxfordshire County Council website. Parents can also obtain a paper copy of the supplementary form from the LA’s Admissions Team or the relevant school. 1 Parents cannot be required to complete a supplementary information form. This form cannot be used as a substitute for the CAPF.

1 Any supplementary forms have to comply with the requirements set out in paragraphs 1.77 to 1.79 of the School Admissions Code 2009.

AFNOV2409R02_v10.doc Page 12 AF9

14. If a parent makes a direct approach for a place for his/her child to any maintained school or Academy within Oxfordshire that caters for the appropriate age range the parent/carer will be asked to complete the CAPF (Primary In-Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) irrespective of whether the school has vacancies in the year group in question. The school will pass the completed CAPF (Primary In –Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) to the LA’s Admission Team. The Admissions Team will then process the application.

15. The LA will keep the admission lists for F1 to Year 11 for all maintained schools and Academies in Oxfordshire.

16. Where the LA acting as the “clearing house” is unable to offer a school for which a parent resident in Oxfordshire has expressed a preference on the CAPF (Primary In-Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year), a place will normally be offered at the nearest school with an available place. The distance used to determine the nearest school will be the shortest designated public route as defined using the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

17. If the nearest school is a voluntary aided, foundation or trust school, or Academy the “clearing house”, prior to any offer of a place, will check availability with the admission authority for that school. The governing body will consider any notification of this kind as an application (or preference) made by the child’s parent and therefore falling within section 86 of the 1998 Act. If there are more applicants than places the governing body will rank the applications using the published admission rules. The admission authority will then notify the LA, the “clearing house”, of the rankings.

18. Determining whether a school has places available will normally be on the basis of whether the number on roll is less than the published admission number for the relevant year group.

19. The In Year Admissions timetable is attached as Appendix 1.

AFNOV2409R02_v10.doc Page 13 AF9

APPENDIX 1

In Year Admissions Timetable F1 to Year 11

Event Action by LA receives Oxfordshire Added to the batch waiting for processing an application LA’s form Admissions Team

Processing Oxfordshire Notification of details to any own admission authority LA’s school requested or for out of county schools the Admissions maintaining LA will take place on the following: Team • First working day of the week (normally Monday) • Fourth working day of the school week (normally Thursday)

Decision on Admission Within a maximum of 5 school days of receipt for ranking /offer authorities normal applications and a maximum of 10 school of a place by days for complex cases an own admission authority school

Notification LA Within 10 days of the maintaining LA receiving the received from Admissions details of the application for schools for which the LA the Teams is the admission authority. maintaining LA Within 13 days of the maintaining LA receiving the details of the application for own admission authority schools in its area.

Determination LA First working day of the week (normally Monday) and by LA Fourth working day of the school week (normally Thursday)

Notification to LA First working day of the week (normally Monday) or parent Admissions Fourth working day of the school week (normally Team Thursday)

On roll School Within 15 school days of being offered a place

AFNOV2409R02_v10.doc Page 14 Agenda Item 10

DOCUMENT A

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

THE PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF CO-ORDINATION FOR ADMISSION TO PRIMARY, INFANTS’ AND JUNIOR SCHOOLS FOR YEARS F1 TO YEAR 6 AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS FOR YEARS 7 TO 11 IN 2011/12

1. Introduction

1.1 The scheme relates to admissions arrangements for all maintained primary, infants’, junior and secondary schools and Academies in Oxfordshire for the academic year 2011-12, including transfers from infants’ schools to junior schools at the end of Key Stage 1.

1.2 The LA will coordinate admissions and act as the “clearing house” for all applications from F1 to Year 11. This includes initial entry to primary school in F1, transfers from infants’ schools to junior schools at the end of Key Stage 1, secondary transfer and all in year admissions for years F1 to Year 11.

1.3 The coordinated scheme for admission is an “equal preference “scheme. This means that when the admission rules need to be applied, or when there are vacancies and there is no need to apply the admission rules, if more than one of the listed schools can be offered the one actually offered will be the one that has been ranked the highest by the parent/parents.

1.4 A glossary of key terms used in the scheme is shown at Annex A.

1.5 An outline of key dates in the admissions process for primary and secondary admissions is shown at Annex B.

1.6 The coordinated admission scheme is part of the published admission arrangements for all community and voluntary controlled schools in Oxfordshire for 2011/12. The LA is the admission authority for these schools and so is responsible for determining whether places can be offered and offering any places at the schools concerned.

1.7 The coordinated admission scheme will become part of the published admission arrangements for all own admission authority schools and Academies in Oxfordshire for 2011/12, once this scheme has been adopted by the governing bodies of the schools concerned.

1.8 Any applications for admission received by schools will be passed to the “clearing house”, the LA.

1.9 When applying through this scheme at initial allocation parents will receive no more than a single offer of a place.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 15 AF10(a)

1.10 Data on applications for transfer from primary to secondary schools will be shared with other LAs where parents have expressed a preference for a school in that LA’s area.

1.11 The governing bodies of own admission authority schools (voluntary aided, foundation and trust schools and Academies) covered by this scheme remain responsible for setting admission rules, applying them, and determining the offer of places. However, for all own admission authority schools places from F1 to Year 11 will be offered to the parent by the LA on behalf of the relevant Governing Body. School places will not be offered to parents directly by a Governing Body.

2. The Common Admissions Preference Form for entry to the F1 Year in Primary Schools, to Year 3 at junior Schools and Year 7 at secondary schools.

2.1 There will be a separate application form for entry to the following phases of schooling:

• The Common Admissions Preference Form (Primary) or CAPF (Primary) for entry to F1. • The Common Admissions Preference Form (Junior) or CAPF (Junior) for the start of Year 3 at junior schools. • The Common Admissions Preference Form (Secondary) for entry to the start of Year 7.

2.2 There will also be separate application forms for in year admissions:

• The Common Admissions Preference Form (Primary In Year) • The Common Admissions Preference Form (Secondary In Year)

2.3 The LA, the “clearing house”, will make the relevant CAPF form available to parents resident in Oxfordshire. All parents will need to use the relevant CAPF form to express a preference for a child’s admission to any maintained secondary school or Academy in England.

2.4 Information on how to obtain a school place will be available on line through the Oxfordshire County Council web site.

2.5 Parents resident within Oxfordshire will be able to state up to 3 preferences on the CAPF (Primary), the CAPF (Junior), the CAPF (Secondary), the CAPF(Secondary In Year), and the CAPF(Primary In Year).

2.7 Parents resident outside Oxfordshire who wish to apply for a place for their child at a maintained school or Academy within Oxfordshire will need to complete the common application form for their home authority. They will be unable to apply using one of the Oxfordshire forms.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 16 AF10(a)

2.11 The CAPF (Primary), the CAPF (Junior) and the CAPF(Secondary) will be used for the purpose of admitting pupils in the specified year. This form and /or the accompanying notes will also:

• Specify the closing date and to where it must be returned

• Invite the parent/carer to express a preference – or to apply for a place – by completing the form and by ranking up to three of the schools

• Explain that the parent/carer will receive no more than one offer of a school place in response to the application form

• Explain that, subject to availability of places and the application of the admission rules, parental preference will be respected

• Enable parents/carers to give reasons for their applications for the schools listed

• Enable parents who wish to, to state whether their child belongs to a particular faith, for example the Catholic Church or the Church of England, or have other reasons of faith for requesting a particular school.

2.12 The LA will take all reasonable steps to ensure that parents with children of the appropriate age, resident in the LA area, are provided with information on the key features of the coordinated admissions scheme. This will include making all reasonable efforts to provide parents with a copy of the appropriate CAPF, an explanation of the admissions process and the admission rules for all maintained schools and Academies in Oxfordshire

2.13 The governing body of any own admission authority school or Academy 1 included in this scheme may request parents who wish to list, or have listed, that school on the application form to provide additional information to the school on a supplementary information form. When this is requested, the details and procedural arrangements must be consistent with the requirements of the School Admissions Code and the coordinated admission scheme. If parents complete a CAPF (Primary), CAPF (Junior) or CAPF (Secondary), and they have listed an own admission school or

1 Subject to the requirements set out in paragraphs 1.77, 1.78, 1.79 of the School Admissions Code 2009.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 17 AF10(a)

Academy on the form but have not completed any supplementary information form for that institution the application will still be valid. Completion of a supplementary information form on its own will not constitute an application for an own admission authority school or Academy.

2.14 The LA will not provide governing bodies of own admission authority schools and Academies with the order in which preferences have been listed on the relevant CAPF. However, the “clearing house” will provide these schools with general information on the number of first, second and third preferences as described in paragraph 2.15 below.

2.15 All maintained schools and Academies will be provided with information on the number of first, second, and third preferences received for the school concerned.

2.16 Information on how to obtain a school place will be available on line through the Oxfordshire County Council web site. Parents will also be able to apply on line or using paper forms.

3. Processing of Application Forms for Entry to F1 (Primary School), Year 3 at Junior Schools and Year 7 at Secondary School.

3.1 The deadlines for receipt of on time applications are set out below:

• 2359 hours, 31 October 2010 for Year 7. • 2359 hours, 15 January 2011 for the main intake for F1 and Year 3 at junior schools.

3.2 Completed CAPF (Primary), CAPF (Junior) or CAPF (Secondary) applications received after the closing date will be treated as late applications, except in the circumstances set out in paragraph 5.2.

3.3 The LA will process all Common Admissions Preference Forms. However, individual admission authorities retain the legal responsibility for determining the actual offer of places at a particular school.

3.4 Admission authorities will be informed of whether the school concerned has been listed by parents. However, the preferences stated on the CAPF (Primary), CAPF (Junior) or CAPF (Secondary) will be confidential between the parent and the clearing house (the LA) and, if an appeal is lodged regarding an individual child, all parties at an independent appeal panel hearing for that child.

3.5 All applications showing a preference/preferences received by the relevant deadline will be considered before any applications received after the deadline, except in the circumstances described in paragraph 5.2.

3.6 If a school is oversubscribed places will be offered on the basis of the published admission rules for the school concerned.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 18 AF10(a)

3.7 If it is not possible to allocate a place at a school for which a preference has been expressed, a place will be allocated at an alternative school. This will not be done until all on-time expressed preferences have been considered.

3.8 All processing and notifications in the following paragraphs must be completed in accordance with the written timetable shown as Annex B for primary and junior schools and Annex C for secondary schools.

4. Determining Offers in response to the Common Admissions Preference Form for Entry to Primary, Junior School or Secondary School during the Normal Admissions Round.

4.1 The LA will act as a “clearing house” for the allocation of places by the relevant admission authorities for all maintained schools and Academies.

4.2 The “clearing house”, will process all common admissions preference forms.

4.3 Admission authorities for individual schools will remain responsible for determining which applicants will be offered places at the schools concerned. The way in which this will in practice be carried out is set out in paragraph 4.7 below.

4.4 The LA will notify the admission authority for each of the maintained schools in Oxfordshire of every application that has been made for that school, regardless of preference, including all relevant details.

4.5 The LA will also notify any other relevant LA of every preference made for schools in that LA’s area, including all relevant details. Information on whether an individual school in another LAs area has been listed as a first, second, or third preference will only be provided if it is needed to enable that school to apply its admission rules.

4.6 If any schools are oversubscribed places will be offered on the basis of the published admission rules for the school concerned.

4.7 The admission authority for each maintained school and Academy in Oxfordshire will provide the “clearing house” with a list of children indicating the order in which places should be allocated under each criterion. This list will include all applicants for whom the LA received a CAPF irrespective of whether a place can be offered at the first stage of the iterative process.

4.8 During the allocation process an allocation will become firm where a parent’s child is provisionally allocated a place at the school ranked first on the CAPF.

4.9 In the case of 4.8 above the LA will then withdraw any provisional allocation of a place for that parent’s child at schools ranked second or third on the CAPF (Secondary). The LA will also remove the child’s name from any waiting list for a second ranked maintained school within Oxfordshire and, where relevant, inform all relevant admitting authorities outside Oxfordshire that a place is no longer required.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 19 AF10(a)

4.10 Where a child has been provisionally allocated a place at the second, rather than first ranked school, the LA will hold that provisional allocation, pending further rounds. It will also withdraw any provisional allocation of a place at a school listed third on the CAPF. The LA will also remove the child’s name from any waiting list for a third ranked maintained school within Oxfordshire and, where relevant, inform all relevant admitting authorities outside Oxfordshire that a place is no longer required.

4.11 In the case of 4.10 above the LA will then withdraw any provisional allocation of a place for that child at any school listed third on the CAPF. The LA will also remove the child’s name from any waiting list for a third ranked maintained school within Oxfordshire and, where relevant, inform all relevant admitting authorities outside Oxfordshire that a place is no longer required.

4.13 Where a child has not been provisionally allocated a place at the school which they ranked first or second, but has been provisionally allocated a place at the school which has been ranked third – the LA will hold the provisional allocation for that child, pending further rounds.

4.14 When a provisional allocation is withdrawn, the LA will provisionally allocate the place to one of the applicants on the waiting list in accordance with the relevant entry and over-subscription criteria for that school. It should be noted that where this involves an own admission authority school or Academy, the “clearing house” is acting The LA will also remove the child’s name from any waiting list for a third ranked maintained school within Oxfordshire and, where relevant, inform all relevant admitting authorities outside Oxfordshire that a place is no longer required.

4.15 In the case of Oxfordshire residents if it is not possible to allocate a place at school for which a preference has been expressed, a place will be allocated at an alternative school. This will not be done until all on-time expressed preferences have been considered. Those who cannot be offered an expressed preference for a school or Academy in Oxfordshire who are not resident in Oxfordshire are the responsibility of their home LA and they will not be automatically offered an alternative school by Oxfordshire.

4.16 The iterative process will continue until the LA, “the clearing house”, is unable to withdraw any further provisional allocations.

4.17 At the start of the iterative process, all admitting authorities within Oxfordshire will provide the LA with the names of all applicants ranked in order. This means that schools will not then need to be contacted during the iterative process. This is because the admitting authorities will have determined possible offers in advance as set out in paragraph 4.7.

4.18 At the close of the iterative admissions process all allocations then in existence will become firm allocations of a place at the school concerned. Parents will then be offered those places for their children. All parents whose applications remain on the waiting list for a school will be treated as having been refused a place by the relevant

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 20 AF10(a)

admission authority. Any offer of a place at a voluntary aided, foundation or trust school or Academy will be made on behalf of the governors of that school.

4.19 At the end of the allocation process, all admitting authorities within Oxfordshire will receive from the LA an audit trail demonstrating how the final allocations were made through the iterative process.

4.20 If the LA is informed by another LA that a child is to be offered a higher ranked school than one that can be offered within Oxfordshire no place will be offered at an Oxfordshire school. This ensures that all Oxfordshire children of the appropriate age receive one offer of a school place, irrespective of whether it is in this county or another.

5. Late Applications

5.1 This section covers applications received after the closing date. 5.2 On time applications will be considered before late applications, except:

• Where the late application can clearly be shown to be the responsibility of an admitting authority or the LA acting as the “clearing house” Or • Where there are extenuating circumstances, for example when a sudden illness prevents the parent/carer from submitting the CAPF on time

5.3 Extenuating circumstances cannot be taken into account once the iterative process has begun.

5.5 All parents who need a secondary school place for their child/children will be asked to complete the CAPF and, when appropriate, a supplementary information sheet for an own admission authority school or Academy.

5.6 Late applications received prior to 2011 will be considered for places at schools listed on the CAPF with those on the relevant continued interest lists at the first run of the continued interest lists.

6. Applicants Offered a School Not Listed on the CAPF

6.1 Where the LA acting as the “clearing house” is unable to offer a school for which a parent resident in Oxfordshire has expressed a preference on the CAPF a place will normally be offered at the nearest maintained school or Academy with an available place. The distance used to determine the nearest school will be the shortest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

6.2 The LA will determine availability on the basis of published admission numbers and expressed preferences. In this way the LA will identify those schools within Oxfordshire likely to have places remaining unfilled after the completion of the full admissions process.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 21 AF10(a)

6.3 The LA acting as the “clearing house” will notify admitting authorities of children “matched” in this way. The admission authority for each of these schools will consider each of the children for a place at the school on the same basis as if the LA’s notification were an application (or preference) made by the child’s parent falling within section 86 of the 1998 Act. The admission authority will notify the LA of the children to whom it has allocated or refused a place.

6.4 Further rounds of the procedure outlined in paragraphs 6.1 to 6.3 may be undertaken if necessary.

7. Children For Whom No Application Has Been Received

7.1 Where no application has been received for entry to F1, transfer from an infant to a junior school or for a transfer from primary to secondary school and the LA knows that the child is resident in Oxfordshire, and is not aware of any other educational arrangements having been made, a place will normally be offered at the nearest maintained school or Academy with an available place. The distance used to determine the nearest school will be the shortest designated public route as defined using the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

7.2 The LA will determine availability on the basis of published admission numbers and expressed preferences.

7.3 The LA acting as the “clearing house” will, as appropriate, notify admission authorities of children in this category who require a place. An admission authority will consider each of the children for a place at the school on the same basis as if the LA’s notification were an application (or preference) made by the child’s parent falling within section 86 of the 1998 Act. The admission authority will notify the LA of the children to whom it can allocate or needs to refuse a place.

8. Notification to parents

8.1 The LA acting as the ”clearing house” will write to all parents to whom offers can be made, notifying them of an offer of a place at either of the following, as appropriate:

• One of the schools nominated on their application form.

• Another school.

8.2 In addition if a place has to be offered at a school not listed on the CAPF the “clearing house” will provide the parent with a list of maintained schools and Academies in Oxfordshire with a suitable place available.

8.3 The letter from the LA will give parents appropriate information about their right to appeal against any refusal of a place by the admission authority for a school included in this scheme.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 22 AF10(a)

9. Waiting lists (continued interest lists)

9.1 Waiting lists will be known as continued interest lists.

9.2. At the initial offer of school places parents will be provided with details of how to place their child’s name on the continued interest list for any maintained school and Academy in Oxfordshire.

9.3 The LA acting on behalf of all maintained schools and Academies in Oxfordshire, will maintain the continued interest lists for entry to F1, Year 3 at junior schools and Year 7 at secondary schools from initial allocation until the last day of the 2011-12 academic year.

9.4 Continued interest lists for all other year groups, except Year 12 and above, will be maintained by the LA from 1 August 2011 to 31 July 2011.

9.5 If a place becomes available at an own admission authority school or Academy that school will be asked to confirm who from the continued interest list should be offered a place since the governors are the admission authorities for these schools.

9.6 Only the LA will offer a place from the continued interest list. Where this involves an own admission authority school this will be on behalf of the governors of that school or Academy.

10. In –Year Admissions, F1 to Year 11

10.1. Admissions for entry to primary or secondary schools outside of the normal admission round are referred to in this scheme as “in year” admissions.

10.2 The LA will coordinate in-year admissions to all maintained schools and Academies from F1 to Year 11 and schools will not offer or refuse a place other than through the LA. In year admissions for Year 12 and 13 must be made directly to the relevant admission authority. In the case of community and voluntary controlled schools the admission authority is the LA.

10.3 The Common Admissions Preference Form (In Year) will be used for in-year admissions to all maintained primary and secondary schools in Oxfordshire. This will be known as the CAPF (Primary In-Year) and CAPF(Secondary In Year).

10.4 All parents resident in Oxfordshire will need to use the CAPF (Primary In-Year) or CAPF(Secondary In Year) when expressing a preference for a child’s admission to any maintained school or Academy (inside or outside Oxfordshire).

10.5 The governing bodies of own admission authority schools (voluntary aided, foundation or trust schools and Academies) will continue to set and apply the admissions rules for their schools.

10.6 If an application is for a school for which the governing body are the admission authority the LA will forward details of the application, to the governing body or the

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 23 AF10(a)

body acting as the governing body’s agent. The governing bodies of own authority schools are then responsible for determining the order of priority to be given to an application according to the admissions criteria for the school and for ensuring that this information is passed to the LA.

10.7 Where the application is for a school for which the LA is the admission authority and there are more applicants than places available the LA will establish the child’s order of priority according to the published admission criteria for the school.

10.8 The LA is responsible for establishing, in accordance with the provisions of the co-ordinated in year admissions scheme, whether a child is eligible for a place at more than one school, or is not eligible to be offered a place at any school in its area. The LA then determines whether the child is to be granted or refused admission to a school.

10.9. Any determination to offer a place at an “own admission authority” school is made on behalf of the governing body.

10.10 The LA, not individual schools, will notify the parent of the offer of a place. In the case of an application relating to a child living in a different local education authority’s area the LA will notify that authority of the determination.

10.11 If a parent resident in Oxfordshire applies on the CAPF (Primary In Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) for a school in a different local education authority the LA (Oxfordshire) will notify the maintaining authority of the application and forward any details or supporting information.

10.12. The CAPF(Secondary In –Year) and CAPF (Primary In-Year) and/or accompanying notes will:

• State where and to whom the CAPF should be returned

• Invite the parent/carer to express a preference – or to apply for a place – by completing the form and by ranking up to three of the schools

• Explain that the parent/carer will receive no more than one offer of a school place in response to the application form

• Explain that, subject to availability of places and the application of the admission rules, parental preference will be respected

• Explain that, if more than one school is listed and no order of preference is given, the parent will be regarded as having expressed preferences in the order that schools appear on the form (the first-mentioned being regarded as the highest preference)

• Explain that if a wish is expressed by the parents/carers that the schools listed should be regarded as equal preferences, the parent will be

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 24 AF10(a)

regarded as having ranked the schools in the order appearing on the form (the first-mentioned being ranked as the highest preference)

• Enable parents/carers to give reasons for their applications for the schools listed

10.13 Own admission authority schools may ask parents to complete a supplementary information form. This will be accessible through the Oxfordshire County Council website. Parents can also obtain a paper copy of the supplementary form from the LA’s Admissions Team. 2

10.14 If a parent makes a direct approach for a place for his/her child to any maintained school or Academy within Oxfordshire that caters for the appropriate age range the parent will be asked to complete the CAPF (Primary In-Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) irrespective of whether the school has vacancies in the year group in question. The school will pass the completed CAPF (Primary In –Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year) to the LA’s Admission Team. The Admissions Team will then process the application.

10.15 The LA will keep the admission lists for F1 to Year 11 for all maintained schools and Academies in Oxfordshire.

10.16 Where the LA acting as the “clearing house” is unable to offer a school for which a parent resident in Oxfordshire has expressed a preference on the CAPF (Primary In-Year) or CAPF (Secondary In Year), a place will normally be offered at the nearest school with an available place. The distance used to determine the nearest school will be the shortest designated public route as defined using the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

10.17 Determining whether a school has places available will normally be on the basis of whether the number on roll is less than the published admission number for the relevant year group.

10.18 The In Year Admissions timetable is attached at Annex C.

11. Fair Access Protocol

11.1 The School Admissions Code states that all admission authorities and admission forums must have a Fair Access Protocol in place. It also states that all maintained schools and Academies must participate in their local authority’s protocol in order to ensure that unplaced children, especially the most vulnerable are offered places promptly and at a suitable school

2 Any supplementary forms have to comply with the requirements set out in paragraphs 1.77 to 1.79 of the School Admissions Code 2009.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 25 AF10(a)

11.2 The Fair Access Protocol is not applicable to admissions made through the normal admissions round for primary, junior or secondary schools and cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) Regulations . In addition the bulk of in year admissions will continue to be processed through the normal admissions process set out in Section 10 “ In –Year Admissions, F1 to Year 11” and the Fair Access Panels are not a means of avoiding legal responsibilities to meet parental preference. Therefore where a parent requests a school place and the school has vacancies in the relevant year group there is no requirement for this to be considered by a Fair Access Panel.

11.3 Each of the Fair Access Panels will be chaired by the relevant Area Service Manager for Inclusion Access and Engagement, and will monitor placements under the protocol to ensure equity between schools. When making placements the panels will take into account any special circumstances, including possible transport costs. The Service Manager for Admissions or a representative from the Admissions Team will be part of each of these panels.

11.4 The protocol can be used to enable the placement of children who fall within the following categories:

• Permanently excluded children, including those whose parents‘ have successfully appealed against an exclusion but where the independent appeal panel has decided that the pupil should not be reinstated. • Children who are at serious risk of permanent exclusion. • Children attending PRUs who need to be reintegrated back into mainstream education. • Children who have been out of education for longer than one school term. • Children whose parents have been unable to find them a place after moving to the area, because of a shortage of places. • Children withdrawn from schools by their family, following fixed term exclusions and unable to find another place. • Children of refugees and asylum seekers. • Homeless children. • Children from unsupportive family backgrounds, where a place has not been sought. • Children known to the police or other agencies. • Children without a school place and with a history of serious attendance problems. • Traveller children. • Children who are carers. • Children with special educational needs (but without a statement). • Children with disabilities or medical conditions. • Children returning from the criminal justice system. • Children of UK personnel and other Crown Servants.

11.5 Under this protocol at least 1 child per year group from the categories listed in 11.4 can be admitted above the published admission number of a primary, infants’, or junior school. In the case of those secondary schools with fewer than 900 pupils on

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 26 AF10(a)

roll they would not normally be expected to admit more than 2 above the Published Admission Number in each year group under these arrangements. Those secondary schools with 900 or more pupils on roll could be expected to admit up to 3 above the Published Admission Number in each year group.

11.6 All maintained schools and Academies in Oxfordshire are covered by this protocol.

11.7 Schools will continue to admit pupils whose parents apply for an available place under the normal admission arrangements as set out in the coordinated schemes for admission.

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 27 AF10(a)

ANNEX A GLOSSARY TO THE SCHEDULE OF CO-ORDINATION FOR ADMISSION TO PRIMARY, INFANTS’, JUNIOR AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS

Set out below is an explanation of terms commonly used in this scheme:

“Academies”

These are state schools that are not controlled by the County Council. They have a separate funding agreement with the Secretary of State that stipulates that they have to take part in the coordinated admissions arrangements and conform to the requirements of the School Admissions Code.

“Admission arrangements for the specified year”

The arrangements for a particular school or schools which determine the procedures and decision-making for admitting pupils to the school(s) during the specified year

“Admission authority”

The body responsible for setting and applying admission rules for a school or schools (in the case of community or voluntary controlled schools this is the Local Authority but for voluntary aided, trust, foundation schools and Academies it is the individual school’s governing body)

“CAPF (Primary)”, “CAPF (Primary In –Year)”, “CAPF (Junior)”, “CAPF(Secondary)” and “CAPF (Secondary In-Year)”

The application forms supplied by the LA on paper or electronically which need to be used by all Oxfordshire parent/carers seeking a place for their child in a maintained school in Oxfordshire

“Designated public route as defined using the Directorate for Children Young People & Families Geographic Information System”

The start point is the child's address, the Address Point Seed is normally within the footprint of the building and the measurement is then taken by the shortest public route via roads, streets and footpaths to the nearest designated entrance to the school. The Ordnance Survey, on the basis of the address data provided by the Post Office, sets the Address Point Seed and the Post Office obtains this data by collating its own data with that provided by district and unitary councils. The legal position is that measurements need to be taken from reasonably near to the address to reasonably near the school. There is no requirement to measure from a particular point of a building.

“Fair Access Protocol”

These were formerly referred to by the DCSF as “hard to place pupil protocols”. The School Admissions Code 2009, issued by the Secretary of State, states that these

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 28 AF10(a)

protocols “exist to ensure that access to education is secured quickly for children who have no school place, and to ensure that all schools in an area admit their fair share of children with challenging behaviour”.

“Maintained schools”

Community, voluntary aided, voluntary controlled, trust and foundation schools “The LA”

Oxfordshire County Council acting in its capacity as a Local Authority

“The LA area”

This means the area in respect of which Oxfordshire County Council is the Local Authority.

“The schools”

All maintained schools (other than special schools) and Academies that are in the LA area, and which will be admitting pupils into the first year of education in the specified year

“The specified year”

The school year beginning at or about the beginning of September 2010

“VA schools”

The Governing Body of a voluntary aided school is the admission authority for the school.

“Siblings”

For admission purposes for community and voluntary controlled schools a sibling is defined as a brother, sister, half brother, half sister, step brother or step sister who is resident at the same address at the time of entry

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 29 AF10(a)

ANNEX B

KEY ADMISSION DATES FOR ENTRY TO PRIMARY, INFANTS’, AND JUNIOR SCHOOLS IN 2011/12

October 2010 “Starting School” available for viewing online October 2010 “Starting School “ brochures available on request from schools and the LA 18 October 2010 Applications accepted from this date 15 January 2011 Closing date for on-time applications 31 March 2011 Latest date for transfer of determination of applications to other LAs 03 May 2011 Offer letters sent by second class post or online 10 May 2011 Accept place, apply for continuing interest list; as appropriate

KEY ADMISSION DATES FOR ENTRY TO SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN 2011/12

September 2009 Brochures available on request 31 October 2010 Closing date for on-time applications 23 November 2010 LA to send data to other Las by this date 7 December 2010 LA to send application data to other admission authorities in Oxfordshire by this date 14 January 2011 Last date for return of data from VA, Foundation, Trust Schools and Academies 25 January 2011 Transfer of information to other LAs on offers to non-residents by this date 1 March 2011 Offer letters dispatched 18 March 2011 Accept place, apply for continuing interest list, as appropriate 25 March 2011 Late applications, first run of continued interest 03 May 2011 Offer letters sent after first run of continued interest 20 May 2011 Deadline for acceptance of a place offered on 03 May

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 30 AF10(a)

ANNEX C In Year Admissions Timetable F1 to Year 11

Event Action by Remarks LA receives Oxfordshire Added to the batch waiting for processing an application LA’s form Admissions Team Processing Oxfordshire Notification of details to any own admission authority LA’s school requested or for out of county schools the Admissions maintaining LA will take place on the following: Team • First working day of the week (normally Monday) • Fourth working day of the school week (normally Thursday)

Decision on Admission Within a maximum of 5 school days of receipt for ranking /offer authorities normal applications and a maximum of 10 school days of a place by for complex cases an own admission authority school Notification LA Within 10 days of the maintaining LA receiving the received from Admissions details of the application for schools for which the LA is the Teams the admission authority. maintaining LA Within 13 days of the maintaining LA receiving the details of the application for own admission authority schools in its area. Determination LA First working day of the week (normally Monday) and by LA Fourth working day of the school week (normally Thursday) Notification to LA First working day of the week (normally Monday) or parent Admissions Fourth working day of the school week (normally Team Thursday) On roll School Within 15 school days of being offered a place

AFNOV2409R03_v20.doc Page 31 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 32 DOCUMENT B

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

THE PROPOSED ADMISSION RULES FOR COMMUNITY AND VOLUNTARY- CONTROLLED INFANTS’ AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS FOR 2011/12

The admission rules for all community and voluntary controlled schools, except Wolvercote School, are shown below in descending order of priority.

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 1

2. Children who are looked after by a local authority within the meaning of section 22 of the Children Act 1989 at the time of their application, and who will still be looked after at the time when they are due to be admitted to the school. 2

3. Disabled children who need to be admitted to a school on the grounds of physical accessibility. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act 1995 as amended.

4. Children who live in the school's designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given in the following descending order:

(a) First priority in category 4 will go to those children with a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. However, if there are more applicants than places in category 4(a) priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

(b) Second priority in category 4 will go to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System

5. Children living outside the designated area who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given within this group to children who live closest to the school

1 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school, irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion and in these admission rules this requirement is listed as “Rule 1” for reasons of clarity and simplicity. 2 The Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 state that this criterion must be the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria. It is referred to as “Rule 2” for simplicity.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 33 AF10(b)

by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

6. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

THE PROPOSED ADMISSION RULES FOR WOLVERCOTE PRIMARY SCHOOL 2011/12

The admission rules for Wolvercote Primary School are shown below in descending order of priority.

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 3

4. Children who live in the school's designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given in the following descending order of priority:

(a) Those children who will have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants in this category than places available priority will be given to those living in Lower Wolvercote followed if necessary by the distance tie break set out in 4 c.

(b) Those children living within the area of Lower Wolvercote.

(c) Those children who live closest to the school using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

5. Children living outside the designated area who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application and who will still be attending the preferred

3 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school, irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion and in these admission rules this requirement is listed as “Rule 1” for reasons of clarity and simplicity. 4 The Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 state that this criterion must be the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria. It is referred to as “Rule 2” for simplicity.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 34 AF10(b)

school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given within this group to children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

6. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

Continued Interest Lists

Parents will be able to place their children’s names on the continued interest list for a community or voluntary controlled primary or infants’ school.

For those applying through the normal admissions round for F1 or Year 3 at junior schools the continued lists will be maintained from immediately following initial allocation to the end of the academic year of entry.

In the case of those applying in year the continued interest lists will be maintained from 1 August until 31 July of the year of application.

Time of Entry

The admission rules give a high priority to those with a brother or sister attending the relevant school at the applicants “time of entry”. This means that in the normal admissions round there will be no sibling connection for admission purposes for those applicants for F1 who have a brother or sister in Year 6 or Year 2 for admission to infants’ schools.

Admission to an older or younger age group

Children considered for late transfer to primary or infants’ school would almost certainly have a Statement of Special Educational Needs. Discussion relating to late transfer would normally be initiated within an annual review of the child’s Statement of Special Educational Needs.

Any early admission of a child, for example admission to F1 when of F2 age, would require evidence of the need for such an action and the agreement of the LA. Early admissions of this kind are likely to be very uncommon.

Where, through the agreed procedure, a pupil is transferring school outside the normal year they will be treated equally to other children in the transfer group.

Random Allocation

In the following circumstances the Local Authority will use random allocation to determine who will be offered a place:

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 35 AF10(b)

• The measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical result.

• The children are from a multiple birth, they live at the same address, and one or more children can be offered a place but there are insufficient places to admit all the children concerned.

Fair Access Protocol

The School Admissions Code states that all admission authorities and admission forums must have a Fair Access Protocol in place. It also states that all maintained schools and Academies must participate in their local authority’s protocol in order to ensure that unplaced children, especially the most vulnerable are offered places promptly and at a suitable school

The Fair Access Protocol is not applicable to admissions made through the normal admissions round for primary, junior or secondary schools and cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) Regulations .

The bulk of in year admissions will continue to be processed through the normal admissions process and the Fair Access Panels are not a means of avoiding legal responsibilities to meet parental preference. Therefore where a parent requests a school place and the school has vacancies in the relevant year group there is no requirement for this to be considered by a Fair Access Panel before a place is offered.

Each of the Fair Access Panels will be chaired by the relevant Area Service Manager for Inclusion Access and Engagement, and will monitor placements under the Protocol to ensure equity between schools. When making placements the panels will take into account any special circumstances, including possible transport costs. The Service Manager for Admissions or a representative from the Admissions Team will be part of each of these panels.

The Fair Access Protocol can be used to enable the placement of children who fall within the following categories:

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 36 AF10(b)

• Children of refugees and asylum seekers. • Homeless children. • Children from unsupportive family backgrounds, where a place has not been sought. • Children known to the police or other agencies. • Children without a school place and with a history of serious attendance problems. • Traveller children. • Children who are carers. • Children with special educational needs (but without a statement). • Children with disabilities or medical conditions. • Children returning from the criminal justice system. • Children of UK personnel and other Crown Servants.

Under the Fair Access Protocol at least 1 child per year group from the categories listed can be admitted above the published admission number of a primary, infants’, or junior school.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 37 AF10(b)

THE ADMISSION RULES FOR COMMUNITY AND VOLUNTARY CONTROLLED JUNIOR SCHOOLS (FARINGDON JUNIOR AND FIR TREE JUNIOR SCHOOL) FOR 2011/12

The admission rules for community and voluntary controlled junior schools are shown below in descending order of priority:

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 5

4. Children who live in the school's designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given in the following descending order:

(a) First priority in category 4 will go to those children with a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. However, if there are more applicants than places in category 4(a) priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

5. Children living outside the designated area who will have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given within this group to children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

5 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school, irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion and in these admission rules this requirement is listed as “Rule 1” for reasons of clarity and simplicity. 6 The Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 state that this criterion must be the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria. It is referred to as “Rule 2” for simplicity.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 38 AF10(b)

6. Children who attend a designated partner infants’ school. * If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given to those children within this group who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

7. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Oxfordshire County Council Geographic Information System.

*Faringdon Infants’ School is the partner infants’ school for Faringdon Junior School.

*St Nicholas Church of England Infant School and Nursery Class (Wallingford) i s the partner infants’ school for Fir Tree Junior School.

Continued Interest Lists

Parents will be able to place their children’s names on the continued interest list for a community or voluntary controlled primary or infants’ school.

For those applying through the normal admissions round for F1 or Year 3 at junior schools the continued lists will be be maintained from immediately following initial allocation to the end of the academic year of entry.

In the case of those applying in year the continued interest lists will be maintained from 1 August until 31 July of the year of application.

Admission to an older or younger age group

Children considered for late transfer would almost certainly have a Statement of Special Educational Needs. Discussion relating to late transfer would normally be initiated within an annual review of the child’s Statement of Special Educational Needs.

Any late or early transfer of a child who does not have a Statement of Special Educational Needs would require evidence of the need for such a transfer and the agreement of the LA. Transfers of this kind are likely to be very uncommon. Where, through the agreed procedure, a pupil is transferring school outside the normal year they will be treated equally to other children in the transfer group.

Random Allocation

In the following circumstances the Local Authority will use random allocation to determine who will be offered a place:

• The measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical result.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 39 AF10(b)

• The children are from a multiple birth, they live at the same address, and one or more children can be offered a place but there are insufficient places to admit all the children concerned.

Fair Access Protocol

The Fair Access Protocol is not applicable to admissions made through the normal admissions round for junior schools. In addition the bulk of in year admissions will continue to be processed through the normal admissions process and the Fair Access Panels are not a means of avoiding legal responsibilities to meet parental preference. Therefore where a parent requests a school place and the school has vacancies in the relevant year group there is no requirement for this to be considered by a Fair Access Panel.

Each of the Fair Access Panels will be chaired by the relevant Area Service Manager for Inclusion Access and Engagement, and will monitor placements under the protocol to ensure equity between schools. When making placements the panels will take into account any special circumstances, including possible transport costs. The Service Manager for Admissions or a representative from the Admissions Team will be part of each of these panels.

The protocol can be used to enable the placement of children who fall within the following categories:

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 40 AF10(b)

• Children without a school place and with a history of serious attendance problems. • Traveller children. • Children who are carers. • Children with special educational needs (but without a statement). • Children with disabilities or medical conditions. • Children returning from the criminal justice system. • Children of UK personnel and other Crown Servants.

Under this protocol at least 1 child per year group from the categories listed can be admitted above the published admission number of a junior school.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 41 AF10(b)

THE ADMISSION RULES FOR COMMUNITY AND VOLUNTARY CONTROLLED SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN OXFORDSHIRE FOR 2011/12

The admission rules for community and voluntary controlled schools are shown below in descending order of priority.

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 7

4. Children who live in the school's designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given in the following descending order:

(a) First priority in category 4 will go to those children who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. However, if there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System .

5. Children living outside the designated area who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

7 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school, irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion and in these admission rules this requirement is listed as “Rule 1” for reasons of clarity and simplicity. 8 The Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 state that this criterion must be the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria. It is referred to as “Rule 2” for simplicity.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 42 AF10(b)

6. Children who attend a partner school, and live outside the designated area. If there are more applications than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System .

7. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System .

ADMISSION RULES FOR THE CHERWELL SCHOOL 2011/12

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 9

4. Children who live in the school's designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given to the following children in descending order of priority:

(a) Those who live in the designated area of Wolvercote Primary School. However, if there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System .

(b) Those children who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. However, if there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

9 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school, irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion and in these admission rules this requirement is listed as “Rule 1” for reasons of clarity and simplicity. 10 The Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 state that this criterion must be the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria. It is referred to as “Rule 2” for simplicity.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 43 AF10(b)

(c) Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

5. Children living outside the designated area who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System.

6. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System .

ADMISSION RULES FOR CHENEY SCHOOL 2011-12

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 11

4. Children who live in the school's designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given in the following descending order:

(b) Second priority in category 4 will go to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the

11 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school, irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion and in these admission rules this requirement is listed as “Rule 1” for reasons of clarity and simplicity. 12 The Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 state that this criterion must be the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria. It is referred to as “Rule 2” for simplicity.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 44 AF10(b)

Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System .

5. Children living outside the designated area who have a brother or sister on roll at the time of application who will still be attending the preferred school at the time of entry. If there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

6. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families’ Geographic Information System .

Time of Entry

The admission rules give some priority to those with a brother or sister attending the relevant school at the applicants “time of entry”. This means that in the normal admissions round there will be no sibling connection for admission purposes for the following:

• Applicants for entry to Year 7 if they have a brother or sister in Year 13

• Applicants for entry to Year 7 if they have a brother or sister in Year 11 and there is no expressed intention of staying on into Year 12

Continued Interest Lists

Parents will be able to place their children’s names on the continued interest list for a community or voluntary controlled primary or infants’ school.

For those applying through the normal admissions round for Year 7 the continued interest lists will be maintained from immediately following initial allocation to the end of the academic year of entry.

In the case of those applying in year the continued interest lists will be maintained up to 1 academic year. It will be possible to place a name on the list from 1 August, the beginning of the academic year and the list will be discontinued on 31 July, the last day of the academic year.

Admission to an older or younger age group

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 45 AF10(b)

Where, through the agreed procedure, a pupil is transferring school outside the normal year they will be treated equally to other children in the transfer group.

Random Allocation

In the following circumstances the Local Authority will use random allocation to determine who will be offered a place:

• The measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical result.

• The children are from a multiple birth, they live at the same address, and one or more children can be offered a place but there are insufficient places to admit all the children concerned.

Fair Access Protocol for Years 7 to 11

The Fair Access Protocol is not applicable to admissions made through the normal admissions round for secondary schools. In addition the bulk of in year admissions will continue to be processed through the normal admissions process. Fair Access Panels are not a means of avoiding legal responsibilities to meet parental preference. Therefore where a parent requests a school place and the school has vacancies in the relevant year group there is no requirement for this to be considered by a Fair Access Panel.

The protocol can be used to enable the placement of children who fall within the following categories:

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 46 AF10(b)

• Children attending PRUs who need to be reintegrated back into mainstream education. • Children who have been out of education for longer than one school term. • Children whose parents have been unable to find them a place after moving to the area, because of a shortage of places. • Children withdrawn from schools by their family, following fixed term exclusions and unable to find another place. • Children of refugees and asylum seekers. • Homeless children. • Children from unsupportive family backgrounds, where a place has not been sought. • Children known to the police or other agencies. • Children without a school place and with a history of serious attendance problems. • Traveller children. • Children who are carers. • Children with special educational needs (but without a statement). • Children with disabilities or medical conditions. • Children returning from the criminal justice system. • Children of UK personnel and other Crown Servants.

Under this protocol secondary schools with fewer than 900 pupils on roll would not normally be expected to admit more than 2 above the published admission number in each year group. Those secondary schools with 900 or more pupils on roll could be expected to admit up to 3 above the published admission number in each year group.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 47 AF10(b)

THE ADMISSION POLICIES AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR YEARS 12 &13 IN COMMUNITY AND VOLUNTARY CONTROLLED SCHOOLS

Administration

The LA is the admission authority for all community and voluntary controlled schools and is responsible for offering places at these schools. Those already on roll at a secondary school do not need to complete an application form for entry to Year 12 or Year 13.

Objective entry criteria

The objective entry criteria for community and voluntary controlled secondary schools are shown below in descending order of priority:

1. Looked After Children who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the school prospectus or in the 14-19 Area prospectus (the LA website will link to the school website)

2. Those who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, live in the designated area of the school and live closest to the school measured by the nearest designated public route using the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System

3. Those who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the relevant school prospectus or in the 14-19 Area Prospectus, who live outside the designated area of the school and live closest to the school measured by the nearest designated public route using the Directorate of Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 48 AF10(b)

THE ADMISSION RULES FOR BOARDING PLACES AT BURFORD SCHOOL 2011/2012

Boarding places will be offered in the following descending order of priority:

1. Looked after children

2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces

3. Children with boarding need

4. Those children who have siblings who will be attending Burford School at the time of admission.

5. Nearness to the school based on a straight line measurement.

If there are more applicants than places in a category the next admission rule will be used as tie break.

Random Allocation

In the following circumstances the Local Authority will use random allocation to determine who will be offered a place:

• The measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical result.

• The children are from a multiple birth, they live at the same address, and one or more children can be offered a place but there are insufficient places to admit all the children concerned.

The designated area for boarding purposes is significantly larger than the designated area for day places.

Boarding Need

The following fall into the boarding need category:

1. Children at risk or with an unstable environment and children of service personnel who have died while serving or who have been discharged as a result of attributable injury

2. Children of key workers and Crown servants working abroad (for example charity workers, people working for voluntary organisations ,the diplomatic service or the European Union, teachers, law enforcement officers and medical staff working abroad) whose work dictates that they spend much of the year overseas.

The highest priority in this category will be given to those in Boarding Need Category 1. The next highest priority within this category will be Boarding Need Category 2.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 49 AF10(b)

In all categories if there are more applicants than places available, places will be allocated to those living nearest to the school using a straight -line measurement on the County Council’s Geographic Information System.

Interviews

In accordance with the School Admissions Code 2009 and section 88A of the SSFA 1998 interviews will not be used solely to assess the suitability of an applicant for a boarding place. When assessing suitability for boarding the only the following factors will be taken into account:

• Whether a child presents a serious health and safety hazard to other boarders.

• Whether a child is developmentally suited to a boarding place.

AFNOV2409R051.doc Page 50 Agenda Item 11 ADMISSION FORM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Bay swater Mill, (Barton) Headington, Oxford, OX3 9SB

No. of Properties 31

Schools affected Bayard’s Hill Primary School Cheney School Oxford Academy Oxford School Sandhills Primary School Wheatley Park School

History This road is listed in the City street index as being in the designated area of Sandhills Primary School (and Wheatley Park School). However it is nearer to Bayard’s Hill Primary School (and Cheney School) than to their designated area schools. The road is in the civil parish of Forest Hill with Shotover.

Maps

Distances to Sandhills Primary School 0.841 miles to Bayard’s Hill Primary School 0.434 miles to Wheatley Park School 3.103 miles to Cheney School 1.965 miles

Proposed Change the designated area primary school from Sandhills Primary School to Bayard’s Hill Primary School. Change the designated area secondary school from Wheatley Park School to Cheney School (and Oxford School and Oxford

Academy).

Page 51 AF11

Watermill Way, (Barto n) Headington, Oxford, OX3 8XA

No. of Properties 20

Schools affected Bayard’s Hill Primary School Cheney School Oxford Academy Oxford School Sandhills Primary School Wheatley Park School

History This road is listed in the City street index as being in the designated area of Sandhills Primary School (and Wheatley Park School). However all surrounding roads (Waynflete Road (part), Green Ridges, Colwell Drive, Bayswater Farm Road) are listed as being in the designated area of Bayard’s Hill Primary School (and Cheney, Oxford and Peers Schools). The road is in the civil parish of Forest Hill with Shotover.

Maps

Distances to Sandhills Primary School 0.486 miles to Bayard’s Hill Primary School 0.316 miles to Wheatley Park School 2.749 miles to Cheney School 1.968 miles

Academy).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 52 AF11

Nos 1 -49 (odds) Waynflete Road, (Barton) Headington, Oxford, OX3 8BQ Nos 2-36 (evens) Waynflete Road, (Barton) Headington, Oxford, OX3 8BG

102 Bayswater Road, (Barton) Headington, Oxford, OX3 9PA

No. of Properties 43 (Waynflete Road) 1 (Bayswater Road)

Schools affected Bayard’s Hill Primary School Cheney School Oxford Academy Oxford School Sandhills Primary School Wheatley Park School

History These numbers on Waynflete Road are listed in the City street index as being in the designated area of Sandhills Primary School (and Wheatley Park School). However all surrounding roads (Waynflete Road (rest), Routh Road, Humfrey Road, Bayswater Road, Bayswater Farm Road) are listed as being in the designated area of Bayard’s Hill Primary School (and Cheney, Oxford and Peers Schools). The roads are in the city ward of Barton and Sandhills.

Maps

Distances to Sandhills Primary School 0.642 miles to Bayard’s Hill Primary School 0.352 miles to Wheatley Park School 2.904 miles to Cheney School 1.925 miles

Academy).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 53 AF11

Hares Leap House, Berrick Salome, Wallingford, OX10 6JS Lonesome Farm, Berrick Salome, Wallingford, OX10 6JU

No. of Properties 2

Schools affected Benson CE Primary School Chalgrove Primary School RAF Benson Primary School Stadhampton Primary School Icknield Community College Wallingford School

History These properties are in the civil parish of Newington and would therefore be in the designated area of Stadhampton Primary School and Icknield Community College (secondary). However, postally they are in Berrick Salome which is listed as being in the designated area of Benson CE Primary School or RAF Benson Primary School and Icknield Community College and Wallingford School (secondary). The nearest primary school is actually Chalgrove Primary School and the nearest secondary school is Icknield Community College.

Maps

Distances Hares Leap Lonesome Fm Stadhampton School 2.956 miles 3.702 miles Benson CE School 3.174 miles 2.826 miles RAF Benson School 4.154 miles 3.061 miles Chalgrove School 1.372 miles 1.494 miles

Icknield Community College 4.917 miles 4.235 miles Wallingford School 5.350 miles 5.489 miles

Proposed Make Chalgrove Primary School the designated area primary school for these properties.

Make Icknield Community College AND Wallingford School

the designated area secondary schools for these properties.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 54 AF11

Clacks Lane, Benson, Wallingford, OX10 6PN Clacks Lane, Crowmarsh Gifford, Wallingford, OX10 8PN Oakley Wood, Benson, Wallingford, OX10 6QG Old Icknield Way, Benson, Wallingford, OX10 6PW

No of properties 2 (OX10 6PN) 1 (OX10 8PN) 10 (OX10 6QG) 3 (OX10 6PW)

Schools affected Benson CE Primary School Crowmarsh Gifford CE Primary School RAF Benson Primary School

History These properties are in the civil parish of Benson and, therefore, would be in the designated areas of Benson CE Primary and RAF Benson Primary School. However, Crowmarsh Gifford CE Primary School is closer.

Maps

Distances Benson CE RAF Benson Crowmarsh OX10 6 / 8PN 3.214 miles 1.871 miles 1.735 miles OX10 6QG 3.407 miles 2.699 miles 1.780 miles OX10 6PW 3.316 miles 2.148 miles 1.778 miles

Proposed Add these addresses to the designated area of Crowmarsh Gifford CE Primary School and create a shared designated area between all three primary schools.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 55 AF11

Civil Parish of Berrick Salome Roke, Wallingford, OX10 6JB, OX10 6JD, OX10 6JE, OX10 6JF, OX10 6JG Berrick Salome, Wallingford, OX10 6JH, OX10 6JJ, OX10 6JH, OX10 6JL, OX10 6JN, OX10 6JP, OX10 6JQ, OX10 6JR, OX10 6JT, OX10 6JU, OX10 6JW

No. of Properties 24 (OX10 6JB) 33 (OX10 6JD) 5 (OX10 6JE) 1 (OX10 6JF) 1 (OX10 6JG) 6 (OX10 6JH) 6 (OX10 6JJ) 1 (OX10 6JL) 10 (OX10 6JN) 2 (OX10 6JP) 22 (OX10 6JQ) 10 (OX10 6JR) 1 (OX10 6JT) 1 (OX10 6JU) 9 (OX10 6JW) 132 in TOTAL

Schools affected Benson CE Primary School RAF Benson Primary School

History The civil parish of Berrick Salome was solely in the designated area of Benson CE Primary School until 3 years ago. A consultation took place to add it to the designated area of RAF Benson School as well. This created a non-contiguous designated area for RAF Benson School. Historically, very few children if any from this civil parish have attended RAF Benson School. Because of more families moving onto the air base, children in this civil parish would now be much less likely to get a place at RAF Benson School even if they applied.

Maps

Distances

Proposed Remove the civil parish of Berrick Salome from the designated area of RAF Benson Primary School leaving it solely in the designated area of Benson CE Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 56 AF11

Western part of Civil Parish of Kidlington

No. of properties 0

Schools affected Bladon CE Primary School North Kidlington Primary School Gosford Hill School (Kidlington) The Marlborough CE School (Woodstock)

History This most westerly part of the civil parish of Kidlington contains no properties and is surrounded on two-and-a-half sides by the civil parish of Bladon and on one half side by the civil parish of Begbroke.

Maps

Distances N/A

Proposed Place it in the designated areas of Bladon CE Primary School and The Marlborough CE School and remove it from the designated areas of North Kidlington Primary School and

Gosford Hill School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 57 AF11

Kings Lock, Wolvercote, Oxford, OX2 8PY

No. of properties 1

Schools affected Botley Primary School Wolvercote Primary School The Cherwell School Matthew Arnold School Oxford Academy Oxford School

History This property is in the civil parish of Wytham and would therefore be in the designated area of Botley Primary School. Postally it is in Wolvercote and Wolvercote Primary School is the closest primary school (albeit still more than 2 miles away).

Maps

Distances to Botley Primary School 3.348 miles to Wolvercote Primary School 2.047 miles

to Matthew Arnold School 4.030 miles to The Cherwell School 3.429 miles to Oxford School 5.788 miles to Oxford Academy 7.101 miles

Proposed Remove this property from the designated area for Botley Primary School and add it to the designated area for Wolvercote Primary School. If it were to be added to the designated area for Wolvercote Primary School then it would become part of the priority designated area for The Cherwell School (Wolvercote clause), which is the nearest secondary school in any case. Therefore the property should also be removed from the designated area for Matthew Arnold School and added to the designated area for The Cherwell School (and Oxford School and Oxford Academy).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 58 AF11

Leach Road (Odds 1 -39, Evens 2 -62)

No. of properties 52

Schools affected Brookside Primary School King’s Meadow Primary School St Edburg’s CE Primary School

History This is a mistake perpetuated in our street indexes since the 2007 Booklet. Previous to this, Leach Road was published as being wholly in the designated area of Brookside School. After 2007 the road was shown as split between Brookside School and King’s Meadow School. It should have been shown as split between Brookside School and St Edburg’s.CE School.

Maps

Distances

Proposed Change this part of Leach Road from King’s Meadow Primary School (4) to St Edburg’s CE Primary School (7).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 59 AF11

Fordwells, OX29 9PP (Asthal CP) Fordwells, OX29 9PR (Leafield CP) Fordwells, OX29 9PS (Asthal CP) Fordwells, OX29 9PT (Asthal CP) Fordwells, OX29 9PW (Asthal CP) Field Assarts, OX29 9NQ (Asthal CP)

No of properties 11 (OX29 9PP) 1 (OX29 9PR ) 1 (OX29 9PS) 4 (OX29 9PT) 7 (OX29 9PW) 27 (OX29 9NQ) 51 in TOTAL

Schools affected Burford Primary School Leafield CE Primary School St Kenelm’s CE Primary School Burford School & Community College

History Fordwells is a small settlement mainly in the civil parish of Asthal (although one of the properties which is postally part of Fordwells in the civil parish of Leafield). Asthal is listed as being in the designated area of Burford Primary School. Asthal Leigh (also in the civil parish of Asthal) is listed as being in the designated area of St Kenelm’s CE School. This means that the civil parish is therefore split between two different designated areas. The settlement of Asthal is in the south-west of the civil parish. Asthal Leigh is in the centre of the parish. Fordwells and Field Assarts are to the north of parish (north of Asthal Leigh).

In all cases Leafield CE School is the nearest school and also St Kenelm’s CE School is considerably closer.

Properties in Field Assarts are closer to The Henry Box School (Witney) than to Burford School and Community College. Therefore, if children were to choose to attend the former they would qualify for transport on closest school grounds.

Maps

Distances Leafield St Burford Kenelm’s 1.171 miles 2.592 OX29 9PP 4.089 miles miles 1.279 miles 2.802 OX29 9PR 4.462 miles miles 1.146 miles 2.597 OX29 9PS 4.196 miles miles 1.186 miles 2.496 OX29 9PT 4.258 miles miles

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 60 AF11

1.276 miles 2.421 OX29 9PW 4.360 miles miles 1.150 miles 2.447 OX29 9NQ 4.784 miles miles

Henry Burford S&CC Box 4.761 miles 5.014 Fordwells (average) miles 5.215 miles 4.563 Field Assarts (average) miles

Proposed Remove Fordwells and Field Assarts from the designated area for Burford Primary School and add them to the

designated area for Leafield CE Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 61 AF11

1 to 7 Maud Hales Cottages, The Bridge, Abingdon, OX14 3HY Waters Edge, The Bridge, Abingdon, OX14 3HY

No. of properties 7 (Maud Hales) 1 (Waters Edge)

Schools affected Carswell Primary School Culham Parochial Primary School St Nicolas CE Primary School Fitzharrys School John Mason School

History These properties are in the civil parish of Culham and would therefore be in the designated area of Culham Parochial Primary School and Fitzharrys School (secondary). They are just to the south of Abingdon (Burford) Bridge just outside the town and are therefore closer to five primary school in Abingdon than to their ‘designated area’ school.

The designated area for the bridge and island just to the north of these properties is St Nicolas CE Primary School, Abingdon. If the designated area were changed to any of the other primary schools in Abingdon then this would create a non-contiguous designated area.

Maps

Distances to Culham School 1.441 miles

to Carswell School 0.672 miles to St Nicolas CE School, Abingdon 0.849 miles to Caldecott School 0.95 miles to Thomas Reade School 1.148 miles to Thameside School 1.192 miles

to Fitzharrys School 1.164 miles to John Mason School 0.747 miles to Larkmead School 1.166 miles

Proposed Change the designated area primary school for these properties from Culham Parochial Primary School to St Nicolas’ CE Primary School, Abingdon. Change the designated area secondary school from Fitzharrys School to John Mason School (consistent with designated area of even numbered properties on eastern side of Bridge Street

on the other side of the river).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 62 AF11

Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, OX14 3DA Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, OX14 3DB Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, OX14 3EA Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, OX14 3EB Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, OX14 3ED North Culham Estate, Abingdon, OX14 3GY

No of properties 19 (OX14 3DA) 1 (OX14 3DB) 1 (OX14 3EA) 13 (OX14 3EB) 1 (OX14 3ED) 5 (OX14 3GY) 40 in TOTAL

Schools affected Clifton Hampden CE Primary School Culham Parochial Primary School

History This is a non-residential area partly located in the civil parish of Culham and partly located in the civil parish of Clifton Hampden. Therefore, the designated area primary schools would be split between the two primary schools of the same name serving these areas. Postally all addresses on the Science Park are in Culham.

Maps

Distances Culham Clifton Civil Parish Hamp. 1.878 miles 1.204 OX14 3DA Culham miles 2.314 miles 1.137 OX14 3DB Clifton Hamp. miles 2.426 miles 0.973 OX14 3EA Clifton Hamp. miles 2.262 miles 1.185 OX14 3EB Clifton Hamp. miles 2.314 miles 1.137 OX14 3ED Clifton Hamp. miles 2.516 miles 1.260 OX14 3GY Culham miles

Proposed Although the average distance is more than 2 miles in most cases, change the designated area primary school (for those properties that are in the civil parish of Clifton Hampden) from Clifton Hampden CE Primary School to Culham Parochial Primary School, to reflect the fact that these

properties are postally in Culham.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 63 AF11

Barley Mow Inn, Clifton Hampden, Abingdon, OX14 3EH Bridge House Caravan Park, Clifton Hampden, Abingdon, OX14 3EH

No. of properties 1 (Barley Mow) 6 (Bridge House)

Schools affected Clifton Hampden CE Primary School Long Wittenham CE Primary School Didcot Girls’ School Fitzharrys School St Birinus School

History These properties are in civil parish of Long Wittenham and therefore would be in the designated area of Long Wittenham CE Primary School. However, postally they are in Clifton Hampden, albeit on the other side of the river (connected by a bridge) and are geographically closer to Clifton Hampden CE Primary School than to Long Wittenham CE Primary School. However, they are further away from Fitzharrys School than from either Didcot Girls’ School or St Birinus’ School.

Maps

Distances to Long Wittenham CE School 0.998 miles to Clifton Hampden CE School 0.286 miles to Didcot Girls’ School 4.854 miles to St Birinus’ School 4.603 miles to Fitzharrys School 4.979 miles

Proposed Change the designated area primary school for these properties from Long Wittenham CE Primary School to Clifton Hampden CE Primary School. Leave the designated area secondary schools as Didcot Girls’ and St Birinus’ Schools. Add these properties to the designated area for

Fitzharrys School as well.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 64 AF11

Nos 1 & 2 Rough Lodge, Nuneham Park, Oxford, OX44 9PN

No. of properties 2

Schools affected Clifton Hampden CE Primary School Marsh Baldon CE Primary School Fitzharrys School Wheatley Park School

History These properties are in the civil parish of Nuneham Courtenay and therefore would fall in the designated area of Marsh Baldon CE Primary School and Wheatley park School (secondary). However they access onto the Oxford Road between Golden Balls Roundabout and the village of Clifton Hampden and are much closer to Clifton Hampden CE Primary School (and less than the statutory distance).

Maps

Distances to Marsh Baldon CE School 2.007 miles to Clifton Hampden CE School 1.297 miles

to Wheatley Park School 7.396 miles to Fitzharrys School 6.103 miles

Proposed These properties should be removed from the designated areas of Marsh Baldon CE Primary School and Wheatley Park School (secondary) and added to the designated areas for Clifton Hampden CE Primary School and Fitzharrys School (secondary).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 65 AF11

Oxford Road, Eynsham, Witney, OX29 4DA Pink Hill Lock, Eynsham, Witney, OX29 4JH

No. of properties 9 (Oxford Road) 1 (Pink Hill Lock)

Schools affected Cumnor CE Primary School Eynsham Primary School Bartholomew School Matthew Arnold School

History These properties between Swinford (Eynsham designated area) and Farmoor (Cumnor designated area) are in the civil parish of Cumnor and would therefore be in the designated area of Cumnor CE Primary School. Postally they are in Eynsham and Eynsham Primary School and Bartholomew School are closer than the designated area schools.

Maps

Distances to Cumnor CE Primary School 2.690 miles to 2.813 miles to Eynsham Primary School 1.804 miles to 2.788 miles to Matthew Arnold School 3.259 miles to 3.554 miles to Bartholomew School 1.763 miles to 2.747 miles

Proposed These properties should be removed from the designated areas of Cumnor CE Primary School and Matthew Arnold School (secondary) and added to the designated areas of Eynsham Primary School and Bartholomew School (secondary).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 66 AF11

Frieze Farm, Woodstock Road, Wolvercote, OX2 8JX

No. of properties 1

Schools affected Edward Feild Primary School West Kidlington Primary School

History This property is in the civil parish of Gosford with Water Eaton and would therefore fall in the designated area of Edward Feild Primary School. However, it is more easily accessible to West Kidlington Primary School which is slightly closer.

Maps

Distances to Edward Feild School 1.462 miles to West Kidlington School 1.381 miles Proposed This property (and the rest of the civil parish between the Banbury Road and the Woodstock Road [see consultation on change to Edward Feild / Wolvercote des area]) should be placed in the designated area for West Kidlington

Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 67 AF11

Wilcote, Chipping Norton, OX7 3DX & OX7 3DY

No. of properties 8

Schools affected Finstock CE Primary School North Leigh CE Primary School

History Wilcote is a tiny hamlet split between the parishes of North Leigh and Finstock. In the ‘Village Index’ it is listed in the designated area of North Leigh CE Primary School and Wood Green School.

Maps

Distances to Finstock CE School 0.728 miles to 0.938 miles to North Leigh CE School 2.687 miles to 2.483 miles

Proposed Change the designated area primary school for Wilcote from North Leigh CE Primary School to Finstock CE Primary School

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 68 AF11

Bainton, OX27 8RL (Stoke Lyne CP) Bainton, OX27 8RP (Caversfield CP) Bainton, OX27 8RW (Caversfield CP)

No. of properties 7 (OX27 8RL) 1 (OX27 8RP) 1 (OX27 (8RW)

Schools affected Fritwell CE Primary School Southwold Primary School

History Bainton is a settlement split between the civil parishes of Stoke Lyne and Caversfield. In the ‘Village Index’ it is listed in the designated area of Fritwell CE Primary School and Bicester Community College. The nearest primary school is Southwold Primary School which is already designated area primary school for two of the properties because they are in the civil parish of Caversfield.

Maps

Distances to Fritwell CE School 4.177 miles to 4.455 miles to Southwold School 1.745 miles to 2.491 miles

Proposed Change the designated area primary school for Bainton from Fritwell CE Primary School to Southwold Primary School. The designated area secondary school would not be

affected.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 69 AF11

Chiselhampton Lodge, Cuddesd on Road, Chiselhampton, OX44 7XH Hill Copse, Chiselhampton Hill, Chiselhampton, OX44 7XQ

No of properties 2

Schools affected Garsington CE Primary School Stadhampton Primary School Icknield Community College Wheatley Park School

History Chiselhampton Lodge is in the civil parish of Cuddesdon and Denton and Hill Copse is in the civil parish of Garsington. Both would therefore be within the designated area of Garsington CE Primary School and Wheatley Park School (secondary). Postally the properties are in Chiselhampton, which is listed in the ‘village index’ as being in the designated area of Stadhampton Primary School.

Transport considerations need to be taken into account in consulting on this change. Transport is provided from Garsington village to Wheatley Park School and from Chiselhampton village to Icknield Community College. Transport is also provided from Chiselhampton village to Wheatley Park School on nearer school grounds. However, these two properties are outside both villages.

Maps

Distances The distances to the two primary schools are: Garsington Stadhampton Chiselhampton Lodge 2.067 miles 2.009 miles Hill Copse 1.591 miles 1.817 miles

The distances to the two secondary schools are: Wheatley Park Icknield CC Chiselhampton Lodge 4.207 miles 8.306 miles Hill Copse 4.321 miles 8.114 miles

Proposed Remove both properties from the designated area for Garsington CE Primary School and add them to the designated area for Stadhampton Primary School. Leave the properties in the designated area of Wheatley Park School. This creates a ‘split’ designated area but reflects the fact of the nearer secondary school.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 70 AF11

New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6SZ New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6TD New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6TE New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6TF New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6TG New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6TJ New Yatt, Witney, OX29 6TQ

No of properties 1 (OX29 6SZ) 2 (OX29 6TD) 5 (OX29 6TE) 38 (OX29 6TF) 2 (OX29 6TG) 29 (OX29 6TJ) 8 (OX29 6TQ) 85 in TOTAL

Schools affected Hailey CE Primary School North Leigh CE Primary School

History This settlement is largely in the civil parish of Hailey (although 38 of the properties are in the civil parish of North Leigh). New Yatt is listed as being in the designated area of Hailey CE Primary School. Those New Yatt properties in the civil parish of North Leigh would technically be in the designated area of North Leigh CE School. All of the properties are closer to North Leigh CE School than to Hailey CE Primary School.

Maps

Distances Hailey North

Leigh 2.057 Merryfield Farm, OX29 6TD 2.380 miles miles 0.845 New Yatt Road, OX29 6TF 2.305 miles miles 1.597 Fox Meadow Farm, OX29 6TF 1.727 miles miles

Proposed Remove New Yatt from the designated area of Hailey CE Primary School, and add it to the designated area of North

Leigh CE Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 71 AF11

Willow Copse, Old Wharf Road, Longcot, Faringdon, SN7 7QT

No. of properties 1

Schools affected Ashbury with Compton Beauchamp CE (A) Primary School Longcot & Fernham CE Primary School

History This property is in the civil parish of Compton Beauchamp and therefore may fall in the designated area of Ashbury with Compton Beauchamp CE (A) School (dependent on whether it is in the ecclesiastical parish). Postally this address is in Longcot.

Maps

Distances to Ashbury with Compton Beauchamp 3.404 miles to Longcot & Fernham 1.330 miles

Proposed Add this property to the designated area of Longcot & Fernham CE School. This may mean that it is then in more

than one designated area.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 72 AF11

Laburnum Grove, Didcot, OX11 8BD 20A & 26A Mereland Road, Didcot, OX11 8AY

No of properties 43 (Laburnum Grove) 2 (Mereland Road)

Schools affected Manor Primary School Willowcroft Primary School

History Laburnum Grove is listed as being solely in the designated area of Manor School and is excluded from the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School. It is the road on the northern boundary of Willowcroft Primary School and the surrounding roads (Mereland Road, Kynaston Road) are in the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School. Numbers 1A Laburnum Grove and 26A Mereland Road share the same building and have the same geographic seed point (it is likely that they are first and second storey flats). Numbers 2A Laburnum Grove and 20A Mereland Road also share the same geographic seed point. Mereland Road is listed as being in the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School and is excluded from the designated area of Manor School. It is therefoe not possible to correctly create a designated area boundary that divides up these single buildings.

Maps

Distances Manor Willowcroft 0.024 1A Laburnum Gr / 26A Mereland Rd 0.938 miles miles 0.065 2A Laburnum Gr / 20A Mereland Rd 0.920 miles miles 0.124 18 Laburnum Grove 0.840 miles miles 0.181 31 Laburnum Grove 0.779 miles miles

Proposed Remove Laburnum Grove from the designated area of Manor School and add it to the designated area for Willowcroft

Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 73 AF11

Central Drive, Didcot, OX 11 7ND (Sainsburys)

No of properties 1

Schools affected Manor Primary School Willowcroft Primary School

History This property is listed as being in the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School. Surrounding roads (Station Road, Whiteleys Close, Hitchcock Way, Orchard Street) are in the designated area of Manor School.

Maps

Distances to Willowcroft School 0.479 miles to Manor School 0.733 miles

Proposed Remove Central Drive from the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School and add it to the designated area

of Manor School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 74 AF11

Numbers 1A to 11, St Andrew’s Road, Didcot, OX11 8EW Numbers 2 to 12, St Andrew’s Road, Didcot, OX11 8EW Numbers 13 to 23, St Andrew’s Road, Didcot, OX11 8EN Numbers 14 to 24, St Andrew’s Road, Didcot, OX11 8EN

No of properties 8 (1A to 11) 6 (2 to 12) 6 (13 to 23) 6 (14 to 24) 26 in TOTAL

Schools affected Manor Primary School Willowcroft Primary School

History These properties are listed as being solely in the designated area of Manor School. Surrounding streets (Broadway, Vicarage Road, Wessex Road, Kynaston Road) are either in the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School or shared between the two schools.

Maps

Distances Manor Willowcroft 0.365 1A St Andrew’s Road 0.679 miles miles 0.262 23 St Andrew’s Road 0.726 miles miles

Proposed Add St Andrew’s Road to the designated area for Willowcroft Primary School. It would then become shared between

Manor and Willowcroft Schools.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 75 AF11

St Peter’s Road, Didcot, OX11 8EP

No of properties 12

Schools affected Manor Primary School Willowcroft Primary School

History These properties are listed as being solely in the designated area of Manor School. Surrounding streets (Broadway, Newlands Avenue, Wessex Road) are either in the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School or shared between the two schools.

Maps

Distances Manor Willowcroft 0.417 2 St Peter’s Road 0.619 miles miles 0.389 11 St Peter’s Road 0.645 miles miles

Proposed Add St Peter’s Road to the designated area for Willowcroft Primary School. It would then become shared between

Manor and Willowcroft Schools.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 76 AF11

Downs Road, Didcot, OX11 8ND Numbers 1 to 31, Edwin Road, Didcot, OX11 8LG Numbers 2 to 8, Edwin Road, Didcot, OX11 8LG Numbers 10 to 62, Edwin Road, Didcot, OX11 8LE Numbers 33 to 101, Edwin Road, Didcot, OX11 8LQ Numbers 64 to 96, Edwin Road, Didcot, OX11 8LD

No of properties 8 (Downs Road) 16 (1 to 31 Edwin Road) 4 (2 to 8 Edwin Road) 27 (10 to 62 Edwin Road) 35 (33 to 101 Edwin Road) 17 (64 to 96 Edwin Road) 107 in TOTAL

Schools affected Manor Primary School Willowcroft Primary School

History These properties are listed as being solely in the designated area of Manor School. Surrounding streets (South Park Avenue, Loyd Road, Warner Crescent), Morse Road, Cockroft Road) are in the designated area of Willowcroft Primary School.

Maps

Distances Manor Willowcroft 0.876 2 Downs Road 0.857 miles miles 0.889 7 Downs Road 0.870 miles miles 0.988 1 Edwin Road 0.833 miles miles 0.976 2 Edwin Road 0.845 miles miles 0.963 10 Edwin Road 0.876 miles miles 0.901 31 Edwin Road 0.889 miles miles 0.826 55 Edwin Road 0.963 miles miles 0.795 58 Edwin Road 0.994 miles miles 0.758 70 Edwin Road 1.038 miles miles 0.739 85 Edwin Road 1.056 miles miles 0.677 96 Edwin Road 1.069 miles miles 0.684 101 Edwin Road 1.075 miles miles

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 77 AF11

Proposed Add Downs Road and Edwin Road to the designated area for Willowcroft Primary School. It would then become shared between Manor and Willowcroft Schools.

Badger Lane, Oxford, OX1 5BL Betty Lane, Oxford, OX1 5BW Hinksey Hill (bottom north side), Oxford, OX1 5BH Hinksey Hill (bottom south side), Oxford, OX1 5BS & OX1 5BD Hinksey Hill (top south side), Oxford, OX1 5BE Hinksey Hill (top north side), Oxford, OX1 5BQ Spring Copse, Oxford, OX1 5BJ

No of properties 9 (Badger Lane) 5 (Betty Lane) 4 (Hinksey Hill, bottom north side) 9 (Hinksey Hill, bottom south side) 24 (Hinksey Hill, top south side) 17 (Hinksey Hill, top north side) 68 in TOTAL

Schools affected North Hinksey CE Primary School St Swithun’s CE Primary School

History This is a residential street adjoining the A34 Hinksey Hill Interchange. The properties are within the civil parish of South Hinksey (although some of the adjoing land [gardens] are within the civil parish of Kennington); and therefore would be in the designated area of North Hinksey CE Primary School. In all cases the distance from these properties to North Hinksey CE Primary School is more than 2 miles. Because of the A34 it would also be deemed to be an unsafe route. However, St Swithun’s CE Primary School in Kennington is closer and (in most cases) less than 2 miles distant.

Maps

Distances North Hinksey St Swithun’s 1.597 OX1 5BW 2.089 miles miles 1.527 OX1 5BH 2.057 miles miles 1.647 OX1 5BS & OX1 5BD 2.181 miles miles 1.741 OX1 5BJ 2.276 miles miles 1.892 OX1 5BL 2.426 miles miles 1.914 OX1 5BE 2.449 miles miles 2.023 OX1 5BQ 2.558 miles miles

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 78 AF11

Proposed Remove all properties from the designated area for North Hinksey CE Primary School and place them in the

designated area for St Swithun’s CE Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 79 AF11

Perdiswell Farm, Woodstock, OX20 1QH Perdiswell Farm Cottage & The Granary, Woodstock, OX20 1QJ Upper Campsfield Road, Woodstock, OX20 1QF Upper Campsfield Road, Woodstock, OX20 1QG Upper Campsfield Road, Woodstock, OX20 1QQ

No of properties 1 (OX20 1QH) 2 (OX20 1QJ) 1 (OX20 1QF) 14 (OX20 1QG) 8 (OX20 1QQ) 26 in TOTAL

Schools affected North Kidlington Primary School Woodstock CE Primary School Gosford Hill School (Kidlington) The Marlborough CE School (Woodstock)

History These properties are in the civil parish of Shipton-on-Cherwell & Thrupp and are therefore in the designated area of North Kidlington Primary School. Postally these addresses are in Woodstock and Woodstock CE Primary School is closer. In one case, Bladon CE Primary School is even closer. In all cases, North Kidlington Primary School is more than 2 miles distant and therefore the Local Authority would be liable for transport. Woodstock CE Primary School is less than 2 miles in all cases and therefore the LA would only be liable for transport if the route were deemed to be unsafe.

Maps

Distances The ‘average’ distances from these properties to North Kidlington Primary School and Woodstock CE Primary School are: North Woodstock CE Bladon Kidlington OX20 1QH 2.640 miles 0.851 miles 1.684 miles OX20 1QJ 2.629 miles 0.841 miles 1.673 miles OX20 1QF 2.609 miles 1.114 miles 0.956 miles OX20 1QG 2.441 miles 1.012 miles 1.495 miles OX20 1QQ 2.826 miles 1.614 miles 2.354 miles

The ‘average’ distances from these properties to Gosford Hill School (Kidlington) and The Marlborough School (Woodstock) are: Gosford Hill Marlborough OX20 1QH / OX20 1QJ 3.416 miles 0.614 miles OX20 1QF 3.374 miles 1.131 miles OX20 1QG 3.181 miles 0.821 miles OX20 1QQ 3.598 miles 1.372 miles

Proposed Change the designated area primary school for these properties from North Kidlington Primary School to Woodstock CE Primary School. Change the designated area secondary AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 80 AF11

school for these properties from Gosford Hill School (Kidlington) to The Marlborough CE School (Woodstock).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 81 AF11

1 & 3 Woodgreen Avenue, Banbury , OX16 0AT

No of properties 2

Schools affected Queensway Primary School St Mary’s CE Primary School

History These two properties are listed as being in the designated area of St Mary’s CE Primary School, Banbury. This creates an enclave surrounded on two sides by the designated area for Queensway Primary School and on one side by the designated area for Orchard Fields Primary School. Other properties for this postcode (odd numbers from 5 to 35) are already in the designated area of Queensway Primary School.

Maps

Distances to St Mary’s CE School 0.729 miles to Queensway School 0.486 miles

Proposed Remove these two properties from the designated area for St Mary’s CE Primary School and add them to the designated area for Queensway Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 82 AF11

Lodge Hill, Abingdon, OX14 2JD

No of properties 15

Schools affected Radley CE Primary School Sunningwell CE Primary School

History This is a residential and commercial area close to the A34 (Abingdon North) junction which is partly in the civil parish of Radley and partly in the civil parish of Sunningwell. Each part would therefore be in the designated area of its respective primary school. These properties share a postcode. 8 of them are in the civil parish of Radley and the other 7 in the civil parish of Sunningwell. Measurements to Sunningwell CE Primary School will generally be via Pen Lane (private road/track crossing the A34). In all cases all properties are closer to Sunningwell CE Primary School than to Radley CE Primary School.

Maps

Distances Radley Sunni Parish ngwell 1.809 miles 1.088 Blakes Oak Fm Sunningwell miles 2.019 miles 0.996 Lodge Hill Ind Pk Sunningwell miles 1.714 miles 1.181 Blakes Oak (Cottage) Radley miles 1.675 miles 1.217 Hilltop, Norfolk Lodge Radley miles 1.583 miles 1.389 Muddlefield Radley miles 1.651 miles 1.235 Garage Radley miles

Proposed Place all the properties in the designated area for

Sunningwell CE Primary School.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 83 AF11

Chilswell Lane, Oxford, OX1 5BN Red Copse Lane, Oxford, OX1 5ER

No of properties 4 (Chilswell Lane) 14 (Red Copse Lane)

Schools affected St Swithun’s CE Primary School Sunningwell CE Primary School Fitzharrys School Matthew Arnold School

History These roads at the top of Hinksey Hill are in the civil parish of Sunningwell and would therefore be in the designated area of Sunningwell CE Primary School. However, these properties are closer to Matthew Arnold School in Cumnor than to Fitzharrys School (the follow-on school for Sunningwell CE Primary School).

Maps

Distances Average distances (in miles) from these roads to the three secondary schools in Abingdon and to Matthew Arnold School are: Larkmead Matt . Fitzharrys Jn. Mason Arn old OX1 5BN 3.623 3.813 3.22 4.202 7 OX1 5ER 3.595 3.729 3.48 4.118 4

Average distances from these roads to Sunningwell CE Primary School and to St Swithun’s CE Primary School are: Sunningwell St Swithun’s OX1 5BN 2.087 2.131 OX1 5ER 2.003 2.093

Proposed Leave Red Copse Lane in the designated area for Sunningwell CE Primary School and Fitzharrys School and add it to the designated area for Matthew Arnold School only

(joint-catchment).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 84 AF11

Southern part of Civil Parish of Begbroke

No. of Properties 0

Schools affected William Fletcher Primary School (Yarnton) Woodsotck CE Primary School

History This most southerly part of the civil parish of Begbroke contains no properties and is surrounded on three sides by the civil parish of Yarnton.

Maps

Distances N/A

Proposed Remove this small area from the designated area of Woodstock CE Primary School and add it to the designated

area of William Fletcher Primary School (Yarnton).

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 85 AF11

Watlington Park, Watlington, OX49 5HH

No. of Properties 6

Schools affected Badgemore Primary School Trinity CE Primary School Watlington Primary School Gillotts School (Henley-on-Thames) Icknield Community College (Watlington)

History This development is in the civil parish of Watlington but is listed as being in the designated areas for schools in Henley-on-Thames.

Maps

Distances to Badgemore Primary School 7.799 miles to Trinity CE Primary School 8.477 miles to Watlington Primary School 2.143 miles to Gillotts School 9.085 miles to Icknield Community College 2.116 miles

Proposed Remove these addresses from the designated area for Badgemore Primary School and Trinity CE Primary School, and add them to the designated area for Watlington Primary School. Remove these addresses from the designated area for Gillotts School and add them to the designated area for

Icknield Community College.

AFNOV2409R060.doc Page 86 Agenda Item 13 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Ewelme C.E.(VA) Primary School, Ewelme

Policy for Admissions for children entering in 2011 / 2012

Admission to Ewelme C.E. (VA) Primary school for the academic year 2011 / 2012 is made in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme for Oxfordshire. It is intended that the Admissions policy should comply with all relevant legislation. All applications will be treated equally, irrespective of need or ability. Ewelme School will conform to the timetable set out in the co-ordinated scheme for admissions both for the admission process and the dates for each stage. Parents who wish to enrol their children at Ewelme School are asked to make an appointment to look around the school, then complete and return to school, the application form together with the Supplementary Information sheet (attached). Completion of the Supplementary Information Sheet is particularly important if you are applying under criteria 4 and 5. Parents may also apply online through the Local Authority admissions system.

Decisions on which children are to be offered a place will be made by the Admissions Committee of the school. Offers of places will be made, on behalf of the Governors, by the Local Authority.

In year applications and late applications for places at Ewelme C.E (A) Primary School must be made through the Local Authority.

The Governors will accord with the Local Authorities “In Year Fair Access Protocol” (*1)

Children are offered a full-time place at Ewelme School in the September preceding their fifth birthday.

Parents of ‘Autumn born’ children (i.e. children born between 1 September and 31 December) have the right to defer a place until the next following January provided they do so in writing to the school. Parents of ‘Spring born’ children (i.e. children with birthdays between 1 January and 31 March) have the right to defer a place until April provided they do so in writing to the school. Parents of ‘Summer born’ children (i.e. children with birthdays between 1 April and 31 August) may not defer their child’s place. They may however decide not to start their child at school until the September following the child’s fifth birthday but in these circumstances they must reapply for a year 1 place if there is one available.

All pupils are invited to attend three half-day sessions at school during the term before they are due to start. For the year 2011 / 2012 we will be admitting twelve children (12) into Foundation.

Children with a statement of special educational need, naming Ewelme School will always be admitted to the school.

AFNOV2409R070.doc Page 87 AF13

In the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are available places, the Admissions panel of the Governing body will award places in accordance with the following criteria;

1). Looked after Children.

2). A child who lives(*2) within the boundaries of Ewelme [The boundaries of Ewelme were defined by the Governors in February 2007 and are available for inspection in the school office, a copy may also be obtained by post on request].

3). A child who will have siblings(*3) attending the School at the time that he/she actually starts school – preference being given to those children whose brothers and sisters already at school are closest to them in age.

In the event of over-subscription in this category, places will be allocated to those living nearest to the school. This is calculated by reference to the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic Information system. (i.e Children are ranked according to the difference in age between them and their sibling and then distance used as a tie breaker.)

4) A child who lives in the parishes of Brightwell Baldwin or Cuxham with Easington and whose parent (*4) is an active member of the Church or any other Christian Church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and wishes them to receive a Church of England education. ‘Active’ is defined as having attended Church on a regular basis (at least once a month) in the twelve months prior to the date of this application. Your application must be supported by a completed Supplementary Information sheet (available from school) and signed, as indicated, by the Rector or his deputy.

5). A child who lives outside the parishes united with Ewelme and whose parent (*4) is an active member of the Church or any other Christian Church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and wishes them to receive a Church of England education. . ‘Active’ is defined as having attended Church on a regular basis (at least once a month) in the twelve months prior to the date of this application. Your application must be supported by a completed Supplementary Information sheet (available from school) and signed, as indicated, by the local clergyman.

In the event of over-subscription in this category, places will be allocated to those living nearest to the school. This is calculated by reference to the nearest designated

AFNOV2409R070.doc Page 88 AF13

public route as defined on the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic Information system.

6) A child who is attending the Ewelme village pre-school.

7). Any other child.

Multiple Births.

Where fewer places can be offered at Ewelme C.E. (A) Primary School than there are children from multiple births living at a single address, the Governors will consult with parents to determine who will be offered a place.

In Year and Late Applications

In year applications and late applications for places at Ewelme C.E (A) Primary School must be made through the Local Authority Such applications will be considered in accordance with the admissions policy and parents will be informed in writing whether their application has been successful or not.

As we are heavily oversubscribed some children will not be offered a place at Ewelme School.

For the academic year 2009 / 2010, the following places were offered and refused. These statistics reflect a trend over the last five years:

Offered Refused

Children living in Ewelme 4 0 Children with Siblings 3 0 Attends Church in Benefice 0 0 Regular Church attender 0 0 Attends Ewelme Pre-School 4 0 Any other child 1 32

Total 12 32

Total applications received for 2009 / 2010 was 44. 1st preference 19 (12 offered 7 refused).

AFNOV2409R070.doc Page 89 AF13

There are established procedures for non-admission. If your child is not offered a place you have the right to appeal against this decision. In the first instance the appeal should be made in writing to the Chair of Governors:

Mrs Mary Taylor-Lane 7 Chaucer Court Ewelme Oxfordshire OX10 6HW

It should be noted that in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to school, you may not make a further appeal for your child to join in the same academic year (1 September – 31 August) unless there is a significant change in the circumstances surrounding the case. You may appeal for your child to join in subsequent years.

The school maintains a continued interest list. If you are unsuccessful at appeal and wish your child to be placed on the continued interest list, you should advise the school in writing. The order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on the continued interest list. Parents need to renew their continuing interest each academic year.

If parents wish to discuss further their right of appeal, they should write to the Admissions and Appeals Officer, Oxford Diocesan Board of Education, Church House, North Hinksey Oxford OX2 0NB.

Notes The governors reserve the right to check the validity of any information supplied in support of an application for a place.

*1 by Fair Access protocol, we mean children ‘looked after’ by Oxfordshire County Council, children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, traveller children, child refugees/asylum seekers. In accordance with the Fair Access protocol, one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in these groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. If necessary, they will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1.

*2 by ‘lives’ we mean the permanent address of the child at the time you make your application. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move before considering the application. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given

*3 Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling . Where applications are made for children of identical age (i.e. multiple births), priority order will be established by reference to the alphabetical listing of the children’s first name (where ‘a’ is higher priority than ‘z’.)

AFNOV2409R070.doc Page 90 AF13

*4 A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attendance at church’ it Is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and siblings.

Further information may be obtained from:

The School Secretary. Ewelme CE (VA) Primary School Burrows Hill Ewelme Oxfordshire OX10 6HU

01491 839240 Email: [email protected]

AFNOV2409R070.doc Page 91 AF13

Ewelme School established in 1437

Supplementary Information Sheet

PERSONAL DETAILS

NAME OF CHILD : ......

HOME ADDRESS : ......

DATE OF BIRTH : ......

NAMES AND DATES OF BIRTH OF OTHER SIBLINGS WHO CURRENTLY ATTEND EWELME

SCHOOL : ......

......

CHURCH OF ENGLAND EDUCATION

I confirm that ______(name of parent) is an active member of the church and has attended Church on a regular basis (at least once a month) in the twelve months prior to the date of this application.

Signed: ______Rector/Local clergyman

Printed: ______

Date:______

Name of Church/Parish: ______

AFNOV2409R070.doc Page 92 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

All Saints’ CE (Aided) Primary School, Tamar Way, Didcot

Application to attend All Saints’ CE School

Supplementary Information

NB: This form is only required where a parent is seeking admission for a child on the grounds that he/she is a regular worshipper (Criteria 2 , 3, 7 and 8 of the school’s admission policy). After completion by the priest or minister, it should be returned to the school with the CAPF (Common Admissions Preference Form ) by the date stated in the ‘Starting School Book’.

Name of child:

Name of parent/guardian:

Address:

Church attended:

Has that parent/guardian been attending Sunday services at the church, at least monthly, over the past year?

Signed ......

Position* ......

Date ......

* For example, Rector, Vicar, Minister etc.

AFNOV2409R080.doc

Page 93 AF13

All Saints’ C.E. (Aided) Primary School, Tamar Way, Didcot, Oxon. OX11 7QH.

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2011/12

The Admissions Policy of All Saints’ C.E. (Aided) Primary School complies with all relevant legislation including the Equal Opportunities Act and legislation on infant class sizes. The governors, who are responsible for admissions to this Church of England Aided Primary School, have agreed with Oxfordshire Education Authority to admit up to 60 pupils to each year group for the year 2011/12. These arrangements are reviewed annually.

Parents are entitled to list three preferences on the CAPF Form. It is strongly recommended that parents visit the school before submitting an application, in order to make an informed choice and to collect a supplementary form. There is no automatic right of entry from F2 to F1.

The dates and process of application will adhere to the co-ordinated admission scheme, details of which will be published by the LA. All applications will be treated equally, irrespective of ability or aptitude.

Our catchment area is The Ladygrove Estate, bounded on the southern side by the railway line and the Wallingford Road, and the western side by Cow Lane and Mersey Way. (Map and road list available at school.)

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Need, naming All Saints’ School in part four of the statement, will always be admitted. After children with identifiable Special Needs, should there be more applications than there are places available, the Governors will admit pupils according to the criteria and in the order of priority listed below:

1. Looked after Children. 2. Children living in the catchment area whose parent(s) attend All Saints’ Church or the Ladygrove Church, at least monthly during the previous year. 3. Children living in the catchment area whose parent(s) attend other local Churches registered with Churches Together, at least monthly during the previous year. 4. Children living in the catchment area who are siblings of children attending All Saints’ School at the time of entry. 5. Children living in the catchment area who are attending All Saints’ F2 class. 6. Other applicants living in the catchment area. 7. Children living outside the catchment area whose parent(s) attend(s) All Saints’ Church or the Ladygrove Church, at least monthly during the previous year. 8. Children living outside the catchment area whose parent(s) attend(s) other local churches registered with Churches Together, at least monthly during the

AFNOV2409R080.doc

Page 94 AF13

previous year. 9. Children living outside the catchment area who are siblings of children attending All Saints’ School at the time of entry. 10. Children living outside the catchment area who are attending All Saints’ F2 class. 11. Other applicants living outside the catchment area.

Please note that it is essential for a Supplementary Information Form to be completed in order for an application to be considered under 2, 3, 7 or 8. Governors cannot admit under these criteria without supporting evidence. The Supplementary Information Form is available from the school and must be completed and returned with the CAPF form.

When deciding between applicants who ostensibly have equal rights under criteria 1 to 11 above, the Governors will have regard to the proximity of the applicants homes to the school and priority will be given to the applicants on the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic Information System.

DEFINITION OF TERMS USED

‘Looked-after’ children These are children for whom parental responsibility is with the local council, children being cared for in a fostering arrangement or resident in a council regulated children’s home.

Children living in our catchment area Children whose normal home address is in our catchment area. By normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s address at the time you make your application for a place. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utility bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the Ecclesiastical Parish of Didcot, All Saints’, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy a house or a formal lease agreement for at least six months.

AFNOV2409R080.doc

Page 95 AF13

Sibling. Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibiling.

Parent. A parent is any person who has parental responsibility or is the legal guardian of the child. In criteria 2, 3,7 and 8 above, which refer to parents’ attendance at church, it is sufficient for just one parent to attend.

Applications Applications should be made initially on the CAPF Form sent to you by the LA in the Starting School book.

Dates on which places will be offered. The CAPF Form must be returned to the LA by the date given in the Starting School book. All offers of places will be made by the LA on behalf of the governors by the date listed in the Starting School book.

Point of Admission. All children are offered a full-time place within the Foundation Stage from the September of the academic year in which they turn 5. Parents of F1 children have the right to defer entry to later in the academic year. (If parents of summer born children wish to defer, then they have to re-apply for a Year 1 place.) If parents wish to send their children earlier they will need to apply for a place in the F2 class. The F2 class is subject to a separate admissions policy. Applications other than the main entry year will be accepted if there is a space available in that particular age group. Section 11 of the Coordinated Admissions Scheme sets out the arrangements for the in-year admission of vulnerable children. Other in-year applications and applications other than for the main entry year will be ranked according to criteria 1-11 above.

Multiple Births If the last pupil to be offered a place within the school’s published admission number is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake number above the school’s Published Admissions Number. The Published Admissions Number will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the Published Admissions Number. The exception to this is if admitting any further sibling would breach class size legislation. In this instance the parents will be informed that a place is only available for those children who may be admitted without breaching class size legislation.

AFNOV2409R080.doc

Page 96 AF13

Fair Access Protocol The school observes and operates the fair access protocol in consultation with the LA. The protocol is designed to ensure that there is access to education for children who have no school place.

Home to School Transport Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet entitled Starting School in September 2011.

Late Applications and Waiting Lists. Applications received after the closing date will be allocated, if spaces are still available, in the order of the criteria detailed above. Any waiting lists are maintained in the same order as the over-subscription criteria detailed above and do not depend on the date a child was placed on it.

Reapplications Should an application be turned down, Governors will not reconsider the application within the same academic year unless there is a material change in circumstances (for example, a change of address or reduction in class size).

Admissions Appeals Parents who are not offered a place for their child are entitled to appeal to an independent committee. Admissions Appeals are administered in accordance with the School Standards and Framework Act 1988. Parents wishing to appeal should complete an appeal form available from the school. This form should be sent to the Chair of Governors, within 14 days from the notification of the decision not to admit.

Applications in the Previous Year In 2009 All Saints School, Didcot, received 60 applications, all of which were successful. The children were offered places under the following admissions criteria:

Children of parents who attend All Saints’ Church or the Ladygrove Church, at 1 least monthly, and who live in the catchment area: Children living in the catchment area whose parent(s) attend other local 2 Churches registered with Churches Together, at least monthly during the previous year. Siblings of children attending All Saints’ at the time of entry and who live in the 20 catchment area: Children attending All Saints’ F2 Class and who live in the catchment area: 9 Other applicants living in the catchment area: 16 Siblings of children attending All Saints’ at the time of entry and who live outside 7 the catchment area: Children attending All Saints’ F2 class and who live outside the catchment area: 1 Other children living outside the catchment area: 4

AFNOV2409R080.doc

Page 97 AF13

There were no appeals. The number of applicants in 2009 was higher than in 2008 but was comparable to previous years when the school has had full cohorts and has been oversubscribed with one unsuccessful appeal in 2007. Whilst cohorts vary, the school usually fills its places.

For further information, please contact the school office during school hours, 01235 819143. Visits to view the school may be made by contacting the office.

Admissions, Pupil Welfare and Community Committee - Governing Body of All Saints’ School. September 2009

AFNOV2409R080.doc

Page 98 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

APPLETON C.E. (A) PRIMARY SCHOOL ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012

The Governing Body of Appleton CE (A) Primary School acts in accordance with the Admissions Code 2009 with its mandatory provisions, Infant Class Size Regulations and Equal Opportunities Legislation and is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school.

Appleton CE (A) Primary School is part of the LA co-ordinated admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet, which can be collected from any Oxfordshire Primary School in October 2010. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for the preference. Dates published in the LA co-ordinated admissions scheme will apply.

Applications for entry to Appleton CE (A) Primary School for September 2011 must be received by the school by the date stated in the Oxfordshire Local Authority Admissions booklet and should be on the LA’s CAPF form. Decisions on which children are to be offered places will be made by the Admissions Committee of the school. Offers of a place will be made on the date designated by the LA . Parents (see Note 2) will be given a date published by the LA to accept an offer. All applications will be treated equally, irrespective of ability or need. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if there are no places left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful. Details of appeals procedures will be sent to all unsuccessful applicants on the date designated by the LA in Spring 2012. Parents have the right to submit a second application within the same academic year provided that there has been a major change in circumstances e.g. change of address which now places them in the catchment area.

At Appleton CE (A) School, pupils are admitted at the beginning of the academic year (September 1 st .) in which they reach their fifth birthday. The governors will in no circumstances consider an application for earlier admission. Entry in September 2011 is therefore open to children born between September 1 st . 2006 and August 31 st . 2007. Full time places will be offered to all those children whose birthdays are between September 1 st 2006 and August 31 st 2007.

The number of intended admissions for the year commencing September 1 st 2011 is 20 in Foundation Stage, Key Stage 1, Key Stage 2. Parents may request a child’s entry is deferred to later in the school year 2011/12, where the child is not of compulsory school age (the term after the child’s fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, the school will hold the place for that child until April1st . 2012, although in the majority of cases, the school believes that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year, rather than starting part way through it.

In all other cases, pupils will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group. Each Foundation Stage and Key Stage 1 and 2 year group has

AFNOV2409R090.doc Page 99 AF13

20 places based on the school’s net capacity. The only exception to this will be in the case of children of multiple birth from one family whose applications will be regarded as one application provided that the application does not affect the class size legislation at Key Stage 1 which may not exceed 30 pupils per class. If the multiple birth application would affect the maximum class size legislation then the child whose alphabetical forename is first would be offered a place but not other child/ren.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation including that on infant class size and equal opportunities.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs naming Appleton CE (A) Primary School. (See Note 1) will always be admitted.

Places are offered to children in the following order:

1. Looked After children (See Note 1)

2. A child whose normal* address is in the school’s catchment area (See Note 2) – the Ecclesiastical Parishes of St. Laurence’s (Appleton with Eaton), St. Nicholas’s ( Fyfield, Netherton, Tubney) and St. Lawrence’s (Besselsleigh), and with a sibling already in attendance at Appleton CE (A) School at the time of entry to the school. *(See Note 3) A map of the ecclesiastical parish can be seen in the Office at school.

3. A child with a normal home address in the Ecclesiastical Parishes listed above.

4. A child whose normal address is outside the Ecclesiastical Parishes and with a sibling* already in attendance at Appleton CE (A) Primary School at the time of entry. *(See Note 4)

5. Preference for a Church/ Faith School, supported by written evidence from a priest * that a parent has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least six times a year) *(See Note 5)

6. Children with exceptional medical, disability or social needs, supported by written evidence by a registered health professional or social worker that states the particular reasons why the school is the most suitable one and the difficulties that the child would have if they had to attend another school. ( See Note 6)

In the event of a ‘tie breaker’ in Categories 2-6 for two or more applicants then the child who lives closest to the school (as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined by he Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System) will be offered a place.

1. Proximity of the child’s home to the school, as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined by the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement

AFNOV2409R090.doc Page 100 2 AF13

for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all applicants then the oldest child will be offered a place.

In cases where there are more applicants than places the oversubscription criteria will be as follows: Places will be offered in the following order: Categories 1-6.

Children who cannot be offered places will be given the option of being placed on our waiting list which follows the Categories 1-6.

TRANSPORTATION ENTITLEMENT : Please refer to the Oxfordshire County Council’s Admissions Brochure ‘Starting School” which provides details regarding transportation entitlement.

For entry to the Reception year beginning in September 2009 the school received 46 applications. 20 offers were made. The criteria applicable to applications was as follows:

Category Places offered and accepted 1 0 2 9 3 11 4 0 5 0 6 0

Note 1 : these are Government Inclusion priorities.

Note 2 : by parent we mean any person who has parental responsibilities for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to the parents attendance at church it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. If you are in any doubt, please contact the school for advice.

Note 3 : by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you made your application for a place. It is where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parents’ address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw an offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the Ecclesiastical Parishes of Appleton with Eaton, Besselsleigh, Fyfield, Netherton and Tubney, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be a resident of the catchment area on September 1 st . 2010. If you move later we will need evidence before

AFNOV2409R090.doc Page 101 3 AF13

considering an application e.g. a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement.

Note 4 : by sibling we mean brother or sister. This means a brother or sister of whole or half blood, adopted brother or sister, step brother or stepsister or any other child of the parents/ carers partner where the child for who the place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Note 5 : the Governing Body asks the priest or minister to complete a supplementary form confirming church/ faith commitment. This will form an essential part of the application on the grounds of church/ faith preference. A copy of this form is attached to the school’s admission policy (Page 4)

Note 6 : Children who are applying for places on medical/social grounds are required to submit a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker which states the particular reasons why the school is the most suitable one, and what the difficulties that would be caused if the child had to attend another school. The Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. This will be assessed by the governors, the school nurse and Educational Social Worker.

FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL

Children at significant risk of underachievement (In-Year (Casual) Admissions, Years F1 to 6 inclusive) will be offered places as soon as possible, even if the school is full they will be given top priority on the waiting list. The Code of Practice on Admissions recommends the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties or for whom a fresh start has been agreed. In accordance with this guidance, one additional place in each class from Years 3 – 6 inclusive* may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are:

§ Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion for whom a fresh start has been agreed. § Traveller children § Child refugees/asylum seekers

Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to the Foundation Stage/ Key Stage 1 except in situations where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes) (England) Regulation 1998.

AFNOV2409R090.doc Page 102 4 AF13

account is taken of the length of time on a waiting list. The school periodically seeks to confirm that parents wish a child to be kept on the waiting list. For further information, in the first instance, please contact the Admissions Secretary at the school. Contact details are as follows:

Address The Admissions Secretary, Appleton CE (A) Primary School, Church Road, Appleton, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX13 5JL Telephone: 01865- 862794: Fax: 01865- 865110: E-Mail: [email protected]

AFNOV2409R090.doc Page 103 5 AF13

Supplementary information:

TO BE COMPLETED BY THE MINISTER AT YOUR PLACE OF WORSHIP

CONFIDENTIAL

Application to attend APPLETON CE (A) SCHOOL

Name of child: Date of birth:

Name of parent/guardian:

Church attended:

How long has a parent or guardian been associated with this church?

Is a parent or guardian a regular practising member of the church (we define ‘regular’ as 6 or more times per year)?

Signed ………………………. Name ……………………...... (block capitals

Date ……………………… Position …………………......

Please return this form to Appleton CE Primary School, Church Road, Appleton, Abingdon, Oxon OX13 5JL by 10th November if applying for a place in the Foundation Stage (Early Years) for the following September, or one month prior to the admissions meeting if applying for a place in Years 1 – 6.

AFNOV2409R090.doc Page 104 6 STATUTORY POLICY

BANBURY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY For Entry - September 2011

October 2008 Updated January 2009 Updated October 2009

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 105 AF13

Banbury School Admissions Policy

Rationale : Banbury School is a Trust School serving Banbury town. We have an inclusive ethos which welcomes a comprehensive intake of all abilities, backgrounds and faiths.

Banbury School Governing Body is the Admission Authority for Banbury School and as such, is responsible for setting and applying Banbury School’s admission arrangements as from September 2007(with regard to in-year admissions). Banbury School Admission Authority acts in accordance with the mandatory provisions of the 2009 School Admissions Code.

The Year 7 Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 has been set at 220 . Entry into Year 12 from students outside Banbury School has been set at up to 120. Both numbers are based on the school’s resources and curriculum offer and agreed by Banbury School’s Admissions Authority. These will be reviewed annually. Banbury School’s Admission Authority will give priority to applications in accordance with the over-subscription criteria listed below, provided that it is made aware of that application before decisions on admissions are made.

A continued interest list will be maintained. Applications for places will be ranked in the same order as the over-subscription criteria below. Parents will be notified that their child has been placed on a continued interest list but they cannot be given any indication of the likelihood of being offered a place. As soon as a place becomes vacant, Banbury School Admission Authority will fill the vacancy from the continued interest list (as required by the School Admissions Code 2009). The continued interest list will be maintained until the last day of December 2011.

For subsequent intakes after 2011, over-subscription criteria may include ‘banding’ to produce an intake that is representative of the full range of ability of applicants for the school (School Admissions Code 2009).

Banbury School’s Admissions Authority will consult on any changes through the Local Authority and will be part of the LA’s coordinated admissions process.

Children who fall into the categories below will not be subject to over subscription admissions criteria but will be granted a place at Banbury School automatically: a. Children with a Statement of Special Need which names the school in part 4 of the Statement.

Over-subscription Admissions Criteria (Years 7-11)

1. Children who are in the care of a local authority (Children in Public Care or Looked After Children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) whom the Corporate Parent agrees should attend the school

2. Children with a sibling already at the school (see Note1 )

3. Up to 10% of students selected with respect to their aptitude in drama (which will amount to up to 22 places per year group) (see Note 2)

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 106 AF13

4. Children who have the shortest distance between home and school (see Notes 3 and 4)

5. Children who currently attend a Banbury Partnership primary school.

6. Children of newly appointed staff, after the national offer date, filling a post with a “demonstrable skills shortage for the vacant post” (School Admissions Code 2007) (see Note 9) NB: • Disabled children will be given equal consideration of a place with others under the stated criteria for admission, where the school is deemed to be accessible. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act (amended). • Any student going on an extended holiday (more than five weeks) will be taken off Banbury School roll. Parents then requiring a place will have to reapply with all applications subject to Banbury School’s over-subscription criteria. • Choice Advice (commissioned by the LA) is available to support families who need the most help during the admissions round. Choice Advisers are available (through contacting the LA) to assist parents through the decision-making process.

Note 1: In all categories except 1, priority will be given to those who have a brother or sister attending Banbury School at the time of admission but not application. This means that there will be no sibling connection for admission purposes as follows: 1) applicants for entry to Year 7 if they have a brother or sister in Year 11 unless the CAPF records an expressed intention of the sibling staying on into Year 12 2) applicants for entry to Year 7 if they have a brother or sister in Year 13 The definition of a brother or sister is: • A brother or sister sharing the same parents • Half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent • Step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parent’s marriage • Adopted or foster children Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins or triplets or other children from multiple births living at a single address, the Admission Authority will use random allocation to determine who will be offered a place at Banbury School.

Note 2 “A child with aptitude is one who is identified as being able to benefit from teaching in a specific subject, or who demonstrates a particular capacity to succeed in that subject.” (School Admission Code 2009). Banbury School’s Admission Authority will determine whether a child demonstrates a particular capacity to learn or to develop skills in drama (which as one of the performing arts is a relevant subject for selection by aptitude), and that he or she can benefit from the particular expertise and facilities as required by the Code. Should places be unfilled there being insufficient children to fill the proportion of selective aptitude places, they will be filled by children using Banbury School’s other published non-selective oversubscription criteria.

Candidates will be required: 1. to read a text aloud (previously unseen) with a short preparation time. The text will be such that it is deemed to be of challenge to a student at or beyond level 5 in reading.

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 107 AF13

2. to write (unaided) and perform a short dramatic monologue which features an invented character of their choice. A copy of the monologue must be submitted with a completed and signed verification form.

Please complete and attach to the monologue being submitted.

Date of submission:

Name of student submitting monologue:

Date of birth:

School attended:

I can confirm that the work submitted by the above named student is original work and completed entirely by the student.

Signed...... Print name......

Relationship to the student......

Note 3: The home address of a child is considered to be his/her permanent residence. The address must be the child’s only or main residence. Documentary evidence may be required. Where a child spends time with parents at more than one address, then the address given should be the one that they live at (ie sleep at) for the majority of term-time weekdays. Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place

Note 4: Priority will be given to those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families’ Geographic Information System.

Note 5: Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Admission Authority to refuse their child a place are asked to contact: Clerk to the Appeal Panel Chief Executive’s Office County Hall New Road Oxford OX1 1ND

Tel: 01865 810180 Fax: 01865 247805 Email: [email protected]

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 108 AF13

Note 6: Following an unsuccessful appeal, unless there are significant and material changes in circumstances of a parent’s application for their child or the school, the schools’ Admission Authority will not consider a repeat application in the same academic year.

Note 7: Applications received after the closing date will only be considered alongside those received by the closing date under the following circumstances:

• The family were unable to complete an application form before the closing date because they moved into the school’s catchment area after the issue of application forms. OR • The family were unable to comply with the admissions timetable because of exceptional circumstances which prevented the application arriving on time – the circumstances must be given in writing and attached to the application form.

Applications received after the notification date (after places have been offered) will be added to the list of continued interest in admission criteria order. The list of continued interest will be kept until the last day of December 2011.

Note 8: The Local Authority Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF) must be completed and returned to the Local Authority for all admissions to Banbury School .

Note 9: Banbury School Admissions Authority may offer a place to a child or children to a new appointee despite this being in excess of the published admission number. Alternatively students in this category may be placed at the top of any continued interest list for Banbury School.

Banbury School Sixth Form Over-subscription Admissions Criteria (Years 12-13)

Every student in Year 11 at Banbury School is entitled to a place in the Sixth Form providing there is a course suitable for him/her. There are eight different pathways at Banbury School Sixth Form, offering a wide range of opportunities including Advanced Level courses

Over-subscription Admissions Criteria 1. Young people who are in the care of a local authority (Children in Public Care or Looked After Children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) whom the Corporate Parent agrees should attend the school and who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the school prospectus.

2. Those with a sibling already at the school, who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the school prospectus (see Note 1 above for definition of sibling )

3. Up to 10% of those selected with respect to their aptitude in drama (which will amount to up to 12 places per year group). All external applicants can apply for these places. AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 109 AF13

(See Note 2 above; please note: selection for Sixth Form places will be according to audition on an individual basis as agreed with the Heads of Drama and Sixth Form)

4. Those who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the school prospectus and live in the designated area of the school (see Note 3 above)

5. Those who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the school prospectus and who live closest to the school measured by the nearest designated public route using the Directorate for Children Young People & Families Geographic Information System (see Note 3 above)

6. Those who meet the academic requirements for the level of course applied for, as published in the school prospectus

7. Children of newly appointed staff, after the national offer date, filling a post with a “demonstrable skills shortage for the vacant post” (School Admissions Code 2009) (see Note 9 above)

Sixth Form Application procedure: All external students interested in a place at Banbury School Sixth Form should complete an online application form. The applicant will state if they wish to be considered for one of the 10% of places reserved for those with a particular aptitude for drama.

Late applications: Late applications will be considered, although it will be more difficult to comply with preferences. Applications received after the notification date (after places have been offered) will be added to the list of continued interest in admission criteria order. The list of continued interest will be kept until the last day of December 2011.

Appendix 1

Procedures for Admissions into Banbury School (Years 7-11) There are four routes into school:

1. General applications : via the Admissions Clerk (Senior Vice Principal, Admissions)

2. Children in the care of a local authority (Children in Public Care or Looked After Children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents): through Senior Vice Principal, “LAC” Designated Teacher, Banbury School’s Admissions Panel, and Admissions Clerk (Senior Vice Principal, Admissions)

3. Children with a Statement of Special Need which names Banbury School in part 4 of the Statement : through Senior Vice Principal, Designated Teacher for “Looked After Children” (LAC), Banbury School’s Admissions Panel, and Admissions Clerk (Senior Vice Principal, Admissions)

4. ‘Hard to place’ students (as agreed through the In-Year Fair Access Protocol as described in the LA documentation) through the LA Assistant Education Officer, the

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 110 AF13

Principal, Banbury School’s Admissions Panel, and Admissions Clerk (Senior Vice Principal, Admissions)

Applications for admissions to Banbury School should be sent to the Senior Vice Principal acting on behalf of Banbury School Admissions Authority. Applications (up to the published admission number for each year group) will be processed without unreasonable delay, and giving sufficient time for appropriate support (where needed) to be arranged, as in the protocol outlined in Appendix 2 .

Appendix 2 Transfer protocol following a successful application to Banbury School • Banbury School Student Information Form (Appendix 3 ) will be given to parents for completion and should be returned as soon as possible (note additional Insert for KS4 students (Appendix 4)).

• This form will enable parents to provide necessary information for a smooth school to school transition.

• The relevant Pastoral Manager will arrange an Admission Meeting for student and parents/carers to discuss any concerns/issues. Should there be siblings, other Pastoral Managers will also meet as appropriate.

• The Pastoral Manager of the oldest sibling will coordinate the rest of the process involving other Pastoral Managers where necessary.

1. Pastoral Manager organises an Admission Meeting. Invited to this meeting are the relevant senior staff from Lower or Upper School, Head of Student Services if appropriate, the parent(s) and the student(s). Pastoral Manager contacts parent(s) by phone having checked availability of school staff to agree a time and date. Once agreed, Pastoral Manager lets appropriate school staff know.

2. Pastoral Manager organises room booking and communicates meeting place to all concerned.

3. Pastoral Manager also explains to parent (s) that his/her child should bring some examples of work to the meeting (e.g. exercise books from previous school). Students in KS4 must bring all completed coursework to the meeting to be handed over for dissemination to Banbury School staff.

4. Pastoral Manager also arranges a time in advance of the arranged meeting (at least two days where possible) for the student to sit a LASS and CATS test with staff in Student Services. In the case of siblings, the Pastoral Manager of the oldest child will arrange this in order to coordinate time of assessments. Student Services will send results of this test to the relevant Pastoral Manager(s) in advance of the arranged meeting.

5. Pastoral Manager will contact previous school, once a place at Banbury School has been granted (having obtained the name of the previous school during the phone conversation with parents/carers) requesting information such as: CATS/SATS scores; Attendance; Language Studied; etc. In cases where more than one child has attended the same school, the Pastoral Manager of the oldest sibling will ring

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 111 AF13

the school to get contact names (e.g. Heads of Year) on behalf of both/all Pastoral Managers. Each Pastoral Manager sends a Request for Student Information (Appendix 5) to the previous school and follow up with a phone call for each individual child.

6. Pastoral Manager copies received Banbury School Student Information Form and relevant test results for all invited to the meeting (along with any other relevant paperwork).

The Admissions Meeting: • Organised as above and documented on Admissions Meeting Form (Appendix 6) (to be filed later in the student’s main school file and copied to the SEN file where relevant)

• All relevant sections of the Banbury School Student Information Form and Request for Student Information sheets are discussed

• Students and parents have the opportunity to expand on any points made

• Test results are discussed and it is explained that, following the meeting, based on all prior information gathered and recent test results, the student will be placed in appropriate sets by Directors of Faculty

• The Head or Deputy of Lower/Upper School decides which tutor group the student will be going into.

• The Head or Deputy of Lower/Upper School will provide an Induction Pack (kept with Community Secretaries)

• The start date is confirmed (according to the Admissions Schedule). A two week informal review meeting following start date will be arranged between the student and The Head or Deputy of Lower/Upper School. Before leaving, parents/carers should complete/sign ICT/EV forms, Photo Permission Letter and Home School Agreement (in induction packs) and hand in to school staff who will send on to appropriate staff in school

Preparation for Start Date: • Pastoral Manager will contact key Heads of Faculty, to determine sets for the incoming student, based on information gathered (Pastoral Managers will contact Vice Principal (Curriculum) to check options choices where relevant). Particular attention will be paid here to prior attainment, student potential, knowledge about relationships with other students (where appropriate). Pastoral Manager will let HoF know student start date. HoF will communicate their decisions to class teachers.

• Pastoral Manager will contact the Data Office with information required for timetable – i.e. tutor group, sets – and agreed admission date (according to the Admissions schedule). The Banbury School Student Information Form will also be sent to the Data Manager for adding additional information (not on the CAPF) when putting the student on roll.

• Data Manager will put student on roll, create timetable and sends copy of updated class list to new teachers with covering memo reminding of student start date. Two copies of

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 112 AF13

student timetable will go to The Head or Deputy of Lower/Upper School, one of which should be handed to student on their start date.

• Data Manager will also be sent any other relevant data to be input (by the Pastoral Manager) including that on the Request for Student Information sheet if returned.

• Data Manager will put names of students starting (and leaving) into the Staff Bulletin.

For students at School Action Plus, with Statements of SEN, those in the Looked After System or any other students giving “cause for concern” based on initial phone calls the same process as above takes place with the following exceptions:

• Once a place has been granted, the details of the parents/carer of the student are sent to the Deputy SENCO, who thereafter coordinates the admission in place of the Pastoral Manager.

• A multi-agency meeting will be required. In addition to those invited above, Deputy SENCO to invite: a senior colleague from the former school (where appropriate); representatives from external agencies involved; the appropriate SENCO; the Head of School; Head of Student Services

• Deputy SENCO will request that the student’s school/SEN file from the previous school is brought (by the school representative) to the admissions meeting.

For students who speak English as an Additional Language: • The same process (for the majority of students) applies with the following exception:

o Once a place has been granted details of the parents/carers are sent to the Deputy SENCO who will liaise with Head of Student Services. Thereafter Deputy SENCO coordinates the admission in place of the Pastoral Manager.

Home to School Transport

• Information regarding home to school transport can be found in the booklet entitled Moving on in September 2011, from the local authority.

AFNOV2409R100.doc Page 113 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 114 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

BISHOP CARPENTER CHURCH OF ENGLAND VOLUNTARY AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOL

Admissions Policy

School Year 2011/12

Agreed by Admissions Sub Committee October 2009

The School Governors are the Admissions Authority for the School. The school proposes to adopt the Coordinated Admissions Scheme for Oxfordshire. Admissions Number is 16.

Children may be admitted to the school at the beginning of the September term following their fourth birthday. For children below the statutory school age of five years, the statutory entitlement is for the school to offer full time early learning. Statutory entitlement for children to attend school on a full time basis begins in the term following the child’s fifth birthday. For admission purposes the statutory ‘term’ dates are:

Autumn Term 1 st September – 31 st December Spring Term 1 st January – 31 st March Summer Term 1 st April – 31 st August

N.B. Oxfordshire County Council introduced a new six-term year in all its schools, which started in September 2004. This does not change the legal definition of a term, which continues to be based on the conventional three-term pattern.

For category 4 of the admissions criteria (see below) parents must submit an application and school’s supplementary information form to the school, in addition to the Local Authority Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF admission form). The school form must be submitted to the school to meet the LA published deadline.

The Governors will allocate places considering all applications equally according to the Admissions Criteria below at a full Governors meeting in December 2010, and advise the Local Authority (LA) of the children that they propose to admit. The LA will send allocation letters to parents in March 2011 for entry at September 2011. These dates will be the same for all schools in the area.

Admissions criteria: In the event of there being greater demand for admission than there are places available then children with a Statement of Special Educational Need naming this school will always be admitted. Then the highest priority (criteria 1) will be given to ‘children in care’, whether living within the catchment area or not. Once places have

AFNOV2409R110.doc

Page 115 AF13

been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

2. A child with a sibling ( see definition) at Bishop Carpenter School at the time of entry.

3. Denominational preference for Church of England School supported by evidence (see supplementary information form ) that a parent ( see definition ) and child has been, for the last year, a regular worshipper (at least once a month) at either St Mary’s Church Broughton with North Newington or St Martin’s Church Shutford.

4. Children with a normal home address (see definition ) in the Ecclesiastical Parishes of Broughton with North Newington and Shutford. A map is available in school if necessary.

5. Denominational preference for a Church of England School supported by a baptism certificate.

6. Other children

The Admission code 2007 recommends the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties. In accordance with this guidance one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are shown below: 3 Children “Looked After” by Oxfordshire County Council 4 Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, or for whom a ‘fresh start’ is agreed 5 Traveller children 6 Child refugees/asylum seekers 7 Child released from a custodial sentence who are not on roll of any other school

Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1.

Tie-break In the case of there being more applications under any of the above criteria than there are available places, preference will be given to:

a. A child whose normal home address is closest to the school using the nearest designated public route, as measured by the LA’s Geographical Information System (GIS).

AFNOV2409R110.doc

Page 116 AF13

Equality The Governors will treat all applications equally, irrespective of need or ability. Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births living at a single address, the Local Authority will use alphabetical order by first names to determine whom will be offered a place.

Definitions.

i. By “sibling” we mean brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

ii. By “parent” we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attending at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend.

iii. By “normal home address” we mean the child’s home address at the time when application is made for a school place. We regard a child’s home address to be where that child spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday including nights). We may ask to see official documentation if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if the child is resident with a grandparent, it needs to be stated on the application form. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for giving another address. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given.

iv. A map, which is held at the school showing the boundaries of the parishes of Broughton, North Newington and Shutford.

NOTES The Dates and Process of Application contained in this policy conforms to Oxfordshire County Council’s co-ordinated scheme and apply to all schools within the County.

Parental Choice of School. It is essential that parents applying for a place in the school should complete and return both the school’s supplementary information form (available from the school) and the Common Application Form CAF (Primary) issued by Oxfordshire County Council. Details of schools and the CAPF (Primary) form are contained in the Council’s admissions booklet, available from 2010.

AFNOV2409R110.doc

Page 117 AF13

Families moving to the area. Parents who expect to move into the parishes but have not done so at the date for receipt of applications should provide evidence of the expected move before the application can be considered. The Governors need to know that you will be resident in the parish on September 1 st 2011. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy or rent a property, e.g. the exchange of contracts with date for completion.

Deferred Entry . Parents allocated a place for their child may choose to defer admission to the Reception Class until the start of the term in which the child’s fifth birthday falls.

Late Applications. Applications for admission received after the final date for receipt will be considered after offers have been made and may be added to the waiting list.

Waiting List. The school maintains a waiting list, the “continued interest list”, for those children whose applications have not yet been considered and for those who are not offered a place. The order of priority on the waiting list is the same as the list of criteria given above. No account is taken of length of time on the waiting list. The school may from time to time seek confirmation that parents wish a child’s name to be kept on the waiting list.

Older children Application for the admission of a child other than at Reception (F1) age, known as “in- year admissions”, will be considered in accordance with the above criteria only when a vacancy in the appropriate age-range occurs.

Withdrawal of an offer of admission The Governors reserve the right to withdraw an offer of admission to the school if it is found to be on the basis of fraudulent information.

Appeals. There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. Parents have the right to submit a second application within the same academic year if there is a major change of circumstances eg. change of address.

Admissions for 2009/10 There were 24 applications for admission to Foundation year 1 for September 2009. This included those for whom the school was 1 st , 2 nd or 3rd choice. 9 came into criterion 2; 1 criterion 3; 1 criterion 5, 13 criteria 6 . There were no appeals.

Home to school transport Please refer to Starting school handbook for information regarding home to school transport.

AFNOV2409R110.doc

Page 118 AF13

The School’s Supplementary Information Forms for admission in 2011/12 will be available from the school from September 2010.These are essential but only for applications under any denominational criteria in order for applications to be considered under the those criteria and must be submitted by the same deadline as Oxfordshire’s Common Application Form CAPF Primary.

For further information please contact: Bishop Carpenter Church of England Aided Primary School School Lane, North Newington, Oxon OX15 6AQ Telephone 01295 730404 E mail [email protected]

This Admissions Policy is governed by the following statutes: • Education Acts 1996, 1997, 2002 • School Standards and Framework Act 1998 • Race relations Act 1976 as amended by Race Relations (Amendment) Act 2000 • Human Rights Act 1998 • Disability Discrimination Act as amended by Special Educational Needs and Disability Act 2001 • S * x Discrimination Act 2001 [full title omitted to avoid being blocked by school/education filters] [Revised December 2004]

AFNOV2409R110.doc

Page 119 AF13

Form A SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM FOR ENTRY INTO BISHOP CARPENTER CHURCH OF ENGLAND VOLUNTARY AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOL

Academic year : September 2011 – August 2012

TO BE COMPLETED BY A PARENT/CARER AND TO BE RETURNED TO THE SCHOOL BY THE LEA PUBLISHED DEADLINE

Part 1 1. Names of Parents or Guardians ......

2. Name of child applying ...... ….

3. Date of Birth ...... Gender:...... …..

4. Address of child's home ...... …

......

NB: this form is only required where a parent is seeking admission for a child on the ground that he/she is a regular worshipper (Criteria 3. of the school’s admission arrangements). After completion by the priest or minister, it should be returned to the school office.

Name of child:

Name of parent/guardian:

Church attended:

Has the parent been a regular worshipper (at least once a month) at a Christian Church? YES or NO

Signed ………………………………..

Position* ………………………………..

Date ………………………………..

* For example, Vicar, Rector, Parish Priest, Minister, etc.

AFNOV2409R110.doc

Page 120 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

BISHOP LOVEDAY CHURCH OF ENGLAND AIDED SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY FOR SEPTEMBER 2011– 2012 (Draft)

The Governing Body of the school has adopted the Coordinated Admission Scheme for Oxfordshire. Details of the school’s admission arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet ‘Starting School’, available from the school. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference, and includes an application form.

Applications for entry to Bishop Loveday CE School in September 2011 must be received by the school by * and be on the LA’s Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF) (primary) application form. Our school’s additional supplementary sheet must be completed by all families wishing to give details of their worship for consideration under the worship admissions criteria. This should also be returned to the school. These sheets will enable the school’s admissions committee to make a decision on which children are to be offered a place. Offers of a place will be made on *. Parents (see Note 1) will be given 21 days in which to accept an offer. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

At Bishop Loveday CE School, pupils are normally admitted at the beginning of the academic year (1 st September) in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude. Entry in September 2011 is therefore open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31st August 2007. The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 st September 2010 is 60. Parents may request that a child’s entry is deferred to later in the school year 2011/2012, where the child is not of compulsory school age (the term after the child’s fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, the school will hold the place for that child, although, in the majority of cases, the school finds that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year, rather than starting part way through it.

For ‘in-year’ admissions, pupils will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group. In September 2011 each year group from F1 to Yr 6 have 60 places. If there are more applications than places available, the list of criteria for over-subscription will be used. Parents must complete the CAF (Primary-in-Year) application form and submit this to the LA.

Children with a Statement of Special Need naming Bishop Loveday CE School will always be admitted. Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

AFNOV2409R120.doc Page 121 AF13

i. A child who is looked after by Oxfordshire County Council, whether or not he/she is resident in the catchment area.

ii. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) in the Ecclesiastical Parish of St John the Baptist, Bodicote.

iii. A sibling of another child already in attendance at Bishop Loveday CE School at the time of entry to the school.

iv. A parent being on the electoral roll at St John the Baptist, Bodicote. This will have to be supported in writing by the Rev’d Phillips, Incumbent, using the school’s supplementary information form and parents are asked to send the supplementary information form to the school one month prior to the admission meeting.

v. A parent being a regular practising (see Note 4) member of a Christian place of worship (see Note 5). This will have to be supported in writing by the minister concerned using the school’s supplementary information form and parents are asked to send the supplementary information form to the school one month prior to the admission meeting.

vi. Those who live nearest to the school following the nearest designated route, measured from the pedestrian gate leading onto the large playground at the front of the school adjacent to White Post Road, using the County Council’s Geographic Information System.

In the event of oversubscription in criteria i – v, places would be offered to those who live nearest to the school following the nearest designated route, measured from the pedestrian gate leading onto the large playground at the front of the school adjacent to White Post Road, using the County Council’s Geographic Information System.

Applications for early admission, i.e. for admission prior to a child’s fourth birthday, will not be considered.

In cases where there is one place available, and the next child on the list is a twin, triplet, etc., we can offer only one child a place. The parents of the affected children will be advised of these circumstances and will be asked to nominate which child the place shall be awarded to. This place will be held open for 21 days for the parents to advise the school of the nominated child, and the application for admission of the other sibling(s) will be deemed to have been refused at the time that the parents were advised that only one place is available. If no such nomination is received within 21 days, it shall be determined that the offered place is not required (perhaps because places for both / all the children are to be sought at another school) and the place shall be made available to the next, non-sibling, ranked child. The non- admission of one or more siblings, or the non-acceptance of an offered place, will not prevent all siblings being eligible to be added to the continued interest list or affect the right of appeal against non-admission. Any child who is added to the continued interest list will remain on the list for one year unless a further application for admission is made.

Page 122 2 AF13

The Governors of the School have adopted a fair access protocol. Further details may be obtained upon application to the school.

For entry to F1 in 2009-2010 60 places were accepted. These were according to the following criteria:

i. 0 ii. 25 iii. 15 iv. 4 v. 4 vi. 12

There were no appeals against non-admission.

There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the school does not consider any further application in the same school year (1 September – 31 August), unless there is a material change in the circumstances. The school maintains a continued interest list for those children who are not offered a place, the order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on a continued interest list. Being placed on the continued interest list offers no guarantee of a place becoming available. Children remain on the continued interest list until the end of the F1 year.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the Clerk to the Governors at the school. Contact details are as follows:

Address The Clerk to the Governors Bishop Loveday CE Primary School White Post Road Bodicote Banbury Oxon OX15 4BN

Telephone 01295 263157

Fax 01295 275907

Email [email protected]

Note 1: by parent, we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2: by sibling, we mean a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner

Page 123 3 AF13

where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Note 4: by regular worship we mean attending 6 or more times a year in the 12 months preceding the deadline for applications or date of application.

Note 5: by Christian place of worship we mean any church belonging to ‘Churches Together in Britain and Ireland’.

Note 6: information regarding home to school transport can be found in the ‘Starting School’ booklet for September 2010.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

* The dates and process of application will be in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme. This will be published by the LEA when it has been agreed, and will be common to all schools within the LEA.

This policy was approved by the governors of the school on 13 th October 2009.

Page 124 4 AF13

TO BE COMPLETED BY THE MINISTER AT YOUR PLACE OF WORSHIP

CONFIDENTIAL

Application to attend BISHOP LOVEDAY CE (A) SCHOOL

Name of child: Date of birth:

Name of parent/carer:

Is the parent/carer on the electoral roll of St John the Baptist, Bodicote? Yes/No

If not, which Church is attended:

How long has the parent or carer been associated with this church?

Has the parent/carer attended Church 6 or more times in the 12 months prior to application?

Signed ………………………. Name ……………………...... (block capitals

Date ……………………… Position …………………......

Please return this form to Bishop Loveday CE Primary School, White Post Road, Bodicote, Banbury, Oxon, OX15 4BN by 30 th November if applying for a place in the Foundation Stage (Early Years) for the following September, or one month prior to the admissions meeting if applying for a place in Years 1 – 6.

Page 125 5 AF13

BISHOP LOVEDAY CE PRIMARY SCHOOL

FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL

Children at significant risk of underachievement (In-Year (Casual) Admissions, Years F1 to 6 inclusive)

The Code of Practice on Admissions recommends the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties. In accordance with this guidance, one additional place in each year group from Years 3 – 6 inclusive* may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are:

§ Children ‘Looked After’ by Oxfordshire County Council

§ Children permanently excluded from another Oxfordshire County Council school, or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed

§ Traveller children

§ Child refugees/asylum seekers

Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to the Foundation Stage.

*Class size legislation applicable to years Foundation Stage – Year 2 inclusive cannot be breached unless the vulnerable children fall into one of the exceptional cases outlined in the Code of Practice.

Page 126 6 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBE 2009

CRITERIA OF ADMISSION FOR SEPTEMBER 2011

The Admission Policy of the Governors is as follows:

The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of this school to apply for and be considered for a place here.

The Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 140.

If the number of applications exceeds the admission number, the Governors will give priority to applications in accordance with the criteria listed, provided that they are made aware of that application before decisions on admissions are made.

In all categories, priority will be given to those who have a brother or sister (see Note 4 below) attending Blessed George Napier Catholic School at the time of admission.

1. Baptised* Catholic children who are in the care of a local authority (looked after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989).

2. Baptised* Catholic children who currently attend a Catholic feeder school. The feeder schools are: St John’s, Banbury St Joseph’s, Banbury Holy Trinity, Chipping Norton St Mary’s, Bicester St Mary’s, Aston le Walls, Northamptonshire

3. Other Baptised* Catholic children.

4. Other children who are in the care of a local authority (looked after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989).

5. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister at Blessed George Napier Catholic School at the time of admission.

6. Children baptised in other Christian communities.

7. Children of other non-Christian faiths.

8. Children of no faith.

* For definition of “Baptised Catholic” - see Appendix.

AFNOV2409R130.doc

Page 127 AF13

OVER-SUBSCRIPTION

If there is over-subscription within the category, the Governors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

However, where there is over-subscription in Categories 6, 7, or 8 precedence will be given to those who provide evidence of practice of faith.

Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births or living at a single address, the governing body will randomly select the child to be offered the final place by drawing lots.

In those cases where the measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all those applicants a place, the governing body will randomly select the child to be offered the final place by drawing lots if all the following circumstances apply:

• The measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical result.

• The applicants are not twins living at the same address.

• There are insufficient places to enable the Local Authority to offer places to all the affected applicants.

NOTES

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs which names the school in part 4 of the statement will be admitted. This will limit the number of available places.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as a Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of Baptised Catholic see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest.

Applicants are asked to complete the school’s Supplementary Form to assist the Governors in awarding places. The Forms can be obtained from Blessed George Napier Catholic School or from feeder schools on request or can be found in the School Prospectus. The Local Authority Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF) must also be completed and returned to the Local Authority. Please return the Supplementary Form directly to Blessed George Napier Catholic School. Further details can be obtained from the school. Failure to complete the Supplementary Form may affect the criterion the child’s name is placed within.

Note 3 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main residence. Documentary evidence may be required.

Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address

AFNOV2409R130.doc

Page 128 AF13

is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place.

Note 4 The definition of a brother or sister is:

• A brother or sister sharing the same parents • Half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent • Step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parent’s marriage • Adopted or fostered children

The children should be in permanent residence at the same address.

Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins or triplets etc, Governors will treat this as exceptional and offer place(s) to the other twin/triplet even though this would exceed the Admission Number.

Note 5 Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governors to refuse their child a place are asked to complete the Application for Independent Appeal form, available from the school, and address this to the Chair of the Governors. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel. This applies to appeals for all year groups.

REPEAT APPLICATIONS

Unless there are significant and material changes in circumstances of a parent’s application for their child or the school, the Governors will not consider a repeat application in the same academic year.

LATE APPLICATIONS

Applications received after the closing date will only be considered alongside those received by the closing date under the following circumstances:

• The family were unable to complete an application form before the closing date because they moved into the school’s parish area after the issue of application forms. OR • The family were unable to comply with the admissions timetable because of exceptional circumstances which prevented the application arriving on time – the circumstances must be given in writing and attached to the application form.

Applications received after the notification date (after places have been offered) will be added to the list of continued interest in admission criteria order.

WAITING LISTS

The list of continued interest will remain open until the end of the autumn term and will then be discarded. Parents may apply for their child’s name to be reinstated. Any vacancies which occur in the appropriate year group will be re-offered to children on the waiting lists. Vacancies will be offered in accordance with the published criteria for admission.

AFNOV2409R130.doc

Page 129 AF13

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO YEAR 7

An application should be submitted to the school which will be considered at the next Admissions Committee Meeting following receipt of the application forms.

IN YEAR FAIR ACCESS

Blessed George Napier Catholic School will comply with the agreed policy with the Local Authority for admission of previously excluded or hard to place children.

YEAR 12 ADMISSIONS POLICY

In addition to students transferring from Year 11 into Year 12, places will be available for students from other schools and colleges. The Governors intend to admit seventy students to Year 12 in 2011-2012 should demand and space on the present site allow.

Criteria for entry according to various ‘learning pathways’:

• For those wishing to follow a two year advanced course, at least five GCSE passes at grade C or above in chosen AS subjects and including English and Maths will be expected.

• For those students wishing to undertake three alternative courses e.g. BTEC Level 3, they will need to have five GCSE passes at grade C or above.

• All students must have expressed a desire to be educated in a Catholic, Christian environment and be prepared to follow a Religious Education course (Extended Project) which is compulsory for all Sixth Form.

• Parents of students entering Sixth Form must have expressed a desire for their child to be educated in a Catholic, Christian environment and be prepared to support the Head of Sixth Form in preparing the young people for their future.

TRANSPORT

For Oxfordshire children, please refer to their transport entitlement set out in Oxfordshire County Council’s Admissions Brochure ‘Moving On’ . For children living outside Oxfordshire interested in a place at Blessed George Napier Catholic School, please contact your own Local Authority.

AFNOV2409R130.doc

Page 130 AF13

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC” (For use in the Criteria of Admission to Catholic Schools in the Archdiocese of Birmingham)

To establish clarity, consistency and fairness in the application of Criteria of Admission in Catholic Schools in accordance with the Trust Deed of the Archdiocese of Birmingham, it is necessary to define the description of a “Baptised Catholic” for the benefit of parents who are making applications and for governors who formulate and apply the criteria for admissions.

A “Baptised Catholic” is one who:

• Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837 ) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome (i.e. Latin Rite, Byzantine Rite, Coptic, Syriac, etc, Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 1203 ). Written evidence* of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878 ).

• Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Right of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

The Governing bodies of Catholic schools may require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the full name, date of birth, date of baptism or reception, and parent(s) name(s). The certificate must also show that it is copied from the records kept by the place of baptism or reception. Those who would have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism for a good reason, may still be considered as baptised Catholics but only after they have been referred to their parish priest who, after consulting the Vicar General, will decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church. Those who would be considered to have good reason for not obtaining written evidence would include those who cannot contact the place of baptism due to persecution or fear, the destruction of the church and the original records, or where baptism was administered validly but not in the Parish church where records are kept. Governors may request extra supporting evidence when the written documents that are produced do not clarify the fact that a person was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, (i.e. where the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church or not.)

AFNOV2409R130.doc

Page 131 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 132 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

CHECKENDON CHURCH OF ENGLAND (VOLUNTARY- AIDED) SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011-AUGUST 2012

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Authority (the LA) is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA to coordinate admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet available from the LA.

Admission to Reception

Applications for entry to the school for the academic year starting September 2011 must be made through the Common Application Form from the LA. Dates and process of applications will be made in accordance with the agreed co-ordinated scheme as published by the LA. All applications will be treated equally, irrespective of need or ability.

At Checkendon Church of England (Voluntary- Aided) School, pupils are admitted in the September of the academic year in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude. Entry during the academic year 2011/2012 is, therefore, open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31st August 2007.

The number of intended admissions into Reception for the year commencing 1 September 2011 is 14. Parents may request that a child’s entry is deferred until later in the school year 2011/12, where the child is not of compulsory school age (the term after the child’s fifth birthday).

In the event that the number of applications exceeds the number of places available, then children with a Statement of Special Need naming Checkendon Church of England (Voluntary-Aided) School will always be admitted. Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

1 Looked after children. 2 Children whose siblings (see note A) will still attend the school at the point of entry by the applicant to the school and live in the catchment area as outlined on the map available in the school office (see note B), and are church attending (see note D) and live nearest to school (see note E). 3 Children whose siblings will still attend the school at the point of entry by the applicant to the school and live in catchment, and are church attending. 4 Children whose siblings will still attend the school at the point of entry by the applicant to the school and live in catchment. 5 Children whose siblings will still attend the school at the point of entry by the applicant to the school. 6 Children who are residing with a parent or guardian (see note C) in the catchment area, and are church attending and live nearest to school. 7 Children who are residing with a parent or guardian in the catchment area, and are church attending. 8 Children who are residing with a parent or guardian in the catchment area. 9 Children who are church attending at St. Peter & St. Paul’s Checkendon and live nearest to school. 10 Children who are church attending at St. Peter & St. Paul’s Checkendon. 11 Children attending a church belonging to Churches Together in England at least once a month and live nearest to school. 12 Children living nearest the school. This serves as a final tie breaker.

In the case of a situation for a family with multiple birth children i.e. twins, triplets etc., where there is only one available space, the following rules apply:

- During Key Stage One (up to and including Year 2) one child only will be offered a place. The parent(s) will be asked to choose which child will be offered the place. (It is of course open to the parents to decline this offer and seek places for all their children at another school). - In Key Stage 2 (Years 3 to 6) all multiple birth siblings will be admitted even if this means exceeding the admission number of 14 per year.

AFNOV2409R140.doc Page 133 AF13

In-Year Admissions (Years 1 to 6)

Pupils will be admitted providing there are places available in the relevant year group. Each year group has 14 places . Applications in years 1-6 will be administered by the LA on behalf of the governing body.

The school adheres to the LA code of practice whereby one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are shown below.

- Children “Looked After” by Oxfordshire County Council - Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion - Traveller children - Child refugees/asylum seekers

Admissions for 2009/2010

The following admissions criteria applied to those children admitted to Reception for September 2009: Criteria 1: 1 pupil Criteria 2: 1 pupil Criteria 4: 1 pupil Criteria 5: 2 pupils Criteria 8: 5 pupils Criteria 12: 5 pupils

NOTES

Note A: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or, the child of the parent / carer’s partner, where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Note B: By living in catchment we mean your child’s normal address. This is the permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard living in catchment to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parents’ address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on your application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or if you use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure if you live within the catchment area, you may ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving to the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. Specifically, we will need to know that you will be resident in the area on 1 September 2011. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy a house, within the catchment area, or a formal lease agreement. The best way to check if you are in catchment is to consult the map in the school office. If, however, you are unable to attend the school, please call the school office for assistance regarding catchment areas.

Note C: By parent, we mean any person who has parental responsibility for, or, is the legal guardian of the child. If you are in any doubt, please contact the school.

Note D: By church attending, we mean

1. Children whose parents are actual communicant members of Checkendon Parish Church and who regularly attend worship at Checkendon Church. Actual communicant members means a person who is baptized, is on the electoral roll of SS Peter and Paul, Checkendon, and has received communion in accordance with the use of the Church of England at LAst three times in the twelve

AFNOV2409R140.doc Page 134 AF13

months preceding the date of application. By regularly attend worship we mean at Last once a month for the previous twelve months prior to application. 2. Children whose parents are actual communicant members of the Church of England and who attend a Church of England Church other than Checkendon. 3. Children whose parents are members of another Christian Church. 4. It is sufficient for just one parent to be church attending, as set out in the above criteria.

A supplementary information form should be completed by parents and signed by their Vicar or Parish Priest. Parents should note that a pattern of regular worship (similarly, at least twice a month), for six months is required before a person is eligible to come on to a church’s electoral roll.

Note E: By living nearest the school, we mean, by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information System.

Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet entitled Starting School in September 2011.

There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the school would not consider any further application in the same school year (1 September - 31 August) unless there is a major change in circumstances (e.g. change of address). The School will retain the details of children who were not offered a place if the parent so wishes. Should a place subsequently become available in that year group, the families will be contacted to determine whether they still wish to apply. If there is more than one application, the place will be awarded strictly according to the admission criteria for that year.

The Governors wish to emphasise that there is no guarantee of a place for children living in the ecclesiastical parish of Checkendon or the County Parish of Goring Heath if the parent fails to apply as set out above. This is in accordance with current law, which makes it clear that Governors must consider parents who have expressed a preference for the school ahead of those who have not.

Late Applications

Late applications and applications made during term time will be dealt with in accordance with the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme at Oxfordshire County Council.

Continued Interest

The school will retain the details of children who were not offered a place on a continued interest list in all years if the parents so wishes. The order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on a continued interest list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the continued interest list.

In-Year Admissions

All in-year applications for 2010-11 and 2011-12 will be administered by the LA on behalf of the School Governors.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the School Secretary as follows:

The School Secretary Checkendon School Checkendon Reading RG8 0SR

Tel No. 01491 680693

AFNOV2409R140.doc Page 135 AF13

Checkendon C of E (V.A.) Primary School

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM Attendance /Involvement at a Church or Place of Worship

Please complete all sections below in full and return to the LA with the CAPF form.

Child’surname………………………….Forename……………………………………..

Date of Birth……………………………………Sex……………………

Church/Place of Worship attended (please tick box below as appropriate):

St Peter & St Paul, Checkendon □

St Mary the Virgin, Ipsden □

St Mary the Virgin, North Stoke □

St John the Evangelist, Stoke Row □

St John the Baptist, Whitchurch Hill □

St Mary the Virgin, Whitchurch on Thames □

St Leonard’s, Woodcote □

Other (Please specify)......

Do you attend church at least once a month? Yes/No

Have you done so for the previous 12 months? Yes/No

Are you on the Electoral Roll of this Church? Yes/No

Have you received Communion at least 3 times in the previous 12 months? Yes/No

Parent’s /Guardian’s Name……...……………...... ………………………......

Signature………………………………...... …………Date………………………

Please ask you Vicar/Priest to countersign this form below and then return it with the CAPF form.

Signature………………………………..Print Name…………......

Position…………………………………………………Date………………………..

AFNOV2409R140.doc Page 136

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

CHESTERTON C. E. (V. A.) PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire County Council Local Authority, is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA to co-ordinate admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA arrangements are in the Oxfordshire Admissions and Transfers Booklet. The booklet also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. Late applications and applications for entry into other years should also be made in line with the co-ordinated scheme.

This Admissions Policy has been agreed with the Oxford Diocese and the Local Authority for the school year 2011/2012

Applications for normal entry to Chesterton Primary School during the academic year 2011/2012 must be on the LA’s Common Application Form (CAF), and returned according to their instructions published in the Oxfordshire booklet which will be available in school from September 2010. For transport entitlement please refer to the same booklet, Home to School Transport (children age 5 to11). Chesterton Primary School also has its own supplementary evidence form. If you want your application to be considered under criteria relating to church attendance this supplementary form must be completed by yourself and a member of the clergy and returned with the LA’s CAF.

The LA will notify the Admissions Committee at the school of every application that has been made. The Admissions Committee will then prioritise those applications according to the admissions criteria for 2011/12, as set out in the policy below, and will inform the LA, who will notify parents of those decisions.

Offers of a place will be made in March 2011. Parents will be given 21 days in which to accept an offer or submit an appeal. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 137 AF13

At Chesterton, pupils are admitted in the September of the academic year in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude.

Entry during the academic year 2011/2012 is, therefore, open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007. Parents of reception children have the right to defer entry to later in the academic year. The stated admission number for the year commencing September 2011 is 17.

In all other cases, pupils will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group. Each year group has 17 places. Applications for entry must be made to the LA via the in-year admissions form, available from school or on the LA website. For in-year admissions, parents will be notified in letter by the school and the LA if a place is available. If a place is unavailable the LA will offer alternative options, including the right to appeal the decision.

No child will be considered for admission outside their year group and early admissions would only be considered on health grounds, with an approved professional report to support the application.

A child with a Statement of Special Education Needs, naming the school, will always be admitted irrespective of whether there are places or not. This is, therefore, not an oversubscription criterion.

Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below.

Admission Criteria

In all cases, all applications will be treated equally, not taking into account academic ability and aptitude

1. "Looked-after children", whether living in the catchment or not, children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, traveller children, child refugees/asylum seekers.

2. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the civil parishes (see note 6) of Chesterton, Little Chesterton, Middleton Stoney and Weston-on- the-Green, with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at the school at the time of entry. (A map is available from the school office).

3. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the civil parishes (see note 6) of Chesterton, Little Chesterton, Middleton Stoney and Weston-on- the-Green.

4. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) outside the civil parishes (see note 6) of Chesterton, Little Chesterton, Middleton Stoney and Weston- on-the-Green with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at the time of entry to the school.

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 138 AF13

5. Children with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by an independent medical officer or other appropriate person. Disabled children who need to be admitted to an accessible school. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended. (see note 5)

6. Children with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a social worker, education Welfare Officer or other appropriate person.(see note 5)

7. Denominational preference for a Church of England School, supported by the Supplementary Information Form, submitted at the time of application, showing evidence that a parent has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least once a month) at a Christian Church that is a member of "Churches Together in Britain" (see note 4)

8. Proximity of the child’s home to the school, as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Children Young People & Families Directorate Geographic Information System, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority.

Proximity of the child’s home, as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined in the Children Young People & Families Directorate Geographic Information System, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria 1 to 8 should the need arise.

Applications in Previous Year, including numbers who were successful.

Criteria Total Applied Total Offered Total Accepting 1. 7 7 7 2. 8 8 8 3. 6 6 6 4. 0 0 0 5. 0 0 0 6. 0 0 0 7. 0 0 0 8. 2 0 0

Total 23 (First Preferences) 21 21

Successful Appeals 2 Total 23

Note 1 : a parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to "parents attendance at church" it is sufficient for just one parent to attend.

Note 2 : by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 139 AF13

may ask to see official documentation, such as a child’s benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the electoral Roll, or a current driving licence/utility bill (if not a driver) confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the civil parishes (see note 6) of Chesterton, Little Chesterton, Middleton Stoney or Weston-on-the-Green, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1st September 2011. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement for at least 12 months. The school reserves the right to verify that you live at the address.

Note 3 : sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer's partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

In the case of multiple births, the school would offer each of the children a place.

Note 4: the Governing Body asks the parents to complete the form and for the priest or minister to sign it, confirming church commitment. The completed, signed form should be returned with the CAF form.

Note 5 : the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals, in accordance with Paragraph 2.26 of the Schools Admissions Code 2008.

There should be medical consensus between the school, professionals and parents, that Chesterton is the nearest most appropriate school . A statement from the parent/guardian of the child would need to identify what difficulties would result from the child attending another school other than Chesterton. Consideration has to be given to the possibility that the education of the other children in the class could be compromised.

It must be established that Chesterton school has all the necessary facilities and infrastructure to cope with the medical needs of the child . In order to achieve this consensus the school may well contact parents, professionals and others such as pre-school personnel. Any evidence received will be assessed objectively. This does not suggest that a child would be denied a place because of a medical need.

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 140 AF13

Note 6 : The civil parishes boundaries as notified in 1998. (Ordnance Survey) A map is available in the school office.

Appeals

There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. It should now be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the school can consider a second application in the same school year 1 st September – 31 st August if there is a major change in circumstances, e.g. change of address. The school maintains a waiting list for those children who are not offered a place; the order of priority on the waiting list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on a waiting list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the waiting list.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol for Oxfordshire 2011/12:

Chesterton School follows the Schools Admission Code which states that all Admission Authorities and Admission Forums must have In-Year Fair Access Protocols in place. The code also states that all schools must participate in their local authority area’s Protocol in order to ensure that unplaced children, especially the most vulnerable, are offered places promptly and at a suitable school. The protocol covers the following groups:

• Permanently excluded pupils, including those whose parents’ appeal against exclusion has been upheld but where the independent panel has decided that the pupils should not be re-instated and pupils at serious risk of permanent exclusion but subject to an agreed Planned Transfer

• Children Looked After

• Children whose parents have been unable to find them a place after moving to the area, because of a shortage of places

• Children of refugees and asylum seekers not in accommodation centres

• Children with English as a second language

• Children of homeless families and pupils living away from the family home, to include pupils living away from home

• Children known to the Youth Offending Service, to include children returning from secure accommodation

• Children of Travellers or of Traveller Heritage

At least one vulnerable child per year group can be admitted above the published admission number of a primary, infants or junior school.

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 141 AF13

An “In Year Admissions Panel”, chaired by the Service Manager for Admissions will co-ordinate admissions under the In Year Fair Access Protocol. This panel will monitor “Fair Shares” between schools and take into account any special circumstances including transport.

The above arrangements cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes) (England) Regulations.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including that on infant class size and equal opportunities.

For further information in the first instance please contact the Admissions Secretary at the school. Contact details are as follows:

Address: The Admissions Secretary Chesterton Primary School Alchester Road Chesterton Bicester OX26 1UN

Telephone: 01869 252498 Fax: 01869 244012 Email: [email protected]

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 142 AF13

CONFIDENTIAL

Application to attend Chesterton Church of England Primary School

This form indicates denominational preference for a Church of England school and will be used as evidence of regular worship at a Christian church that is a member of 'Churches together in Britain'. (Chesterton Primary School Admissions Policy)

Name of child:

Name of parent/guardian:

Church attended:

How long has the parent or guardian been attending Sunday services at the church over the past 2 years (e.g. weekly, monthly, quarterly)?

Signed ……………………………………………………….

Date ………………………

This form should be completed by the parent/guardian, signed by the priest or minister and returned with the CAF form to the school or LA.

AFNOV2409R150.doc Page 143 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 144 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Christopher Rawlins C of E (VA) Primary School

Admissions Policy

For the academic year 1 st September 2011 to 31 st August 2012

Christopher Rawlins is a Church of England Voluntary Aided School and the admissions authority is the Governing Body.

All processes and dates conform with the Local Authority (LA) coordinated scheme which is common to all schools within the LA. The LA is Oxfordshire County Council.

Note (1) A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Parents and carers may apply for their child(ren), whose fifth birthday falls between 1st September 2010 and 31st August 2011 (both dates inclusive), to be admitted to the school on full time basis at the beginning of the academic year. However, parents and carers may postpone entry to the beginning of the term following their fifth birthday within the academic year. No children under any circumstances will be offered early admission to the school.

Child bor n between Applications welcomed for: (both dates inclusive):

1st Sept 2006 – Full-time place from the beginning of the Autumn Term 2011 31st Aug 2007

N.B. Actual entry to those offered a place may be spread over the first three weeks of the relevant term to enable a smooth induction procedure.

* Important note: Parents and carers of children born between 1st April 2007 and 31st August 2008 who wish to postpone admission to the school to the beginning of the Autumn Term 2012, must make a fresh application for the academic year 2012 - 2013 and such applications will be considered in the light of other applications received for that year. This is because a place offered for admission in any one academic year will not automatically be carried forward to the next academic year.

Note (2): The law requires children to begin school no later than the beginning of the term following their fifth birthday. For this purpose terms are deemed to end on 31st August, 31st December and 31st March each year. Thus, provided spaces are available, children are normally admitted on a full-time basis one term earlier than that required by law.

The maximum number of children to be admitted to any year group will be 30 (this is the admission number set by the Governing Body).

Application procedure

Note (3): Parents and carers of children attending the Foundation Stage Unit need to apply in the same way as others and the same criteria will apply.

Details of LA arrangements are in the booklet “Oxfordshire Schools – Admissions & Transfers 2011/2012 – Information for Parents” which will be available to be collected from primary schools. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 145 AF13

give reasons for that preference. Parents and carers should complete the Common Application Primary Form (CAPF) to be found towards the end the Oxfordshire booklet. The CAPF must be returned by the date and to the address shown on the form.

Additionally, the School’s own Supplementary Information Form should be completed if parents want their child to be considered under Criteria 6 & 7 and should be returned to the School no later than the deadline date. For admission in the school year 2011 – 2012 this deadline date is 12th November 2010 , regardless of the term for which admission is sought .

Late Applications, that is applications received after the closing date.

On time applications will be considered before late applications, except:

• Where the late application can clearly be shown to be the responsibility of an admitting authority or the LA acting as the “Clearing House” Or • Where there are extenuating circumstances, for example when a sudden illness prevents the parent/carers from submitting the CAPF (Common Application Primary Form) on time.

Otherwise, applications received after the closing date will be considered after those meeting the deadline have been fully processed .

Note (4): The order in which applications are received prior to the deadline will not affect the result.

The Governors will allocate places and advise the Local Authority (LA) of the children that they propose to admit. The LA will send allocation letters to parents on 1st March 2011 for entry during the academic year 2011 -2012. To secure a place which has been offered parents, guardians and carers must confirm by 26th March 2011 that they wish to take up that place .

In- year applications for 2010-11 and 2011-12

The Governors will be pleased to receive applications at other times of the year (for example, from parents and carers of children who move into the area). The local authority will administer these as determined by the Admissions Code 2009 and in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme. (this will now apply to the 2010-2011 policy)

Criteria (To be used in the event of an insufficient number of places being available)

In the event of there being an excess of applications over the number of places available, priority will be given to children who satisfy the following criteria, starting with the first and working down the list:

Children with Statements of Education Need naming the school will always be admitted .

1. Looked after children

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 146 AF13

2. Children who are disabled who do not have statements of SEN who need to be admitted to an accessible school. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended.

3. (a) Children with a normal home address (see note 6) in the Civil Parish of Adderbury or Milton and who already have at least one sibling who attends the school, during the term for which admission is sought; (see note 7)

(b) Children with a normal home address (see note 6) in the Civil Parish of Adderbury or Milton who live closest to the school as defined using the County Council Geographic Information System, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority.

4. Children who attend Christopher Rawlins Foundation Stage Unit attached to the school.

5. Children whose Parents and Carers attend in Adderbury or Milton any Christian Church that is a member of Churches Together in Britain at least once per month 6 months prior to application (see note 8);

6. Children whose parents or carers attend elsewhere any Christian Church that is a member of Churches Together in Britain at least once per month six months prior to application.(see note 8);

7. Children living outside the civil parish of Adderbury or Milton who have siblings still attending the school at the time of admission.

8. Children with exceptional medical or social needs supported by written evidence from a medical officer, social worker or other appropriate person, with clear indications why the school is the most suitable and the difficulties that would be caused by having to travel to another school.

9. Proximity of the child’s home to the school as measured by the shortest designated public route as defined by using the County Council Geographic Information System, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority.

Criteria 3b and 9 will be used to differentiate children in other categories should the need arise.

N.B . Maps indicating the school’s civil and ecclesiastical parish boundaries are on display in the school office or copies can be posted if requested.

Note (5): The Governors will take steps to seek verification in respect of any of the above criteria by asking for appropriate evidence. . Note (6): By normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday) including nights. We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this, or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place.

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 147 AF13

If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement (minimum of twelve months).

Note (7): Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. In the case of multi birth these will be prioritised by random allocation. For each place to be offered a fresh round of random allocation will be used and the Local Authority will administer this process on behalf of the governing body

Note (8): The Governing Body will ask the priest or minister to complete a form confirming Church commitment over a period of six months prior to application.

If, in working down the list of criteria, any criterion results in there being too many applicants, priority will be given within that criterion to those children who satisfy the next criterion (continuing down the list), until the maximum number that can be admitted is reached. For the year 2009 – 2010, 30 applications were received, all were successful.

Category Number of Category Number of pupils pupils Catchment & 18 Church out of Catchment 0 Siblings Catchment 26 Out of Catchment with 1 siblings FSU 27 Medical 0 Church in 1 Distance to school 1 Catchment

Parents and carers may postpone taking up a place which has been offered and accepted to the start of the next term in the same academic year, provided, of course, that this does not violate the legal requirement indicated in note (2) above. Those wishing to postpone taking up a place until the start of the next academic year (i.e. September) will need to make a fresh application for that academic year which will be considered along with all other applications for that year.

Withdrawal of places once offered

Once a place has been offered it will not be withdrawn except in the following circumstances: • the place is not accepted by the parents and carers by the required time; • it can be shown that the information supplied by the applicant was misleading or fraudulent.

Right of appeal

There are established arrangements for appeals against a refusal to offer a place. These are coordinated by the Diocese and details are available from the school. If parents and carers are refused a place, for whatever reason, should appeal within 21 days of receiving the letter notifying them of the refusal by writing to the Chair of the Board of Governors at the school. The appeal will be heard by an independent Appeals Committee organised by the Oxford Diocesan Director of Education (Schools). Also parents have the right to a second

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 148 AF13

application within the same academic year if there is a major change in circumstances e.g. change of address

Fair Access Protocol:

Governors subscribe to the LA in-year Fair Access protocol which means that these children will be offered a place as soon as possible, even if the school is full or, if appropriate, they will be given top priority on the waiting list.

• Children in public care. • Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed. • Traveler children • Child refugees/asylum seekers • Children released from a custodial sentence and who are not on the roll of any other school

Continuing Interest List

Parents and carers of children who are refused a place on the grounds that no places are available may ask to be placed on a Continuing Interest List. If a place becomes available, all those currently on the list will be considered for a place using the admissions criteria as explained above. (The length of time on the list will not be taken into consideration.) The list for those seeking a place during the academic year Sept 2011 to August 2012 will be maintained until 1 st September 2012, after which it will be dissolved.

Further information

Please contact the Head Teacher, Mrs R C McCready at the school for further information.

School address: Christopher Rawlins CE (A) Primary School, Aynho Road, Adderbury,OX17 3NH

Telephone number: 01295 810497.

Email address: [email protected],uk

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 149 AF13

Supplementary Information form for entry into Christopher Rawlins CE (Aided) Primary School Aynho Road, Adderbury, Banbury. OX17 3NH

01295 810497

School year : September 2011 – August 2012

To be completed by a parent/carer applying for a place under criterion 6 & 7 (Church attendance) and to be returned to the School.

Part 1 1. Names of Parents or Carers ......

2. Name of child applying ...... ….

3. Date of Birth ...... Gender:...... …..

4. Address of child's home ...... …

......

Criteria 6. Children whose Parents and Carers attend in Adderbury or Milton any Christian Church that is a member of Churches Together in Britain at least once per month 6 months prior to application (see note 8);

7. Children whose parents or carers attend elsewhere any Christian Church that is a member of Churches Together in Britain at least once per month six months prior to application.(see note 8);

Note (8): The Governing Body will ask the priest or minister to complete a form confirming Church commitment over a period of six months prior to application.

Part 2 1. Have you as Parent/Carer attend in Adderbury or Milton any Christian Church that is a member of Churches Together in Britain at least once per month in the last 6 months (see note 8); YES/NO

2. Have you as Parent/Carer attend elsewhere any Christian Church that is a member of Churches Together in Britain at least once per month in the last 6 months (see note 8); YES/NO

3. If YES, Please complete Part 4 signed by the Vicar or Minister of your Church.

Signature ...... Date ...... ………

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 150 AF13

Part 3: Parents should ask their Vicar, Minister or Priest to complete this part before it is returned to the school.

Christopher Rawlins CE Primary School

Name of child:

Name of Parent/ Carer

To the Vicar, Minister or Priest.

Application is being made for this child to be admitted to Christopher Rawlins CE Primary School on the basis of the parent(s) or carer(s) being a regular worshiper. Your assistance in affirming this would be much appreciated by the School Governors.

Church attended:

Has the Parent or Carer attended services at the Church at least monthly in the last six months, if not how frequently? ______

______

Signed ………………………………..

Position* ………………………………..

Date ………………………………..

* For example, Vicar, Rector, Parish Priest, Minister, etc.

Christopher Rawlins CE (Aided) Primary School Aynho Road, Adderbury, Banbury. OX17 3NH 01295 810497

AFNOV2409R160.doc Page 151 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 152 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

DEDDINGTON CHURCH OF ENGLAND VOLUNTARY AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOL

Admissions Policy

School Year 2011/12 Agreed by Governing Body November 2009

The School Governors are the Admissions Authority for the School. Admissions Number 30

Statutory entitlement to full-time education begins in the term following the child’s fifth birthday, but in Deddington children may be admitted to the school at the beginning of the September term following their fourth birthday. For children below the statutory school age of five years, the entitlement will be for fulltime early learning.. The law does not require a child to start school until the start of the term following the child’s fifth birthday.

For purposes of this Admissions Policy, Deddington Partnership Foundation Stage Unit (PFSU) is a separate school with separate admissions criteria. Admission to the F2 class of the PFSU is no guarantee of admission to the school under this policy.

For admission purposes the ‘term’ dates are: Autumn Term 1 st September – 31 st December Spring Term 1 st January – 31 st March Summer Term 1 st April – 31 st August N.B. Oxfordshire County Council operates a six-term year in all its schools. This does not change the legal definition of a term which continues to be based on the conventional three-term pattern.

Applications for admission must be received by the school no later than November XXth 2010

The Governors will allocate places considering all applications equally according to the Admissions Criteria below, and advise the Local Authority (LA) of the children that they propose to admit. The LA will post allocation letters to parents on March XXX 2011 - the date set by the co-ordinated admissions scheme for entry at September 2011. These dates will be the same for all schools in the area.

Admissions criteria: A child with a Statement of Special Educational Need naming this school will always be admitted . In the event of there being greater demand for admission than there are places available then the following over subscription criteria apply in the order set out:

1. A child in public care (‘looked after’ children)

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 153 AF13

difficult. Applications under this criterion must be supported by professional evidence showing why this school is most suitable and the difficulties that would be caused by travelling to another school.

3. A child with a normal home address in the benefice of Deddington with Barford, Clifton and Hempton who has a sibling (brother or sister) still a member of Deddington C of E Primary School at the time when the child is admitted to the school roll

4. A child with a normal home address in the benefice of Deddington with Barford, Clifton and Hempton

5. A child living outside this benefice, who has a sibling (brother or sister) still a member of Deddington C of E Primary School at the time when the child is admitted to the school roll.

6. A child whose parent or guardian is a member and regular worshipper at a Christian Church and where the application is supported in writing by the minister of that church on the School’s Supplementary Information form.

7. Other children.

Tie-break In the case of there being more applications under any of the above criteria than there are available places, preference will be determined in the following manner:

The child whose normal home address is closest to the school using the nearest designated public route, as measured by the LA’s Geographical Information System (GIS). In the event of this resulting in an identical measurement for two or more applicants, when there are too few places to offer all those applicants a place, the LA will decide in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme..

Vulnerable Children In accordance with the fair access protocol one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. Such children will be offered a place as soon as is possible. These groups are: • Children in public care. • Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed. • Traveller children • Child refugees/asylum seekers • Children released from a custodial sentence and who are not on the roll of any other school Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1. The Governors will normally follow Oxfordshire’s In Year Fair Access Protocol

Equality Within the above Admissions Criteria the Governors will treat all applications equally.

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 154 AF13

Definitions. i. By “parent” we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where under criterion 6 reference is made to ‘parent or guardian’ it is sufficient for just one parent to be ‘a member and regular worshipper.’ ii. By “normal home address” we mean the child’s home address at the time when application is made for a school place. We regard a child’s home address to be where that child spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday including nights). We may ask to see official documentation if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if the child is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us on the application form. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for giving another address. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given. iii. A map showing the boundaries of the benefice of Deddington with Barford, Clifton and Hempton may be inspected at the school, and is attached to this policy. Parents may ask for a written ruling as to whether or not their home is within the benefice.(telephone 01869 338430) iv. By “sibling (brother or sister)” we mean a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. v. In the case of an application for the admission of multiple birth children (twins etc), and where parents seek admission for both/all , the school would hope to admit both/all children. But if to do so would bring the class above the established class-size number, places will be offered in accordance with the LA’s co-ordinated admissions scheme. vi. By “Regular worshipper” we mean taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at a Christian Church at least once a month for a period of six months prior to the deadline for applications. vii. The Local Authority (LA) is Oxfordshire County Council.

NOTES The Dates and Process of Application contained in this policy conform to Oxfordshire County Council’s co- ordinated admissions scheme and apply to all schools within the County.

Parental Choice of School. Wherever possible parents’ first choice is granted, provided that the Admissions Criteria are fulfilled and there is sufficient space in the school. If criterion 4 (church attendance) is the basis of the choice, parents will be asked to complete a supplementary form, obtainable from the school office. Details of schools and the CAF (Primary) form are contained in the County Council’s admissions book, available from the school in September 2010.

School Transport. School transport is available for children of primary age to the nearest suitable school for those who live more than two miles from the school. Full details are available from the school office.

Families moving to the area. Parents who expect to move into the parish but have not done so at the date for receipt of applications should provide evidence of the expected move before the application can be considered. Under the co-ordinated admissions scheme the LA need to know that you will be resident in the parish on September 1 st 2011. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy or rent a property, e.g. the exchange of contracts with date for completion.

Early Entry. The Governors would not normally consider an application for a child to be admitted to the school at an age younger than the September term following the child’s fourth birthday.

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 155 AF13

Deferred Entry . Parents allocated a place for their child may choose to defer admission to the Reception Class until later in the same school year.

Late Applications. Applications for admission received after the final date for receipt will be considered by the LA after offers have been made and may be added to the waiting list .

Waiting List. The school maintains a waiting list, the “continued interest list”, for those children whose applications have not yet been considered and for those who are not offered a place. The order of priority on the waiting list is the same as the list of criteria given above, including in the event of a tie-break. No account is taken of length of time on the waiting list. The school may from time to time seek confirmation that parents wish a child’s name to be kept on the waiting list.

Older children and in-year admissions Application for the admission of a child other than at Reception (F1) age, known as “in-year admissions”, for the academic years 2010-2011 and 2011-2012 will be administered by the LA in accordance with their published co-ordinated admissions scheme.

Withdrawal of an offer of admission. The Governors reserve the right to withdraw an offer of admission to the school if the parent has not responded to a written offer within a reasonable time – e.g. 2 school weeks – or within a further seven days after a reminder has been given or if the application is found to contain fraudulent or misleading information.

Appeals. There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the Governors do not consider any further application in the same school year (September 1 st – August 31 st ) except where there has been a substantial change in the applicant’s circumstances.

The School’s Supplementary Information Form, for admission in 2011/12 under criterion 6, will be available from the school from September 2010 and should be completed at the same time as Oxfordshire’s Common Admissions Preference Form CAPF (Primary). By “regular worshipper at a Christian Church” we mean taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at a Christian Church at least once a month for a period of six months prior to the deadline for applications.

Admissions for 2009/10 There were 79 applications for admission to Foundation Year 1 for September 2009 This included those for whom the school was 1 st , 2 nd or 3 rd choice The numbers admitted under the Admissions Criteria were: Criterion 1 - nil Criterion 2 - 1 Criterion 3 - 18 Criterion 4 - 11 Criterion 5 - nil Criterion 6 -nil Criterion 7 - nil The 1 appeal regarding entry at F1was successful making 31 pupils on roll at Sept 2009, but one F1 pupil subsequently left, leaving the class number at 30.

For further information, . please contact: Deddington C of E Primary School, Earls Lane, Deddington, OX15 0TJ 01869 338430 [email protected]

This Admissions Policy is governed by and complies with, the following statutes and Regulations: • Education Acts 1996, 1997, 2002, 2005, 2006 • School Standards and Framework Act 1998 • School Admissions Code 2009

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 156 AF13

• Race relations Act 1976 as amended by Race Relations (Amendment) Act 2000 • Human Rights Act 1998 • Disability Discrimination Act as amended by Special Educational Needs and Disability Act 2001 • S * x Discrimination Act 2001 [full title omitted to avoid being blocked by school/education filters] • Equal Opportunities • Infant Class Size (November 2009)

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 157 AF13

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM FOR ENTRY INTO DEDDINGTON C.E.SCHOOL Earls Lane, Deddington, Banbury OX15 0TJ 01869 338430 School year : September 2011 – August 2012

Part 1

To be completed by a parent/guardian applying for a place under criterion 6 (Church attendance) and to be returned to the School.

1. Name(s) of Parent(s) or Guardian(s) ......

2. Name of child applying ...... ….

3. Date of Birth ...... Gender: male/female

4. Address of child's home ...... …

...... …

5.. Parent/ Guardian Tel. no......

6. Are you (parent/Guardian) regularly involved in worship at a Christian Church? (‘Regular Worship’ is understood as taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at a Christian Church at least once a month for a period of six months prior to the deadline for applications)

YES/NO

If YES which one? ………………………………………………………

Please ask your Vicar, Minister, Priest or Church leader to complete Part 2 which should then be returned to the School office.

Signature ...... Date ...... ………20....

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 158 AF13

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM FOR ENTRY INTO DEDDINGTON C.E.SCHOOL Earls Lane, Deddington, Banbury OX15 0TJ 01869 338430 School year : September 2011 – August 2012

Part 2

Parents applying for a place under Admission criterion 6(Church Attendance) should ask their Vicar, Minister, Priest or Church Leader to complete this part before it is returned to the school.

DEDDINGTON CHURCH OF ENGLAND PRIMARY SCHOOL

Name of child:

Name of parent/guardian:

To the Vicar, Minister, Priest or Church leader Application is being made for this child to be admitted to Deddington Church of England Primary School on the basis of the parent(s) or guardian(s) being regular at worship at a Christian Church. By ‘regular worship’ we mean taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at a Christian Church at least once a month for a period of six months prior to the deadline for applications.

Your assistance in affirming this would be much appreciated by the School Governors.

Church attended......

How frequently has the parent or guardian been taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at the church during the past six months ?

Signed ………………………………..

Position* ………………………………...... Date…………………20....

* e.g., Vicar, Rector, Parish Priest, Minister, etc.

AFNOV2409R170.doc Page 159 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 160 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Dr Radcliffe’s CE Primary School Comments on draft Admissions Policy 2011-12 received from Val Coombs, Oxford Diocese, 22.10.09

1. In year applications for 2011-12: These now have to be administered by the LA on behalf of the governing body in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme. (Admissions Code 2009 paras 3.6 - 3.8) so I am afraid you need to make it clear that applications must be made through the LA.

Important note: In year applications during the academic year 2010-11 : When the latest Schools Admission Code came into force on 10.02.09, it contained a section which required the LA to manage all casual admissions for the academic year 2010-11. Obviously policies for that year had already gone to consultation, so it was too late to write an appropriate section into them.

If the 2010-11 policy states that the governors will be handling these, you are required by the legislation to issue a statement to state that the LA will administer these as determined by the Admissions Code 2009 and in accordance wit the co- ordinated admissions scheme. (Admissions Code 2009 para 3.4)

So - the advice from the DCSF and the Schools Adjudicator is that it is not necessary to seek a variation order to the 2010-11 policies but it would be sufficient to add an amendment when going to consultation for the 2011-12 policies, ie now. So, if your 2010-11 policy states the governors will handle in-year/casual applications, you will need to issue an amendment to stat that the LA will be administering casual/in-year applications for 2010-11. If the LA has been handling them, and your 2010-11 policy makes this clear, there is no need for any amendment. The paragraph of the Code which is relevant is 3.4.

2. Applications in the previous year: At this stage I think you could use the 2009 statistics

3. Multiple births: clear details of the random selection process must be specified in the policy ie how this will operate and that this is transparent, that you will use a fresh round of random allocation for those on the waiting list, and you so need to state the independent person who will supervise the process (Details are in the Admissions Code 2009 paras 2.33-2.35). Some LAs are prepared to administer this on behalf of the governors so I suggest you check with them. However you may prefer to offer the choice to the parent; if so, this must be specified.

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 161 AF13

DR RADCLIFFE’S CHURCH OF ENGLAND PRIMARY SCHOOL STEEPLE ASTON

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR 1 SEPTEMBER 2011 - 31 AUGUST 2012

Responsibility for Admissions

The Governing Body of this Church of England Voluntary Aided Primary School is the admission authority responsible for admissions to the School. The process will be handled within the scheme of coordination for admissions to primary schools that is run by Oxfordshire County Council as the local authority.

This Admissions Policy for the school year 2011-2012 has been agreed with the local authority, and with the Church of England’s Oxford Diocese.

In exercising its functions as the admission authority, the Governing Body will comply with all relevant statutory provisions, including those relating to class sizes and equal opportunities. In so far as relevant statutory provisions permit, the Governing Body will also give effect to the local authority’s fair access protocol in respect of in-year admissions. This paragraph is paramount and overrides anything in the Admissions Policy that may at any time be inconsistent with it.

Eligibility for attending the School

A child is eligible to start in the School’s Reception Class in the September following his or her 4th birthday. Entry into the Reception Class is for full days.

Parents of a child who has been admitted to the Reception Class have the right to defer the child’s actual entry to the School until the child is of compulsory school age (i.e. until the beginning of the term after the child’s 5th birthday, but in any event not beyond the school year for which the application was accepted).

Children will not be considered for admission to the Reception Class outside their year group.

Home to School Transport

Information regarding home to school transport can be found in the booklet entitled Starting School in September 2011 which is available from the local authority.

Application for Admission

For children seeking a place from the start of the school year beginning in September 2011 (the “2011/12 School Year”), parents need to complete the Common Application Preference Form - CAPF (Primary). This is available from the local authority. In addition, admission booklets containing the form will be available at the School from September 2010. Parents applying for a place for the start of the 2011/12 School Year must complete and return the CAPF (Primary) form by • November 2010. For late applications, please refer to the booklet entitled Starting School in 2011 which is available from the local authority.

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 162 AF13

For children seeking a place in any class during the 2011/12 School Year, a Common Application Preference Form for in-year admissions - CAPF (Primary In- year) - must be completed. This is available from the School.

Admission Decision

It is important that parents appreciate that all decisions by the School in the course of the admissions process are taken by the Admissions Sub-committee acting on behalf of the Governing Body as the School’s admission authority. Merely completing an application form, or having a conversation with the Head Teacher or an individual Governor, does not constitute an offer of a place.

The Admissions Sub-committee will prioritize applications according to the School’s admission criteria, as set out in this Admissions Policy (see Admission Criteria below) . Parents who have applied for a place will be notified either by the local authority or by the School. Please refer to the local authority’s admissions booklet for the relevant dates by which parents applying for a place for the start of the 2011/12 School Year will be offered a place or notified that no place is available. If a place becomes available in-year, the Admissions Sub-committee will normally allocate that place, in accordance with all pending in-year applications and the waiting list (see Waiting List below) , as soon as reasonably practicable and no later than the date of the next regular meeting of the Governing Body; provided that an application for in- year admission will not be considered more than two statutory terms before the term in which the child is to be admitted. Whenever the Admission Sub-committee determines that a place is unavailable, the parents will be informed of their right to appeal the decision (see Admission Appeals below) .

Admission Number

The School’s admission number is 30. This admission number applies to the Reception Class, and continues to be applied for Years 1 to 6.

Admission Criteria

All applications will be considered without reference to academic ability or aptitude. In making offers of places for the Reception Class, the Admissions Sub-committee will apply the admission criteria set out in this section. These criteria will also be applied in the event that it is necessary to establish the priority of several applications for admission to Years 1 to 6.

If the number of applicants seeking admission exceeds the admission number for the year group in question, the Admissions Sub-committee will first accept all children with an up-to-date Statement of Special Need naming Dr Radcliffe’s Church of England Primary School, in accordance with section 324 of the Education Act 1996. Once these children have been admitted, the Admissions Sub-Committee will allocate the remaining places in accordance with the following oversubscription criteria, which are listed in order of priority.

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 163 AF13

If there are insufficient places for all applicants who qualify in any one of categories 2-7 listed below, the Admissions Sub-committee will give priority within that category to children who live closest to the School, as measured by the local authority. Where children in a category live an identical distance from the School, as measured by the local authority, the Admissions Sub-committee will give priority within that category according to a random allocation.

1. Children in the care of the local authority or provided with accommodation by the local authority (“looked after children”), in accordance with the Education (Admission of Looked after Children) (England) Regulations 2006.

2. Children with a normal home address (see Note B) in the School’s catchment area at the time of application, and with a sibling (see Note C) already in attendance at the School at the start of the school year for which the application is made.

The School’s catchment area is defined as the area within the boundaries of the civil parishes of Steeple Aston, Middle Aston, North Aston, Duns Tew, Rousham, Nether Worton, and Over Worton. If parents wish to check the catchment area for the School, an ordnance survey map can be inspected at the School office. Alternatively, they may contact the local authority.

3. Children with a normal home address (see Note B) in the School’s catchment area at the time of application.

4. Children with a normal home address (see Note B) outside the School’s catchment area at the time of application, and with a sibling (see Note C) already in attendance at the School at the time of admission.

5. Children with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence that will normally have been given by a medical practitioner or other appropriate person (see Note D).

6. Children with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence that will normally have been given by a Social Worker, Education Welfare Officer or other appropriate person (see Note D).

7. Children with a normal home address (see Note B) outside the School’s catchment area at the time of application.

N.B. Please refer also to Notes A, E and F. You will find all the Notes at the end of this Admissions Policy.

Information about Reception Class Applications for 2010-2011

For entry to the Reception Class in September 2010, the School originally received • applications. The admission number for 2010-2011 was 30. Actual admissions were • as follows:

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 164 AF13

Criteria Applied Admitted

Children with Statement of Special Need Looked after children In-catchment with sibling in School In-catchment with no sibling in School Out-of-catchment with sibling in School Exceptional medical needs Exceptional social needs Other children

Admission Appeals

Parents who are not offered a place for their child are entitled to appeal to an independent panel under provisions of the Education Act 1980. Parents wishing to appeal should contact the School office (telephone 01869 340204) to obtain an appeal form, and for information about their rights and the procedure to be followed. There is no statutory time limit on submission of an appeal, but parents are requested to lodge any appeal within 15 school days from the date of notification that their application for a place was unsuccessful, so that related appeals can be heard together.

It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal, parents are not entitled to apply again in the same school year, unless there has been a significant and material change in circumstances: e.g. if they have earlier applied while living outside catchment, and then subsequently move into catchment.

Waiting List

The School and / or the local authority will maintain a waiting list for those children who are not offered a place. It should be noted that the same admission criteria, in the same order of priority, will apply to children on the waiting list. No account will be taken of the length of time that an application has been on the waiting list. A child will remain on the waiting list until a specific request is made to remove the child from the list; but the School reserves the right to remove a child if the parents are no longer contactable at the address supplied to the School.

Further Information

For further information please contact the Chair of the Admissions Sub-committee.

Address: Chair of the Admissions Sub-committee Dr Radcliffe’s Church of England Primary School Fir Lane Steeple Aston Bicester OX25 4SF Tel/Fax: 01869 340204 Email: [email protected]

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 165 AF13

Contacting the Local Authority

Address: Oxfordshire County Council, County Hall, New Road, Oxford OX1 1ND Telephone: 01865 792422 Website: www.oxfordshire.gov.uk

Notes

A. “Parent” means any person who has parental responsibility for, or is the legal guardian of, the child. If you are in doubt, please contact the School for advice.

B. “Normal home address” means the child’s home address. This will be the child’s permanent address at the time that application is made for a place. It is where the child lives with his or her parents. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation ( e.g. a child benefit book or medical card) if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if the child is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The School reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, a recent utilities bill, etc.

If you are not sure whether you live in the School’s catchment area, you may ask the School to check this for you, and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move before considering your application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident within the catchment area on 1 September 2010. Typical evidence that will suffice would be a solicitor’s letter confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement.

C. “Sibling” means a brother or sister, half-brother or half-sister, adopted brother or adopted sister, step-brother or step-sister, or any child of the parent’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that child. Parents must specify the sibling(s) by name in their application.

D. Evidence of exceptional medical or social needs should be in the form of a letter from a registered professional in the appropriate specialist field, such as a doctor or a social worker, setting out the reasons why the School would be the most suitable one, and the difficulties that would be encountered if the child had to attend another school. Evidence of exceptional medical or social needs must be assessed objectively, and the Admissions Sub-Committee reserves the right for this purpose to obtain at the School’s expense, and rely on, further opinions on any such needs from appropriate independent professionals.

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 166 AF13

E. Multiple birth siblings of any particular family up to a maximum of two in excess of the admission number will be admitted together into Year 3 or above, so long as at least one of them can be admitted within the admission number. This does not apply to the Reception Class, or to Years 1 and 2. Where the School is unable to admit all multiple birth siblings of any particular family seeking admission, the Admissions Sub-committee will make a random allocation of the available places.

F. Attending Steeple Aston’s Pre-School does not qualify a child for automatic entry to Dr Radcliffe’s Church of England Primary School, nor confer any other advantage over other applicants to the School.

This Admissions Policy 2011-2012 was approved by Governing Body on • [2010].

______

Lisa Boote, Chair of Governors

Draft 1: 29.9.09

AFNOV2409R180.doc Page 167 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 168 ADMISSION FORUM – 28 NOVEMBER 2009

DR SOUTH’S C.E. (V.A.) PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012

Introduction

The number of intended admissions to Dr South’s CE School into Foundation 1 (the Reception class) is 15. This reflects the capacity of the school. There are 15 places in each year group at the school.

This document explains the School’s policies on admissions. These policies comply with all relevant legislation on infant class sizes and equal opportunities. If you have any queries about admissions issues, please contact the Admissions Secretary at the School, Ruth Pangu, in the first instance. Contact details are at the end of the document.

The document explains the following:

(a) The admissions process for Foundation 1; (b) When your child may start school; (c) The criteria for deciding which children will be offered a place in the event that there are more applicants than places; (d) Appeal arrangements for parents whose child is not offered a place at Dr South’s C.E. School, who wish to appeal against this decision; (e) Late applications, in-year application and applications for places in years 1-6

The Governing Body of the school is responsible for deciding on the preference criteria for admissions to the school. (These specify the factors which will be used to decide the order in which children will be admitted if the school is over-subscribed). Oxfordshire County Council (OCC) then administers the process and applies the Governors’ criteria, so as to co- ordinate admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the OCC arrangements are in the Oxfordshire “Starting School” booklet. You can get a copy of the booklet from the school office, or from OCC. This

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 169 AF13

booklet also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference.

For entry to Foundation 1 in 2009, the school made 15 offers of places. There were no appeals against non-admission.

(a) The Admissions Process for Foundation 1

Entry to the Foundation 1 (reception) class of Dr South’s School in September 2011 is open to children born between 1 September 2006 and 31 August 2007.

All parents of children born between those dates should apply for a school place for their child through the process described here, even if they want to defer the place until the child turns 5 (see `When your child may start school’ (below)).

Parents ( see Note 1) should make an application for the school or schools which they would like their children to attend, in order of preference, on the “Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF), Primary”. This may either be returned, online, or by submitting a paper copy, either to the School (Dr South’s CE (VA) Primary School, Bletchingdon Road, Islip, Kidlington, Oxon OX5 2TQ) , or direct to The Schools Admissions Team Ground Floor County Hall New Road Oxford OX1 1ND Tel: 01865 815175 Fax: 01865 783198 Email: [email protected]

The form must be received by the deadline date of ? November 2010. Any forms received after that date go to the back of the queue, so those applications will only be considered after offers have been made to all those pupils whose applications have been made in time.

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 170 AF13

Decisions on which children are to be offered a place will be made by the School Admissions Committee during February 2011. If there are more applicants than places, they do this by applying the Governors’ oversubscription admissions criteria (see below).

Parents are notified of the decision by letter from the Local Authority. They will be given 28 days in which to accept or reject an offer. After that date, any spare places will be offered to people on the waiting list, or to any late applicants.

Home-School Transport Information about home to school transport can be found in the OCC booklet entitled “Starting School in September 2011”. When your child may start school

Some people think there is an advantage in their children starting school at the beginning of the school year in which their children turn five. Others would like to wait until their children are actually five before their children start school.

(b) When your child may start school

Children may start at Dr South’s School in September 2011 if their fifth birthday falls during that academic year, even if they are not yet five. However, a child does not have to start school until they are of compulsory school age (which is the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday).

Parents whose child will turn five during the 2011-2012 school year should apply for a place for their child as described above, but the parents may request that a child’s entry is deferred to a date later in the same school year. This will not affect the way in which their child’s application for a place is considered under the admissions criteria. Under such circumstances, the school will offer the child a place in the normal way, and hold it for that child until they turn five. Parents may not defer entry to a date beyond that school year without completing a separate application form.

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 171 AF13

(c) The criteria for deciding which children will be offered a place in the event that there are more applicants than places

Children with a Statement of Educational Need whose applications name Dr South’s C.E. Primary School will always be admitted.

Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

1. First priority is always given to “looked-after children” (fostered or in care of local authority) whether they live within the catchment area or not.

2. A child with a normal home address (see Note 2) in the catchment area, which is the villages of Islip, Noke and Woodeaton ( see Note 3 ) and with a sibling (see note 4) already in attendance at Dr South’s CE School at the time of entry to the school.

In the event that there are more children in the catchment from Islip, Noke or Woodeaton with a sibling at the school than places available, those who live nearest the school will be offered places first. Proximity of the child’s home to the school will be defined by establishing closeness to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on Oxfordshire County Council’s Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

3. A child with a normal home address (see Note 2) in the catchment area, which is the villages of Islip, Noke or Woodeaton (see Note 3 ).

In the event that there are more children from Islip, Noke or Woodeaton than places available, those who live nearest the school will be offered places first. Proximity of the child’s home to the school will be defined by establishing closeness to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on Oxfordshire County Council’s Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

4. A child with a normal home address ( see Note 2 ) outside the catchment area with a sibling ( see Note 4 ) already in attendance at Dr South’s CE School at the time of entry to the school.

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 172 AF13

In the event that there are more children outside the catchment area but with a sibling at the school than places available, those who live nearest the school will be offered places first. Proximity of the child’s home to the school will be defined by establishing closeness to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on Oxfordshire County Council’s Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

5. Other children with a normal home address ( see Note 2 ) outside the catchment area ( see Note 3 ) will be awarded places on the basis of proximity of the child’s normal home address to the school, measured by the local authority, along the shortest safe route.

In the event that there are more children with a normal home address outside the catchment area, those who live nearest the school will be offered places first. Proximity of the child’s home to the school will be defined by establishing closeness to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on Oxfordshire County Council’s Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

If a single child would be offered a place in application of the admissions criteria, children of multiple births residing at the same normal home address will be offered places even if this takes the school over its normal admission number.

Note 1: by parent, we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. If you are in any doubt, please contact the school for advice.

Note 2: by normal home address, we mean your child’s ordinary residence. We regard a child’s home address as being where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights).

We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 173 AF13

arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the villages of Islip, Noke or Woodeaton, please consult the map located within the school office, or, if you are unable to do so, please telephone the school office for help (Tel 01865 372323). If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1 September 2011. If you intend to move later we may still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement.

Note 3: The catchment area is the villages of Islip, Noke or Woodeaton, as defined by the map which can be viewed in the school’s office. If you are unable to attend the school office, please contact them by telephone for help (Tel 01865 372323). Note 4: by sibling we mean a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. “Family members” include only parents, as defined in Note 1 , and siblings.

(d) Appeal arrangements for parents whose child is not offered a place at Dr South’s C.E. School, who wish to appeal against this decision

If you want your child to attend Dr South’s School but your child does not get a place, you will be informed of this decision in writing. The letter will tell you how to appeal and the date by which you need to do so. An appeal should be made to the Chair of Governors at the school. There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Further details are available from the school.

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 174 AF13

(e) Late applications, in-year applications and any applications for places in years 1-6

These are administered by the Local Authority on behalf of the governing body in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme. (Admissions Code 2009 paras 3.6 – 3.8). Please register your interest in a place at the school with the school office but applications must be processed by the Local Authority. Please contact The Schools Admissions Team Ground Floor County Hall New Road Oxford OX1 1ND Tel: 01865 815175 Fax: 01865 783198 Email: [email protected]

The school will comply with the LA In-Year Fair Access Protocols to ensure that access to education is secured for all children.

Waiting List

A waiting list will be kept in order of the oversubscription criteria, and children under the in-year fair access protocol will have preference. Places will be administered by the Schools Admissions Office.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the Admissions Secretary at the school, Ruth Pangu.

Address Dr South’s C.E. Primary School Bletchingdon Road Islip Kidlington Oxon, OX5 2TQ

Telephone 01865 372323 Fax 01865 372323 E-mail [email protected]

AFNOV2409R190.doc

Page 175 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 176 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009 THE BATT CHURCH OF ENGLAND PRIMARY SCHOOL ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012 The Governing body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Authority (the LA), is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA to co-ordinate admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet, available from the LA. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference.

Admissions are normally made either, at age 4+ to a Year R (reception) class, or at age 7+ to a Year 3 class. Applications for places at other times will be considered as 'In Year' (casual) admissions for which a different process is followed (see below).

Applications for normal entry to The Batt CE School during the academic year 2011/2012 must be on the LA's Common Application Form (CAPF), and returned according to their instructions published in the Oxfordshire booklet which will be sent to all relevant parents/carers in September 2010.

The Batt also has its own supplementary information form. If you want your application to be considered under criteria related to church attendance this supplementary form must be completed by yourself and a member of the clergy and returned with the LA's CAPF.

Decisions on which children are to be offered a place will be made by the Admissions Committee of Governors after the closing date for submission of the LA’s Common Application Form. Offers of a place will be made in writing according to the timetable published in the Oxfordshire booklet by the co- ordinated admissions service of the Local Authority. Letters will be sent by the LA to the address given on the application form, it is the parents' responsibility to inform the LA and Governors of any change to these contact details, or availability around the offer date. No extension to time-scales will be considered where such details have not been updated. Parents* will be given a specific date to accept, in writing, any offer made. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline.

At The Batt CE School, pupils are normally admitted according to the timetable below, without reference to ability or aptitude.

Year Group Application Date Child's DOB 1.9.06- 31.08.07 Yr R -Autumn '11 November 2010

1.9.03- 31.8.04 Yr 3 - Autumn '11 November 2010

• Entry to Year R, the reception class, from September 2011 is therefore open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007. The number of intended admissions to the reception year commencing 1 st September 2011 is 25. All children eligible to start school during this year will be offered a place from September 2011. Parents however, may request that their child’s entry be deferred to Term 3 (spring period) or Term 5 (summer period) eg. to coincide with their child's fifth birthday. Parents can choose whether their child starts school on either a full- time or a part-time (mornings only) basis. All children however, must take up a full-time place by term 3 or 5 following their fifth birthday when they are of compulsory school age. The decision of when to admit your child and as a full- or part-time basis must be confirmed at the time of accepting the place . • For children born within the summer period (April to August) who are not of compulsory school age until the following September, applications must still be made according to the above timetable but NB a place will only be offered and must be accepted for the academic year 2011/12. Such a place cannot be deferred until September 2012 when the child would be in the Year 1 group. Should such a deferral to a different academic year be required, a new application

AFNOV2409R200.doc Page 177 AF13

will need to be made but as such would be for a Year 1 place. This is outside the normal admissions process and would therefore be processed as for an 'In Year' (casual) admission. • Entry to the year 3 class is only considered for September 2011 and the number of intended admissions to this group is 33. (Children already in the infant classes at The Batt automatically transfer to the junior department; they are not required to re-apply.) • In all other cases, (i.e. 'In Year' (casual) admissions) pupils will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group. The number of places within the school is allocated under a formula determined by the LA that specifies the 'Net Capacity' of the school, which is 307, which gives an Admission Number of 25 at Foundation and Key Stage One and 58 at Key Stage Two. The Governors, in consultation with all relevant authorities have stated that this will be distributed throughout the school so that in Year group R to Year 2 there are 25 places per year. For each of the year groups 3-6 inclusive, no further casual entrants will be admitted if there are already 58 pupils registered within the relevant year group. In year applications for all year groups for the academic years 2010-2011 and 2011-12 will be administered by the LA in accordance with their published co-ordinated admissions scheme. • A waiting list is kept for at least one term in the academic year of admission Parents of children refused a place have the right of appeal to an independent panel convened by the Oxford Diocesan Board of Education. Any intention to go to appeal should be made in writing, to the Chair of the Admissions Committee at The Batt within 2 weeks of the date of the refusal letter. • In the case of multiple births, these will be prioritised by using Random Allocation by the Governors • The Governors will subscribe to the LA in-year Fair Access Protocol, which means that these children will be offered a place as soon as possible, even if the school is full or, if appropriate, they will be given top priority on the ‘waiting list’. • The Governors will not accept applications for earlier admission unless under extenuating circumstances, to be discussed with the school. • The Governors do not reconsider applications in the same academic year unless there is a major change in circumstances (eg change of address).

ADMISSION CRITERIA The Batt Trust was established by the Batt family to provide an education for the children of Christian families within the ecclesiastical parish of Witney. The admission criteria reflect this intention, but will only apply when applications exceed the admissions number. Children with a Statement of Special Need naming the school will always be admitted. Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below.

The CAPF offers parents the opportunity to rank up to 3 schools in order of preference. All applications stating the Batt as any one of these preferences will be considered equally and according to the following criteria.

NB Application for places under criteria 1, 2 & 4 must be supported by the accompanying Supplementary Information Form to confirm church attendance which parents/carers are to give to their clergy for completion and then submit together with the CAPF.

Infants (Year R, reception class/Foundation Stage 1 - admission number 25) 1. Looked after children * 2. Children of families who worship regularly* at an Anglican Church and have a normal home address* within the catchment area* . (NB Application must be supported by Supplementary Information on church attendance.) 3. Children of families who worship regularly* at another Christian church (that is a member of Churches Together in Britain) and have a normal home address* in the catchment area* . (NB Application must be supported by Supplementary Information on church attendance.) 4. Children who have a sibling* already at The Batt School at the time of admission. (No Supplementary Information required.) 5. Children of families who worship regularly* at any Christian Church (that is a member of Churches Together in Britain and have a normal home address* outside the catchment area*. (NB Application must be supported by Supplementary Information on church attendance). 6. Priority will be given amongst remaining applicants to those who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as determined on the Directorate for Children, Young

AFNOV2409R200.doc Page 178 AF13

People and Families’ Geographic Information System. (No Supplementary Information required.)

Juniors (Year 3 class - admission number 33) (Children enrolled in Yr 2 of the infant department will automatically transfer to a Year 3 class at The Batt, and are not required to complete a further application form.) 1. Children who transfer from Year 2 at St Mary's Infant School, Witney. 2. As 2 infants 3. As 3 infants 4. As 4 infants 5. As 5 infants 6. As 7 infants

In all criteria, should a tie-breaker be required for allocation of a place, criterion 6 for the infants will be used. i.e. the successful applicant would be the one who lives closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as determined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families’ Geographic Information System (to 3 decimal places), followed by Random Allocation by the Governors.

*Definitions of terminology used Paren t – A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and siblings.

Normal home address - Your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is a resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the Ecclesiastical Parish of Witney, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place (HM Forces personnel and Crown servants should provide a notification of posting). We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1st September 2011. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement.

Sibling – Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. In the case of multiple births or where the tie breaker used produces identical results for more than one applicant, random selection administered by the LA on behalf of the governors will be used to determine the order of priority. When a family moves into the area requesting several places for children in separate year groups, places will be offered where the year group is below the admission number, and applications refused where the year group is full and the parents told of their right to appeal.

Looked-after children - These are children for whom parental responsibility is with the local council, children being cared for in a fostering arrangement or resident in a council regulated children's home. These children will be admitted under criterion 1.

Catchment area - This is the ecclesiastical parish of Witney - its boundaries can be seen on a map held in the school office. Governors will be happy to advise you about this criterion if requested.

AFNOV2409R200.doc Page 179 AF13

Worship regularly - Regular worship would normally be defined as attendance at least once a month over the previous 2 years. Support for your application under the relevant criteria will be assessed from the information given by the minister signing the application form. The minister will be asked to complete a confidential questionnaire asking them to indicate how often you have attended throughout the previous 2 years.

For any further information or advice, in the first instance, please contact the Chair of Admissions Committee via the school. Contact details are as follows:

Chair of the Admissions Committee Telephone 01993 702392 The Batt CE Primary School Corn Street Fax 01993 776512 Witney Oxfordshire email [email protected] OX28 6DY

Determined by Governors on – Chair -

AFNOV2409R200.doc Page 180 AF13

CONFIDENTIAL Application to attend The Batt C.E. Primary School In order to be considered for a church place, affiliation and attendance at church would be expected for a continuous period throughout the previous 2 years. Governors recognise that individual applications may involve more than one church or consideration of extenuating circumstances such as severe illness or employment involving shift work (details can be submitted, in confidence, below).

Section A (To be completed by parent/carer) Name of Child: Name(s) of Parents/Guardians: Church attended:

Section B (To be completed by Clergy)

1. On average, how often have these parents/guardians been attending church activities over the past 2 years?

Weekly

Twice a month

Once a month

6 times a year

3 times a year

Signed ……………………………………Position …………………………………. Contact address …..…………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………………………. Telephone/email ……………………………………………………………………. Date ………………………………………………

NB: THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED AT THE SAME TIME AS THE LA’s CAPF (if an application is being made for a place under criteria 2 & 3)

AFNOV2409R200.doc Page 181 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 182 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

GORING CHURCH OF ENGLAND AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOL – ADMISSIONS POLICY

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2010 – AUGUST 2011

Admission arrangements to the Reception Year in September 2010

The Governing Body of the scho ol, not Oxfordshire Local Education Authority (the LA), is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA whoco-ordinate admissions to all schools in Oxfordshire. The LA arrangements are outlined in the Starting School booklet. Details of how to obtain this booklet will be sent by the LA to appropriate parents and it is also available from Admissions Team, Macclesfield House, New Road, Oxford OX1 1NA (Telephone 01865 815175, Email [email protected] ). The LA booklet contains a Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF), explains the timetable for application, details how parents will be informed of the result of their application, and how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. It also gives details of how applications received after the deadline will be treated, and of how continued interest (waiting) lists will be handled. Alternatively parents can now find this information and apply on-line by visiting www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions .

In addition to completing the Common Admissions Preference Form contained in the LA booklet, or applying on-line, we ask that parents who are seeking a place at the school on the grounds that one of them is a regular worshipper at a Christian church (see Note 5 below) also complete a supplementary form which is available from the school. This should be returned to the school by DATE TO BE UPDATED PER LA GUIDANCE.

Reception entry in 2010/11 is open to all children born between 1 September 2005 and 31 August 2006. Entry is not open to children born before these dates. The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 September 2010 is 30. This number reflects the net capacity of the school.

Parents (see Note 1) may request that a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1 September 2010 and 31 March 2011 does not start at school until later in the school year 2010/2011, when the child reaches compulsory school age (the term after the child's fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, a place will be held for that child.

Parents cannot defer entry until September 2011 for a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1 April 2011 and 31 August 2011. If the child has not been admitted to the Reception class in the school year 2010/2011, a second separate application must be made in the summer term 2011 for a Year 1 place in September 2011. In almost all cases, the Year 1 group will be full to the admission number with children transferring from the 2010/2011 Reception class and a place will therefore not be available.

AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 183 AF13

In accordance with Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 children with a Statement of Special Need naming Goring CE Primary School will be admitted as the highest priority. This is not an oversubscription criterion.

Once places have been given to children with a Statement of Special Need naming Goring CE Primary School, in the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are places available, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below – all applications under these criteria will be treated equally, irrespective of special educational needs and ability.

i. In accordance with the Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 a child who is “looked-after” (see Note 2)

ii. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) in the catchment area and with a sibling (see Note 4) already in attendance at Goring CE Primary School at the time of entry to the school. The catchment area is defined as the civil parishes of Goring on Thames and Ipsden (the latter includes Braziers Park and Hailey). A map of the catchment area is available from the school office.

iii. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) in the catchment area.

iv. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) outside the catchment area and with a sibling (see Note 4) already in attendance at Goring CE Primary School at the time of entry to the school.

v. Denominational preference for a Church of England School, supported by evidence that a parent has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least once per month) at an Anglican Church (see also Note 5).

vi. Preference for a Church of England School, supported by evidence that a parent has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least once per month) at any other Christian church, that is a member of Churches Together in Britain or a Roman Catholic church (see also Note 5).

vii. Children with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by an independent medical officer or other appropriate person (see also Note 6).

viii. Children with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a social worker, Education Welfare Officer or other appropriate person (see also Note 6).

ix. All other applicants ordered by proximity of the child’s home to the school as measured by the shortest designated public route as defined by using the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic Information System, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority.

Proximity of the child’s home, as measured by the system above, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority, will also serve to differentiate between Reviewed and approved by Page 2 of 6 Full Governing Body 4 December 2008 After Diocesan, before LA review/approval AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 184 AF13

pupils in criteria i to ix should the need arise. In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, if the school cannot offer a place to all of these children, the available place will be allocated by random draw by the Chairman of Admissions during an Admissions Committee meeting.

Note 1: by parent, we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2: by a “looked after” child, we mean one who is looked after by a local authority in accordance with section 22 of the Children Act 1999.

Note 3: by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the catchment area, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1 September 2010. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement for at least 6 months.

Note 4: by sibling we mean a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. In the case of twins or other multiple-births, if the school cannot offer places to all the children, the available places will be allocated by random draw.

Note 5: the Governing Body asks the priest or minister to complete a form confirming church commitment. If the family has moved into the area within the last year they may ask for the form to be completed by their previous church.

Note 6: the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. Evidence would be required in the form of, for example, a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker. This should set out the particular reasons why the Reviewed and approved by Page 3 of 6 Full Governing Body 4 December 2008 After Diocesan, before LA review/approval AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 185 AF13

school is the most suitable one for the child and the difficulties that would be caused by attending another school. The governors reserve the right to seek further clarification from the professional(s) involved.

All Other Admissions

Admissions to other years at the school or to the Reception Year, once offers of places have been made, depend on whether or not there are places available. All year groups at the school have an admission number of 30 places. The Admissions Code (2007) mandates the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties. In accordance with this, the school adheres to the Local Authority’s fair access protocol. Children in this category will be given the highest priority in both the oversubscription criteria and the continued interest list. Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1. The above arrangements cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) regulations 1998.

Applications for admissions should be on the LA Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF) which is available from the school and also on-line at www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions . The completed form should be returned to the school. If there is a vacancy, and there is no child on the relevant continued interest (waiting) list with a higher priority, a place will be offered. It should be noted that the only way that a place can be offered once the admission number is reached for any year group is to appeal. More details of this process are given below.

Continued Interest Lists

The Local Authority will maintain a continued interest list for the reception class until July 2010. The school also maintains a continued interest list for those children in all years who cannot be offered a place; the order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on a continued interest list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the continued interest list.

Appeals

If the application is not successful then the governors’ letter of refusal will give reasons for their decision based on the listed admissions criteria. You will also be sent an appeal form at the same time. This should be returned to the chairman of governors within 14 days. The Oxford Diocesan Board of Education will arrange for the appeal to be heard by an independent panel. This panel’s decision is legally binding on the school and the family. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the school does not consider any further application in the same school year (1 September – 31 August), unless there has been a material change in circumstances, for example a change of address.

Reviewed and approved by Page 4 of 6 Full Governing Body 4 December 2008 After Diocesan, before LA review/approval AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 186 AF13

The number of applications we receive for places in our reception class varies considerably from year to year. In the 2008/9 reception year we received 56 applications. Due to changes in preferences and movements out of the area, we were able to offer places to all applicants. We assign places up to the admission number of 30 according to the criteria in the admissions policy but, unfortunately, we cannot guarantee a place for any child even if they live in the catchment area, or have a sibling at the school, or attend Goring and Cleeve Pre-school.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation including The Admissions Code (2007), equal opportunities legislation, and the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) regulations 1998.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the Chairman of the Admissions Committee at the school. Contact details are as follows: Address Goring C.E. Primary School Wallingford Road Goring, Reading Berks RG8 OBG

Telephone 01491 872289

Fax 01491 872289

Email [email protected]

Reviewed and approved by Page 5 of 6 Full Governing Body 4 December 2008 After Diocesan, before LA review/approval AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 187 AF13

CONFIDENTIAL

Church support for an application to attend Goring CE Primary School

NB: This form is only required where a parent is seeking admission for a child on the grounds that he/she is a regular worshipper (criteria iv and v of the school's admissions policy). It should be completed by the priest or minister of the church the parent(s) attend(ed) regularly and returned to: Goring C.E. Primary School, Wallingford Road, Goring, Reading, Berks RG8 OBG by DATE TO BE UPDATED PER LA.

Name of child: …………………………………………………………..

Name of parent/guardian ………………………………………………..

Church attended: ………………………………………………………..

Has a parent or guardian been attending this church at least once a month for the last year? YES/NO (please delete as applicable)

Name …………………………………… Position …………………………………… Signed ………………………………….. Date……………………………...………... Name of church ……………………………………………………………………………... Address ……………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………

Reviewed and approved by Page 6 of 6 Full Governing Body 4 December 2008 After Diocesan, before LA review/approval AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 188 AF13

FORM OF APPEAL

SCHOOL ......

Name of child ......

Date of birth ......

Term for which appeal is being made...... …......

Name of Parent or Guardian ...... …......

Address ......

......

Telephone Number: Home ......

Work......

I have been informed by the Chair of Governors of the above School that a place will not be available for my child in his/her term of entry.

I would like to appeal against the Governors’ decision.

My reasons are as follows:

Signed ...... (Parent/Guardian)

Date ...... Reviewed and approved by Page 7 of 6 Full Governing Body 4 December 2008 After Diocesan, before LA review/approval AFNOV2409R210.doc Page 189 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 190 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

GORING CHURCH OF ENGLAND AIDED PRIMARY SCHOOL – ADMISSIONS POLICY

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012

Admission arrangements to the Reception Year in September 2011

The LA booklet contains a Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF), explains the timetable for application, details how parents will be informed of the result of their application, and how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. It also gives details of how applications received after the deadline will be treated, and of how continued interest (waiting) lists will be handled. Alternatively parents can now find this information and apply on-line by visiting www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions .

Reception entry in 2011/12 is open to all children born between 1 September 2006 and 31 August 2007. Entry is not open to children born before these dates. The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 September 2011 is 30. This number reflects the net capacity of the school.

Parents (see Note 1) may request that a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1 September 2011 and 31 March 2012 does not start at school until later in the school year 2011/2012, when the child reaches compulsory school age (the term after the child's fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, a place will be held for that child.

Parents cannot defer entry until September 2012 for a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1 April 2012 and 31 August 2012. If the child has not been admitted to the Reception class in the school year 2011/2012, a second separate application must be made in the summer term 2012 for a Year 1 place in September 2012. In almost all cases, the Year 1 group will be full to the admission number with children transferring from the 2011/2012 Reception class and a place will therefore not be available.

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 191 AF13

i. In accordance with the Education (Admission of Looked After Children) (England) Regulations 2006 a child who is “looked-after” (see Note 2)

iii. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) in the catchment area.

iv. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) outside the catchment area and with a sibling (see Note 4) already in attendance at Goring CE Primary School at the time of entry to the school.

vii. Children with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by an independent medical officer or other appropriate person (see also Note 6).

viii. Children with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a social worker, Education Welfare Officer or other appropriate person (see also Note 6).

Proximity of the child’s home, as measured by the system above, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria i to ix should the need arise. In the unlikely event of a case where

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 192 AF13

the measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, if the school cannot offer a place to all of these children, the available place will be allocated by random draw by the Chairman of Admissions during an Admissions Committee meeting. If a similar situation arises affecting the continued interest list further random draws will be held using the same method.

Note 1: by parent, we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2: by a “looked after” child, we mean one who is looked after by a local authority in accordance with section 22 of the Children Act 1999.

Note 3: by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the catchment area, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1 September 2011. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement for at least 6 months.

Note 6: the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. Evidence would be required in the form of, for example, a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker. This should set out the particular reasons why the school is the most suitable one for the child and the difficulties that would be caused

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 193 AF13

by attending another school. The governors reserve the right to seek further clarification from the professional(s) involved.

All Other Admissions

Admissions to other years at the school or to the Reception Year, once offers of places have been made, depend on whether or not there are places available. All year groups at the school have an admission number of 30 places. The Admissions Code (2009) mandates the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties. In accordance with this, the school adheres to the Local Authority’s fair access protocol. Children in this category will be given the highest priority in both the oversubscription criteria and the continued interest list. Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1.

The above arrangements cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) regulations 1998.

Continued Interest Lists

The Local Authority will maintain a continued interest list for the reception class until July 2012. The school also maintains a continued interest list for those children in all years who cannot be offered a place; the order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on a continued interest list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the continued interest list.

Appeals

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 194 AF13

The number of applications we receive for places in our reception class varies considerably from year to year. In the 2009/10 reception year we received 54 applications, 40 of which named Goring as first preference. We were therefore not able to offer places to all applicants. We assign places up to the admission number of 30 according to the criteria in the admissions policy but, unfortunately, we cannot guarantee a place for any child even if they live in the catchment area, or have a sibling at the school, or attend Goring and Cleeve Pre-school.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation including The Admissions Code (2009), equal opportunities legislation, and the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) regulations 1998.

Telephone 01491 872289

Fax 01491 872289

Email [email protected]

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 195 AF13

CONFIDENTIAL

Church support for an application to attend Goring CE Primary School

Name of child: …………………………………………………………..

Name of parent/guardian ………………………………………………..

Church attended: ………………………………………………………..

Has a parent or guardian been attending this church at least once a month for the last year? YES/NO (please delete as applicable)

Name …………………………………… Position …………………………………… Signed ………………………………….. Date……………………………...... Name of church ……………………………………………………………………………… Address ……………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………..…………….. Telephone number......

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 196 AF13

FORM OF APPEAL

SCHOOL ......

Name of child ......

Date of birth ......

Term for which appeal is being made...... …......

Name of Parent or Guardian ...... …......

Address ......

......

Telephone Number: Home ......

Work......

I have been informed by the Chair of Governors of the above School that a place will not be available for my child in his/her term of entry.

I would like to appeal against the Governors’ decision.

My reasons are as follows:

Signed ...... (Parent/Guardian)

Date ......

AFNOV2409R220.doc Page 197 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 198 GREAT ROLLRIGHT CE PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009 Admission Arrangements for September 2011 - August 2012

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Authority (the LA), is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA to co-ordinate admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet, available from the school. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Applications for entry to Great Rollright CE School in September 2011 must be received by the school by November **** 2010. Decisions on which children are to be offered a place will be made by the Admissions Committee of the school; offers of places will be sent out in February 2011 and must be accepted or rejected by parents by March 2011. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

At Great Rollright CE School, pupils are normally admitted at the beginning of the academic year (September 1 st ) in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude. Entry in September 2011 is therefore open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007. All children will be admitted full time from September, unless their parents request otherwise.

The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 September 2011 is 15. Parents/carers may request that a child's entry is deferred to later in the school year 2011/2012, where the child is not of compulsory school age (the term after the child's fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, the school will hold the place for that child, although, in the majority of cases, the school finds that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year, rather than part way through it.

In all other cases, children will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group; however, an additional place may be made available for children in groups considered to be vulnerable or at significant risk of underachievement i.e.

• Children “Looked After” by Oxfordshire County Council.

• Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed.

• Traveller children.

• Child refugees / asylum seekers.

AFNOV2409R230.doc Page 199 AF13

Each year group normally has 15 places. In 2009-10 8 children applied and all were given places. The criteria listed below were applied when applications were considered and there were no appeals.

If more children apply than there are places available, then children with a Statement of Special Needs, naming Great Rollright CE School, have the highest priority, followed by “looked-after children”. Children with statements of special educational needs naming the school must be admitted to the school and this therefore does not constitute an oversubscription criterion.Once places have been offered to these children, then the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

1) Children “Looked After” by Oxfordshire County Council.

2) A child with a normal home address (see Note 1) in the Parish of Rollright and with a sibling (see Note 2) already in attendance at Great Rollright Church of England School at the time of entry.

3) A child with a normal home address (see Note 1) in the Parish of Rollright.

4) A child with a normal home address (see Note 1) outside the Parish of Rollright and with a sibling (see note 2) already in attendance at Great Rollright Church of England School at the time of entry.

5) Children with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker or other appropriate person (see also note 3). The application would be assessed objectively by the Admissions Panel; this panel would take into consideration the particular reasons why the school is the most suitable one, and the difficulties that would be caused if the child had to attend another school.

6) Children with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a social worker, Education Welfare Officer or other appropriate person (see also note 3).

7) Proximity of the child's home to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families’ Information System, with those living nearer being accorded higher priority.

Proximity of the child's home by the nearest designated public route, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria 1 to 6, should the need arise. The governors will in no circumstances consider an application for earlier admission .

Note 1: By normal home address, we mean your child's permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. We regard a child's home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). The catchment area for the school is The Parish of Rollright. A map outlining the parish may be obtained from the school.

AFNOV2409R230.doc Page 200 AF13

Note 2: By sibling we mean a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. In the case of multiple births the school would ideally offer all of the children a place. However should the year group be close to being full without room for all children in the family, places will be allocated using the alphabetical order of forenames. Note 3: The Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. Note 4: By parents we mean mother; married father (even if separated or divorced from the mother); unmarried father (provided parental responsibility is obtained either by formal written agreement of the mother or by court order); any person who has a residence order in relation to the child; any person who has actual care of the child.

There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission; details are available from the school. The school will maintain a waiting list for those children who are not offered a place; the order of priority on the waiting list will be the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account will be taken of length of time on a waiting list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the waiting list. Once a parent has been offered a place the child is removed from the waiting list.

The Admissions Policy of Great Rollright C.E. Primary School complies with all relevant legislation, including that on infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

To comply with the School’s Disability Equality Plan there is a form (to be treated as confidential if the applicant or parents require) giving the School details of the nature and effect of any disability so as to enable it to consider any adjustments it might need to make. Parents/carers should request such a form from the office if required.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the Headteacher at the school. Contact details are as follows:

Address: Mrs Anne Hewett, Headteacher Great Rollright CE (Aided) Primary School Church End Great Rollright Chipping Norton Oxon OX7 5SA

Telephone: 01608 737202 Fax: 01608 737916 Email: [email protected]

Policy agreed by the Governing Body Admissions Committee and at a full Governing Body Meeting on 18 th November 2009

Signed………………………………………….. Richard Stillwell Chair of Governing Body

Review Date: September 2010

AFNOV2409R230.doc Page 201 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 202 DRAFT POLICY

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

HOLY TRINITY ROMAN CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL CHIPPING NORTON, OXON OX7 5AX

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR 2010/2011

Name of School: Holy Trinity Roman Catholic Primary School, Chipping Norton School Code: 3420 Admission No: 30 (net capacity) PAN

All parents wishing to seek admission for their children to Holy Trinity RC School for September 2011 must complete the LA’s CAF (Primary) form. This should be returned to the school by the deadline stated in the OCC booklet ‘Starting School’. Applicants should also complete the supplementary sheet (available from the school) and return this along with a baptismal certificate (if appropriate) to school.

If the number of applicants exceeds the admission number, governors will consider applications according to the following order of priority (see note 1 below):

1. Baptised Catholic children who are in the care of the local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) 2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Chipping Norton Parish. 3. Baptised Catholic children living outside Chipping Norton Parish. 4. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister at the time of admission. 5. The children of Catholic parents who have not yet been baptised. 6. Non-Catholic children whose parents make a written request for a Catholic education and/or produce a baptismal certificate. 7. All other applicants.

Notes Priority will be given to children who have a Statement of Educational needs. Priority in each category will be given to children in the care of the local authority (looked after children). Home to School Transport information regarding this can be found in the booklet entitled ‘Starting School in September 2011. Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed. Traveller children. Child refugees asylum seekers. Children released from a custodial sentence who are not on the roll of any other school.

OVER-SUBSCRIPTION If there is over-subscription within a category, the Governors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by shortest straight line distance measured from front entrance of the school to the home address.

Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births living at a single address, the Local Authority will use alphabetical order by first names to determine who will be offered a place. Parents have the right to appeal to the Governing Body, addressed to Holy Trinity School if they have not been offered a place.

AFNOV2409R240.doc

Page 203 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 204 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Admissions Policy for The John Henry Newman CE Primary School Admission Arrangements for September 2011 to August 2012

The Governing Body of the school are responsible for admissions in consultation with the Diocese and Oxfordshire Local Authority.

Applications to The John Henry Newman School in September 2011 to August 2012 are made on the Oxfordshire Common Application Form and must be made through the LA. Decisions on which children are to be offered places will be made by the Admissions Committee who will work to the same deadlines as the LA. Application for admission is made on the Common Application Form for admission to F1 classes which are sent to all parents of children of the appropriate age in September of the year prior to admission (August 2010 for admission in September 2011). Parents are required to return the form to the LA by (insert when known) 2010. All applications are treated equally, irrespective of need or ability. Late applications, those made after the deadline but before allocations are made, are considered after the on time applications. Once the on time places have been allocated the late applications are considered following the criteria laid out below. This is in accordance with the co-ordinated scheme.

In year applications In year applications for all year groups for the academic years 2010-2011 and 2011-2012 will be administered by the LA in accordance with their published co-ordinated admissions scheme.

The John Henry Newman admitted 60 children to F1 last year.

Offers are made to parents in February 2011, by the LA. Parents have until ( insert when known) to accept the place or return the appeal form.

Full time F1 places are offered for children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007. The governors will in no circumstances consider an application for earlier admission.

Parents may defer acceptance of the place offered to a later date in the academic year. If deferral is requested beyond the academic year a further application will need to be made.

The number of intended admissions is 60, which reflects the net capacity of the school. Where fewer places can be offered to children from multiple births living at a single address, the Local Authority will use random selection to determine whom will be offered a place (this will be administered in accordance with the Las co-ordinated admissions scheme) Vulnerable or hard to place children will be offered a place, following the LA fair access protocol, as soon as possible, even if the school is full, they will be given top priority on the waiting list. Children with statements naming The John Henry Newman School will always be admitted.

In the event of there being a greater demand for admissions than there are places for children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007 the following admission criteria will be applied.

AFNOV2409R250.doc Page 205 AF13

The Admission criteria for The John Henry Newman CE Primary School are as follows: 1. “Looked after” children 2. A child with a normal home address (1) in the catchment area (2) of the school with a sibling (3) already in attendance at the time of admission. 3. A child with a normal home address in the catchment area of the school. 4. A child with a sibling attending the school at the date of admission. 5. Denominational preference for a Church of England school supported by evidence that a parent (4) has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least twice a month for the twelve months prior to the deadline for receipt of applications) at a Christian church that is a member of Churches together in Britain (5) 6. Preference for a Church of England School supported by evidence that a parent has been a regular worshipper (at least twice a month for the twelve months prior to the deadline for receipt of applications) in a major faith community (6) 7. Children with exceptional medical needs supported by written evidence (7) 8. Children with exceptional social needs supported by written evidence (7) 9. Children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information Service. Where the measurement of distance produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all these children a place we will admit by random selection (This will be administered in accordance with the Las co-ordinated admissions scheme)

Proximity of the child’s home to the school, using the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information Service, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria 1-9 should the need arise.

Notes

1. For “normal home address” we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make the application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week. We may ask to see official documentation such as child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons that a child does not live at his or her parent’s address e.g. if he or she is resident with a grandparent. You need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address we may consider you to have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reasons for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given by asking for evidence. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the catchment area of The John Henry Newman School you can ask the school to check and you will get a written response. If you are moving into the area we will ask for evidence of your move before considering an application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area before 1 st September of the year of admission. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease arrangement. 2. The catchment area of the school is described by the LA admissions booklet and can also be seen in the school office. 3. By sibling we mean brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for

AFNOV2409R250.doc Page 206 AF13

whom the school place is sought is living in the same family at the same address as that sibling. 4. By parent we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. If you are in any doubt please contact the school for advice. 5. The Governors will ask the priest or minister to complete a form confirming church commitment. The form is available from the school office. 6. Other major faith communities are: Islam, Hindu, Judaism, Buddhism, Sikhism, Jain and Ba’hai. The governing body asks the faith leader to complete a form confirming faith commitment. The form is available from the school office. 7. The written evidence should be from a registered health professional or a social worker and should set out the particular reasons why The John Henry Newman School is the most suitable school and the difficulties that would be caused if the child had to attend another school. The governing body will assess the written evidence.

There are arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. A second application can be made within the same academic year (1 st September to 31 st August) if there is a major change in circumstances e.g. change of address.

The LA maintain a waiting list for children not admitted to their parent’s choice of school. See details in the LA booklet for admissions to primary schools.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including that on infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

More information is available from: Mrs Jeanette O’Connor (Administrator) The John Henry Newman CE Primary School Grange Road Littlemore Oxford OX4 4LS

AFNOV2409R250.doc Page 207 AF13

Statement of Denominational Commitment for Parents applying to The John Henry Newman CE Primary School for Admission for their child

This form is to be completed by parents (part A) and faith leaders (part B) where applications are being made subject to criteria 6 and 7 in the Admissions Policy

Part A Please print

Full name of parent:

Address of parent:

Full name of child:

Date of birth of child:

Address of child if different from above:

Signed (parent)

Part B To be completed by faith leader of church or major faith community

I can confirm that the above has been a regular worshipper (at least twice a month) for at least one year at:

Name of church or place of worship:

This church or place of worship is part of the Faith

Signed (Religious leader)

Please print name:

Address:

Please return to The Office The John Henry Newman CE Primary School Grange Road Littlemore Oxford OX4 4LS

AFNOV2409R250.doc Page 208

Kidmore End CE (Aided) Primary School

Chalkhouse Green Road, Kidmore End, Reading, Oxfordshire RG4 9AU Headteacher: Mrs J. Maul Tel: (0118) 9723149 Fax: (0118) 9723695 Email: [email protected]

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009 Supplementary Evidence Form Admission Year 2011 – 2012

N.B. This form only needs to be completed where a parent is seeking admission for a child on the grounds that he/she is a regular worshipper (criteria 4, 5 or 6 of the school’s Admissions Policy).

Please ensure that both sections are completed in full before returning to Kidmore End School

To be completed by parent/guardian:

SURNAME: …………………….. FIRST NAMES: ……………………………

DATE OF BIRTH: ……………… BOY/GIRL: ……………….

Please tick as appropriate

Church/place of worship:

St John the Baptist, Kidmore End ……………… Christ the King, Sonning Common ……………. St Margaret’s, Mapledurham …………………..

Other (please write name of place of worship here)………………………………

To be completed by Church Minister or church warden or similar official if there has been an interregnum :-

Name of Minister ………………………………….

I can confirm that the above family have attended my Church once a month for a period of six months. Yes / No

Signed ………………………… Date ………………………….

Tel: ……………………………

AFNOV2409R260.doc Page 209 AF13

Kidmore End CE (Aided) Primary School

Chalkhouse Green Road, Kidmore End, Reading, Oxfordshire RG4 9AU Headteacher: Mrs J. Maul Tel: (0118) 9723149 Fax: (0118) 9723695 Email: [email protected]

Admissions Policy Admission Arrangements for September 2011 – 2012

The governors of a voluntary aided school like Kidmore End are responsible for deciding and publishing an admissions policy setting out all the arrangements for admissions to the school. The Oxford Diocesan Board of Education, Oxfordshire Local Authority (LA) and other relevant admission authorities have been consulted about the content.

The school works closely with the LA to co-ordinate admissions to all aided schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA arrangements including information regarding home to school transport are in the Oxfordshire booklet, which can be obtained from the school. This also explains how parents (see note 1) can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. Applications for entry to Kidmore End School in 2011 must be made on the Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF), and returned to the LA. All dates and processes will conform to the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme published by the LA. This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including that on infant class sizes and equal opportunities. The governors have adopted the Fair Access Protocol for vulnerable children which came into force on 1 September 1997 and such children will be given top priority over other applicants.

At Kidmore End School, pupils are admitted at the beginning of the academic year (1 September) in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude. Entry in September 2011 is therefore open to all children born between 1 September 2006 – 31 August 2007. Children born during the summer term (1 April – 31 August) of 2007 will be offered a half time place for the autumn term in 2011. Any half time place offered can be deferred and the place will be reserved for entry later in the school year, but not the following school year. Parents are asked to contact the Headteacher if they intend to defer entry. The number of intended admissions for the main year of entry commencing September 2011 is 30. This reflects the net capacity of the school, which is 210. Applications for earlier admission will not be considered.

Applications for entry to Kidmore End School outside the normal admissions round (in year applications) must be made on the Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF), and returned to the LA in line with the Admissions Code 2009. The Admission Committee, in consultation with the Headteacher, will consider these applications and admit applicants outside the normal admission round, in accordance to the Governing Body’s published admission policy. Where there are two or more applicants for one place, the decision must be made by the Committee.

AFNOV2409R260.doc Page 210 AF13

102 applications were received for admission in September 2009. 19 places were offered to siblings of children already attending Kidmore End, 9 to those living in the catchment area and 2 to children who attended St John The Baptist Church, Christ the

King in Sonning Common or St Margaret’s in Mapledurham on a regular basis. This reflects the pattern of applications and offers of the previous year.

Applications received after the closing date for CAPFs but before offers are made will be considered “late”. The Governors will require evidence to support the reason for the late application. Otherwise, it will be set aside and considered according to the admissions criteria once all the applications submitted on time have been processed and ranking advised to the LA under the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme, i.e. there may not be places left for a category 1 child. It is not our policy to reconsider applications in the same academic year unless there is a major change in circumstances eg change of address.

Children with a Statement of Special Need naming Kidmore End School will always be admitted. After that, if the number of applications exceeds the number of places available, the remaining places will be allocated strictly in accordance with the criteria set out below, i.e. first to those in category 1, next to category 2 and successively thereafter. If there is insufficient space for all children in any one category to attend, then places will be allocated to those who live nearest to the school, as measured on the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic Information System administered for the L.A.

1. ‘Looked-after’ children (see note 2) whether living in the catchment area or not.

2. Children who have siblings who attend the school at the proposed point of entry of the applicant (see Note 4).

3. Children with a normal address within the agreed catchment area – the civil parishes of Kidmore End and Mapledurham (see note 3). Parents can refer to the map of the catchment area which is held at the school by visiting in person, or ask for confirmation by contacting the School Office by contacting by telephone. Parents may be asked to provide proof of address eg. recent utility bill when they complete their application .

4. Children of Church attending parents worshipping at St John the Baptist in Kidmore End, Christ the King in Sonning Common or St Margaret’s in Mapledurham attending at least once a month. This will need to be supported by evidence to be signed by a Church Minister (see note 5).

5. Children of Church attending parents living in the Chiltern Edge School catchment area, who attend Church at least once a month and who wish their children to receive an education at a Church school (see note 5 and 6).

6. Children of Church attending parent or parents who attend Church at least once a month and who wish their child to receive an education in a Church school. This will need to be supported by evidence (see note 5 and 6).

7. Children with exceptional medical needs supported by written evidence by their medical officer. This evidence must state why Kidmore End School is the most

AFNOV2409R260.doc Page 211 AF13

suitable school and the difficulties that would be caused by having to travel to another school.

8. All other children whose parents express a wish for an education in a Church school (see note 6). If there is insufficient space for all children, then places will be allocated to those who live nearest to the school, as measured on the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic Information System administered by the LA.

The above method of measuring distance from home to school will be used for all other criteria if there are insufficient places available.

Where the application of the oversubscription criteria would result in splitting a multiple birth family (for example where one place remains to be allocated but twins reside at the next nearest address to the school), one of the following rules will apply:

1. During Key Stage 1 (up to and including Year 2) – one child, selected by random draw which will be made in the presence of the Rector or other member of the clergy, will be offered a place. (It is, of course, open to the parents to decline this offer and seek places for all their children at another school).

2. In Key Stage 2 (Years 3 to 6) all multiple birth siblings will be admitted, even if this means exceeding the admission number of 30.

3. In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and they are not twins living at the same address, when there are too few places to offer all these children a place, the place would be offered by random draw which will be made in the presence of the Rector or other member of the clergy.

Note 1: Definition of parent – A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2: by a ‘looked-after’ child, we mean one in Public Care, for whom there is an agreement between a designated officer of the LA that the school will more appropriately meet the child’s needs.

Note 3: by normal address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, this should be stated on the CAPF. If this information is not declared or a relative or friend’s address is used for an application, we may consider that a false declaration and the offer of a place be withdrawn. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming name and address.

AFNOV2409R260.doc Page 212 AF13

Note 4: by sibling we mean brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Note 5: All applicants wishing to apply for a place under categories 3, 4 or 5 (church connection) must also complete and submit the school’s Supplementary Evidence Form which must be signed by a Church Minister. The Governors reserve the right to verify any information given on the Supplementary Evidence Form.

Note 6: Church in this context is a Church affiliated to ‘Churches together in England’ or another Church professing the Trinitarian faith and baptising in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.

Appeals Parents have the right to appeal against refusal of a place and there are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available in the Starting Schools Booklet published by the LA. The LA maintain a continued interest list until 31 July 2011. The order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for oversubscription. No account is taken of the length of time on the waiting list.

For further information regarding open days or appointments with the Headteacher, please contact the School Secretary.

Address: Kidmore End CE (Aided) Primary School Chalkhouse Green Road Kidmore End Reading RG4 9AU Telephone: 0118 9723149 Fax: 0118 9723695 Email: [email protected]

Consultation – 14 Oct 2009

AFNOV2409R260.doc Page 213 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 214 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

KIRTLINGTON CHURCH OF ENGLAND SCHOOL

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012

Admission arrangements to the School Roll & Foundation Unit (School Roll) September 2011

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Education Authority (the LA) is responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA to co-ordinate admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA’s co-ordination arrangements and an application form are available in the Oxfordshire booklet, available from the school. This also explains the timetable for applications (Annexe A), how parents will be informed of the result of their application, and how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. It also gives details of how applications are received after the deadline will be handled, and of how waiting lists will be handled.

In 2009 Kirtlington School received 37 applications of which 15 were successful. There were 0 appeals. 4 admitted for category ii, 10 admitted for category iii and 1 admitted for category iv. There were more applications than in previous years.

At The Kirtlington CE School, pupils are normally admitted at the beginning of the academic year (1 September) in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude. Entry in September 2011 is therefore open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007.

The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 st September 2011 is 15. Parents (see note1) may request that a child’s entry is deferred to later in the school year 2011/2012, where the child is not of compulsory school age (the term after the child’s fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, the school will hold the place for that child, although, in the majority of cases, the school finds that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year, rather than part way through it.

Children with a statement of educational need will always be admitted

In the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are places available, then “looked-after” whether living within the catchment area or not will have number 1 priority.

Once places have been offered to those children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below.

i. A Looked After Child whether living within the catchment area or not

ii. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) in the Ecclesiastical Parish of Kirtlington, including Northbrook and with a sibling (see Note 4) already in attendance at The Kirtlington Church of England School at the time of entry to the school.

AFNOV2409R270.doc Page 215 AF13

iii. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) in the Ecclesiastical Parish of Kirtlington, including Northbrook.

iv. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Kirtlington and with a sibling (see Note 4) already in attendance at The Kirtlington Church of England School at the time of entry to the school

v. A child with a normal home address (see Note 3) outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Kirtlington. In the case of oversubscribing in category iv priority is given to children already attending the Foundation Stage Unit.

vi. Children with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by an independent medical officer or other appropriate person (see Note 5)

vii. Children with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a social worker, Education Welfare Officer or other appropriate person (see Note 5)

viii. Proximity of the child’s home to school, as measured by the shortest walking route (see Note 6) with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority.

Proximity of the child’s home, as measured by the shortest gate to gate using the LA electronic mapping system with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria i to vii should the need arise.

Note 1: by parent, a parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2: by a “looked-after” child, we mean one in Public Care, for whom there is an agreement between a designated officer acting on behalf of the County Council as Corporate Parent and a designated officer of the LA that the school will more appropriately meet the child’s needs.

Note 3: by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s address at the time you make your application for a place. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The

AFNOV2409R270.doc Page 216 Last Updated24/11/2009 AF13

school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address.

Note 4: Our F1’s are taught in a designated unit. If application numbers exceed 15 then the class size prejudice rule will be applied in order to fulfil our legal agreement with the pre-school.

If you are not sure whether or not you live in the Ecclesiastical Parish of Kirtlington you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a written response. The school keeps a copy of a map indicating the parish boundary that is available from the school office. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1st September 2011. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement for at least 6 months.

Note 4: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. In the case of multiple births, the school will offer places by random draw or by parental choice. They cannot be admitted if this breaches class size prejudice legislation.

Note 5: the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. We would require a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker which will be assessed by a panel of governors. The letter should state out why the school is the most suitable one for the child and any difficulties that would be caused if the child had to attend another school.

Note 6: the shortest appropriate route will be measured by the Oxfordshire County Council’s Geographical Information System. The distance measured will be by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families’ Information System (no costs are involved).

Note 7: a place at the Early Years Unit does not automatically secure a place in the school. Each has its own admission policy. Equally a place at Kirtlington Primary School does not secure a place at the Marlborough School in Woodstock.

All other Admissions

Admission to other years at the school or to the School Roll Foundation Stage, once offers of places have been made, depends on whether or not there are places available. All year groups at the school have 15 places, except in exceptional circumstances. Information on the availability of places and application forms can be obtained from the Local Authority who will handle these as determined by the Admissions Code 2009. If there is a vacancy, and there is no child on the relevant waiting lists with a higher priority, a place will be offered. It should be noted that the

AFNOV2409R270.doc Page 217 Last Updated24/11/2009 AF13

only way that a place can be offered once the admission number is reached for any year group, except in exceptional circumstances, is by appealing to an independent panel arranged by the Oxford Diocesan Board of Education.

The Admissions Code 2009 recommends the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties.

All governing bodies are to admit to the school a child with a statement of special education needs that names the school. This is not an oversubscription criterion. Schools must admit such children whether they have places or not.

Children in care must be given the highest priority in the oversubscription criteria as required by Part 3 of the Admission Arrangements Regulations.

Due to the fact that we have a partnership foundation stage unit in the school Kirtlington School would not consider early admissions to the school. We feel that any needs could be met by the pre school and teaching staff within the unit.

Applications are not reconsidered within the same academic year. Should a place become available children on the waiting list will be considered using the same criteria as for admissions.

Kirtlington CE School’s admission policy complies with all relevant legislation including that on F1 class sizes and equal opportunities. Full legislation is set out in the School Admissions Code 2009.

Appeals

Parents have a right of appeal and should provide a written statement to the school stating the grounds for the appeal which will then be passed to Diocesan Church House.

It should be noted that parents have the right to a second application within the same academic year if there is a major change in circumstances, eg change of address.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the school. Contact details are as follows:

Name of contact Mrs F Crook

Address Kirtlington CE School Heyford Road Kirtlington OXON OX5 3HL

Telephone 01869 350210

Email [email protected]

AFNOV2409R270.doc Page 218 Last Updated24/11/2009 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

LITTLE MILTON CE (VA) SCHOOL ADMISSION POLICY for Admissions during 2011/2012

The Governing Body of the school are responsible for admissions and this policy has been published after consultation with the Diocese and Oxfordshire Local Authority.

This Admission Policy is to be used for entry to the Reception Year in 2011-2012, and also for in-year applications during 2011-2012. The admissions number for Little Milton School is 10. Applications for the whole of the academic year beginning September 2011 should be received by XX November 2010. Parents will be informed in writing on X March 2011 whether their child has been offered a place. The dates and process of applications will conform to the co-ordinated admissions scheme, which is common to all schools within the local authority area.

Total First Places Applicants Preference Offered

2007/2008 33 15 15 2008/2009 35 16 16 2009/2010 18 6 6 2010/2011

The date for admission for children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007 will be 1 September 2011.

Parents have a right to defer entry into the Reception Year within the academic year. If you would prefer your child may commence school later in the academic year. Terms commence on XX January 2012 and XX April 2012. Please note it is a legal requirement for children to commence school in the term after their 5 th birthday.

If we cannot offer your child a place in school you have the statutory right of appeal to the Governors. Letters of appeal should be sent, addressed to the Chair of Governors, within 14 days of receipt of the letter of refusal. An independent appeals panel will be set up by the Diocese to hear your appeal.

Admissions Criteria

If the Governors receive more applications than the agreed admissions number they will apply the Admission Criteria in strict order of priority.

Criterion 1 Children in public care, whether living in the catchment area or not, will always be admitted.

Criterion 2: Children living in Little Milton Parish, including looked after children. (A map is available for inspection in the school office. A copy may also be obtained by post on request)

If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given first to children with siblings who attend Little Milton School at the time of entry, and second

AFNOV2409R280.doc Page 219 AF13

to children who live the shortest designated public as defined on the Local Authority’s Geographic Information System.

Criterion 3. Children with siblings who attend Little Milton School at the time of entry.

Criterion 4: Children of parents requesting a Church of England School who attend a Church of England Church on at least a monthly basis, and have done so for at least 12 months prior to the deadline for receipt of applications.

Criterion 5: Children who regularly attend the Orchard Pre School. Eg attend a minimum of three sessions per week.

Criterion 6: Children whose parents are members of another Christian Church and request a church school, and who attend church on at least a monthly basis, and have done so for at least 12 months prior to the deadline for receipt of applications.

Criterion 7: Children who live outside Little Milton Parish

Please note it is essential for a Supplementary Information Form to be completed in order for an application to be considered under criteria 4 or 6. Governors cannot admit under these criteria without the supporting evidence. The form is available from the school and must be completed and returned with the CAPF form.

If there are more applicants than places in categories 2 – 6, priority will be given to children who live the shortest distance from the school, by the nearest designated public route, as defined on the Director for Children, Young People and Families Information System.

Exceptions

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs naming Little Milton School will always be admitted. , Children with other special needs will be considered under the same criteria as all other children. The school has wheelchair access.

It is our policy not to reconsider applications within the same academic year, unless there are exceptional circumstances.

All applications will be treated equally, irrespective of need or ability. Children of multiple births whose births fall either side of the admission number, and who meet the admissions criteria, would all be offered places at Little Milton School.

Treatment of late applications

Under normal circumstances, any applications that are received after the deadline will not be considered until all the previous applications have been dealt with. There may be exceptional circumstances whereby a late application will be considered

Page 220 AF13

alongside applications made by the deadline date. These exceptions would include a family moving from overseas into the area.

The Governors of Little Milton School subscribe to the local authority in-year fair access protocol. Children to whom the protocol applies will be given top priority on the waiting list

Applications made at other times during the academic year are administered by the Local Authority and decisions will be made at an extraordinary meeting of the Governor’s Admissions Sub-Committee.

Waiting Lists

Any waiting lists will be maintained in order of over subscription, not date of receipt of application.

The governors will not consider applications for early admission earlier that the academic year in which the child reaches the age of 5

Definitions

A Parent – A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to “parents attendance at church” it is sufficient for just one parent to attend.

Sibling – Refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister; adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling..

Home address – the permanent address of the child at the time you make your application

Further information can be obtained from Mrs Eve Hunter, Headteacher at Little Milton School, Stadhampton Road, Little Milton, Oxfordshire, OX44 7QE Telephone 01844 279310

Home to School Transport

Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet “Starting School” in September 2010.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

Page 221 AF13

Application to attend Little Milton C of E (a) Primary School

Supplementary Information

NB. This form is only required where a parent is seeking admission for a child on the grounds that he/she is a regular worshiper (Criterion 4 or 6 of the school’s admission arrangements). After completion by the priest or minister, it should be returned with the Common Admissions Preference Form to either Little Milton School, or the Admissions Department of Oxfordshire County Council.

Name of child ……………………………………………………………….

Name of parent/guardian…………………………………………………..

Church attended ……………………………………………………………

How frequently has the parent or guardian been attending weekday meetings or Sunday services at the church over the past year (eg weekly, monthly, quarterly)?

Signed ……………………………………………..

Position*…………………………………………….

Date ...………………………………………………

* for example Vicar, Rector, Minister etc.

Page 222 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Northbourne C.E. (A) Primary School

Admissions Policy

This policy applies to the academic year 2011/2012.

Parents who wish for a place at Northbourne School for their child are asked to complete the common Local Authority application form and the Northbourne School Supplementary Form.

Northbourne C of E (A) School is a church school which takes children from the whole of Didcot.

Children with statement of education need naming the school will always be admitted.

Vulnerable children - Northbourne conforms to the Oxfordshire in-year fair access protocol and such children will be offered a place.

Over subscription criteria

1. Looked After Children

2. Children who have a sibling attending Northbourne School at the time of this child’s entry to school.

3. Children where at least one parent is a regular worshipper at a church which is a member of Churches Together in Britain and Ireland.

4. Children who live in the designated area of the whole of Didcot.

The admission number for each year group is 45.

A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and siblings.

The home address is the child’s only or main weekday residence at the date of application to the school.

Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

In the case of twins or multiple births, places will be prioritised by random allocation. This will be in the form a transparent process consisting of ‘drawing lots’, and will be

AFNOV2409R290.doc Page 223 AF13

administered by a representative from the Local Authority. A different round of random allocation will take place for those on the waiting list.

A map of the designated area is available for inspection at the school office.

* Places will be allocated in order of the over-subscription criteria, i.e., first to children in category 1, then 2 and so on.

* Parents applying under category 2 will be required to provide evidence of regular attendance at their place of worship, i.e., at least once per month for a period of at least six months. If applying under category 2 please have the enclosed form completed by your priest/minister or other accredited leader.

In any category, if the number of applicants within the category exceeds the number of places remaining, the priority will be given to those children who live nearest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographical Information System.

Information regarding Home to School transport can be found in the booklet entitled Starting School in September 2011.

Offers of places will be made in writing by the Local Authority. The dates and process are subject to the co-ordinated admission scheme.

Late applications received before places are allocated will be considered only after the applications received by the deadline. They will be considered against the oversubscription criteria, not in the order in which they were received. All applications will be treated equally irrespective of need or ability. Pupils with disabilities are treated no less favourably than any other pupil in line with our Equal Opportunities Policy.

Applications received outside the normal admissions round will be considered against the over-subscription criteria in the order in which they are received. These applications will be administered by the Local Authority on behalf of the governing body in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme. This will be the case in both 2010-11 and 2011-12.

Children can be admitted to Northbourne School from the September following their 4th birthday. Entry in 2011/2012 is open to all children born between 1st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007. The governors will not consider applications for earlier admission.

Children are not required by law to begin full time education until the term after their fifth birthday. Parents may defer entry to the Foundation 1 year to the term after the child reaches their fifth birthday. Parents should be aware that if entry is deferred to Year 1 they must re-apply for admission in the following academic year.

Parents have the right to be considered again within the same academic year if there is a major change in circumstances.

AFNOV2409R290.doc Page 224 AF13

Parents have a statutory right of appeal against a decision refusing admission. The appeal should be made in writing to the chair of governors of the school within 21 days of the receipt of the letter of refusal.

A waiting list will be maintained in order of over-subscription not date of receipt of application for parents who request this.

This admissions policy complies with all relevant legislation, including on infant class sizes as well as with equal opportunities requirements.

Please contact Mrs Helen Kent (Clerk to the Governors) in the Office of Northbourne School for further information in Northbourne C.E. (A) Primary School, Cockcroft Road, Didcot, Oxon. OX118LJ. Tel:01235 817744 or email [email protected]

AFNOV2409R290.doc Page 225 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 226 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

OUR LADY OF LOURDES CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL, WITNEY

Admissions Policy for the school year 2011-12

Our Lady of Lourdes School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its Governing Body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government; and it seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ.

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire Local Authority co-ordinated scheme.

The Admissions Policy of the Governors of Our Lady of Lourdes School is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 30 . This reflects the net capacity of the school; and is the maximum number of children turning five years of age between 1st September of any calendar year and 31st August of the following calendar year who can be admitted during the school year beginning on that 1st September.

If the number of applications exceeds the admission number, the Governors will consider applications according to the following order of priority (but see Note 1 on Page 2 below) :

1. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 on Page 2 below) who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989)

2. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 on Page 2 below ) living within the Parishes of Our Lady and St Hugh in Witney and St Peter in Eynsham who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 on Page 2 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parishes of Our Lady and St Hugh in Witney and St Peter in Eynsham

4. Baptised Catholic children living outside the Parishes of Our Lady and St Hugh in Witney and St Peter in Eynsham who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Baptised Catholic children living outside the Parishes of Our Lady and St Hugh in Witney and St Peter in Eynsham

6. Non-Catholic children who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989)

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children.

OVER-SUBSCRIPTION If there is over-subscription within a category, the Governors will give priority to children whose home is closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined by the Geographic Information System of the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families. (See Note 4 on Page 2 below.)

When because of over-subscription within a category, the Governors cannot offer places for every one of a group of children from a multiple birth (such as twins or triplets) for whom an application for a place at the school has been made and whose home is at the same address, then the Governors will determine by lot the child or children from that group for whom they will offer a place.

When there is over-subscription within a category, and the homes of two or more children within that category for whom an application for a place at the school has been made (other than children who are AFNOV2409R300.doc Page 227 AF13

a group of children from a multiple birth and whose home is at the same address) are at exactly the same distance from the school as defined by the Geographic Information System mentioned above, then the Governors will determine by lot the child or children living at those equidistant homes for whom they will offer a place.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names Our Lady of Lourdes School must be admitted to the school. This will reduce the number of places available for other applicants.

Note 2 Evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For the definition of a “baptised Catholic”, see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest.

Note 3 The definition of a brother or sister is:

• A brother or sister sharing the same parents; or • A half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent; or • A step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parent’s marriage; or • A child adopted by the same parent(s), or fostered by the same parent(s).

Note 4 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main residence. Documentary evidence may be required.

AGE OF CHILDREN AT ENTRY TO SCHOOL Children must, by law, start school no later than the beginning of the term after their fifth birthday. A parent may defer a child’s entry to the school up to that time. Parents may discuss this with the Head Teacher.

APPEALS Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governors to refuse their child a place in the school may do so by writing to the Chairman of Governors, who will ensure that the independent process for such appeals is put into effect.

REPEAT APPLICATIONS Unless there are significant and material changes in the circumstances of any parents’ application for their child or in the circumstances of the school, the Governors will not consider a repeat application in the same academic year.

LATE APPLICATIONS Applications received after the closing date will be considered by the Governors alongside those received by the closing date under the following circumstances :

• The family were unable to complete an application form before the closing date because they moved into the school’s parish area after the issue of application forms OR • The family were unable to comply with the admissions timetable because of exceptional circumstances which prevented the application arriving on time – the circumstances must be given in writing and attached to the application form.

These and other late applications will be co-ordinated through the scheme operated by the Oxfordshire Local Authority; and that Local Authority can provide further information about the working of that co-ordinated scheme.

APPLICATIONS FOR ENTRY TO SCHOOL DURING A SCHOOL YEAR Such “in-year applications” made for children at all stages of primary education will be considered by the Governors, in co-ordination with the Oxfordshire Local Authority, according to the order of

AFNOV2409R300.doc Page 228 AF13

priority set out in this Admissions Policy, and according to the number of places available in the relevant year-group(s). In exceptional circumstances, one additional place in each year group may be made available for a “vulnerable child”. The Governors’ practice document called “Protocol for the In-Year Admission of Vulnerable Children” sets out those circumstances.

AFNOV2409R300.doc Page 229 AF13

APPENDIX I

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

To establish clarity, consistency and fairness in the application of Criteria for Admissions to Catholic Schools in accordance with the Trust Deed of the Archdiocese of Birmingham, it is necessary to define the description of a “Baptised Catholic” for the benefit of parents who are making applications and for Governors who formulate and apply the criteria for admissions.

A “Baptised Catholic” is one who:

• Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837 ) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome (e.g. the Latin Rite, the Byzantine Rite, the Coptic Rite, the Syriac Rites, etc. — cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 1203 ). Written evidence* of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place. (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878 ).

• Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rite of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

*WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

The Governing Bodies of Catholic schools will require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the child’s full name, the date of birth, the date of the child’s baptism or reception, and the name(s) of the parent or parents. The certificate must also show that it is a true copy of the records kept by the parish or other place of baptism or reception.

A child of parents who would have difficulty for a good reason in obtaining written evidence of that child’s baptism may still be considered as a baptised Catholic, but only after the parents have been referred to their parish priest, who, after consulting the Vicar General, will decide how the questions about that baptism are to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.

Those who would be considered to have good reason for not obtaining written evidence would include those who cannot contact the place of baptism due to persecution or fear or the destruction of the church and its original records, and those whose child’s baptism was administered validly but not in the parish church where records are kept.

Governors may request extra supporting evidence when the written documents that are produced do not make it sufficiently clear that a person was baptised or received into the Catholic Church (for example, when the name and address of the church where the baptism took place is not on the certificate of baptism, or when it is not clear from the name of that church whether it is a Catholic church or not.)

AFNOV2409R300.doc Page 230 AF13

APPENDIX II

Description of the external boundary of the contiguous Catholic parishes of Witney and Eynsham, with an outline map

Witney parish, starting in the north-west at Farfield Corner (Leafield):

(1) South along the lane skirting the telegraph station to the Fordwells Road; (2) South along the Fordwells and Asthall Leigh Road to the Swinbrook Road in Asthall Leigh (but including all of Fordwells and Asthall Leigh and the road between them); (3) West along the Swinbrook Road to the Brize Norton Road at Worsham Turn; (4) South along the Brize Norton Road across the River Windrush and the A40 Road to the pylon line about ¾ mile north of Brize Norton; (5) South-east along the pylon line to the Curbridge/Lew Road; (6) South-east along the Lew Road (A4095) to the Yelford Road; (7) South-east along the Yelford Road to the pylon line 300 yards west of Yelford; (8) South along the pylon line to the Diocesan Boundary (the River Thames) at Langley’s Weir; (9) East along the Diocesan Boundary (the River Thames) to the Standlake Road at Newbridge;

Eynsham parish, starting at Newbridge (the Standlake Road) over the River Thames:

(1) East and north-east (downstream) along the Diocesan Boundary (the River Thames) to the branch of the river above King’s Weir at Pixey Mead; (2) North and east along the branch of the river above King’s Weir to the Oxford Canal at Duke’s Lock House; (3) North along the Oxford Canal to the formation of the abandoned railway link between Hanborough (Oxford-Worcester line) and Islip (Oxford-Bicester line); (4) West along that abandoned railway link to join the Oxford-Worcester railway line , and thence north-westwards along the railway line to Whitehill Bridge; (5) South from Whitehill Bridge along the lane skirting the west boundary of the site of the North Leigh Roman villa , to Upper Riding Farm on the East End/Wilcote Road;

Witney parish, starting at the gate of Upper Riding Farm on the East End/Wilcote Road:

(10) North-west along the East End/Wilcote Road to join the Finstock/Leafield Road at Finstock; (11) North-west along the Finstock/Leafield Road , and crossing the Witney/Charlbury Road (B4022) at the south-east corner of Cornbury Park, and thence to Farfield Corner , but including all of the village of Leafield.

Notes for the interpretation of boundaries

(i) A house or institution belongs to the parish holding the road or side of the road into which opens its principal entrance.

(ii) A cul-de-sac, crescent, etc., having official opening(s) only onto one road belongs to the parish holding the road or side of the road having such official openings, unless the contrary be expressly stated.

(iii) The boundary always follows the middle of roads, lanes, footpaths, rivers, etc., unless stated otherwise.

An outline map of the external boundary of the two contiguous parishes of Witney and Eynsham can be found by using the following link to the Google Maps web-site:

http://maps.google.co.uk/maps/ms?ie=UTF8&hl=en&msa=0&msid=1174003123003772 99647.00045e949fb441be54a7d&z=12

Our Lady of Lourdes School, Witney, Oxfordshire Admissions policy for the school year 2011-12 12 th November 2009

AFNOV2409R300.doc Page 231 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 232 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Our Lady’s Catholic Primary School, Cowley, Oxford Admissions Policy 2011 - 2012

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of Our Lady’s Catholic Primary School is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2010 is 45.

If the number of applications exceeds the admission number, the governors will give priority to applications in accordance with the criteria listed, provided that the governors are made aware of that application before decisions on admissions are made (see Note 1 below). A map of the parish boundary is available to view at the school and parish or by post on request.

2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of Our Lady, Help of Christians who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of Our Lady, Help of Christians

4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

AFNOV2409R310.doc Page 233 AF13

OVER-SUBSCRIPTION If there is over-subscription within the category, the Governors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

In those cases where the measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all those applicants a place, the governing body will randomly select the child to be offered the final place: § The measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical result § The applicants are not twins living at the same address § There are insufficient places to enable the Local Authority to offer places to all the affected applicants.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as a Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest.

Parents making an application for a Catholic child should also complete the school’s supplementary information form (SIF). Failure to complete the SIF may affect the criterion the child’s name is placed in.

Note 3 The definition of a brother or sister is: • A brother or sister sharing the same parents; • Half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent; • Step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parent’s marriage; • Adopted or fostered children.

The children must be living permanently in the same household.

AFNOV2409R310.doc Page 234 AF13

Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place

SCHOOL ENTRY Children must, by law, start school by the beginning of the term after their fifth birthday. A parent may defer a child’s entry to the school, but not beyond the academic year for which the application is accepted. Parents may discuss this with the headteacher.

NURSERY Parents must apply on the LA form for a place in Reception Class. Attendance at a nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered in main school.

APPEALS Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governors to refuse their child a place in the school may apply in writing to Chair of Governors. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel.

REPEAT APPLICATIONS Unless there are significant and material changes in the circumstances of a parent’s application for their child or the school, the governors will not consider a repeat application in the same academic year.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

WAITING LISTS Waiting lists for admission will remain open until the end of the Autumn Term and will then be discarded. Parents may apply for their child’s name to be reinstated. The waiting list will be kept in admission criteria order.

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO RECEPTION CLASS As part of the co-ordinated scheme parents/carers are required to complete a CAPF form available on-line www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or by telephoning the admissions team on 01865 815175. The Local Authority will need to consult with the governors.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

AFNOV2409R310.doc Page 235 AF13

APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

A “Baptised Catholic” is one who: • Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837 ) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome (i.e. Latin Rite, Byzantine Rite, Coptic, Syriac, etc, Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 1203 ). Written evidence* of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878 ). Or • Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Right of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

The Governing bodies of Catholic schools will require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the full name, date of birth, date of baptism or reception, and parent(s) name(s). The certificate must also show that it is copied from the records kept by the place of baptism or reception.

Those who would have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism for a good reason, may still be considered as baptised Catholics but only after they have been referred to their parish priest who, after consulting the Vicar General, will decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.

Those who would be considered to have good reason for not obtaining written evidence would include those who cannot contact the place of baptism due to persecution or fear, the destruction of the church and the original records, or where baptism was administered validly but not in the Parish church where records are kept.

Governors may request extra supporting evidence when the written documents that are produced do not clarify the fact that a person was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, (i.e. where the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church or not.)

AFNOV2409R310.doc Page 236 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

SHELLINGFORD CHURCH OF ENGLAND (AIDED) PRIMARY SCHOOL Draft ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011 – AUGUST 2012

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Authority (the LA), is responsible for decidin g on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA and the Oxford Diocese to co-ordinate admissions. Details of the LA school admissions arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet, available from the school. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. Applications for entry to Shellingford CE School in September 2010 must be on the Common Admissions Preference Form found at the end of the Oxfordshire Admissions booklet and received by the school by the date shown in the LA admissions book. Parents may also apply online direct to Oxfordshire County Council. The timescale and application process will conform to the agreed co-ordinated admission scheme as published by the LA. Parents must therefore submit their application for entry in September 2010 by ( date not yet known ). The school governors then meet in January 2011 to consider all applications and inform the LA, who then informs parents of their decision. This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including that regarding infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

At Shellingford C.E. School, pupils are admitted in the September of the academic year in which they reach their 5 th birthday, without reference to ability or aptitude. Pupils may be admitted part time initially, after consultation with the Head Teacher. Entry in September 2010 is therefore open to all children born between 1 September 2005 and 31 August 2006. (Applications for earlier admission to school are not considered) The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 September 2010 is 9. This number is set by the Governing Body after taking the net capacity of the school, set by the LA, into account. Parents may request that a child’s entry is deferred to later in the school year 2010/2011, where the child is not of compulsory school age. (i.e. the term after the child’s fifth birthday) Under such circumstances, the school will hold that place for that child, although, in the majority of cases, the school finds that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year, rather than starting part way through it.

In all other cases, pupils will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group.

A child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs naming Shellingford CE School will always be admitted.

The following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

1. “Looked-after children” whether or not they live in the catchment area (the Ecclesiastical Parish of St Faith’s, Shellingford).

2. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the Ecclesiastical Parish of St Faith’s Shellingford and with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at Shellingford Church of England School at the time of entry to the school. (A map is available from the School

AFNOV2409R320.doc

Page 237 AF13

Office –copies of which can be posted on request) In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories, exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

3. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the Ecclesiastical Parish of St Faith’s, Shellingford. In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories, exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority (see category 10)

4. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of St Faith’s and with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at Shellingford Church of England School at the time of entry to the school. In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

5. A child whose parent /parents have a denominational preference for a Church of England School, supported by evidence that parent has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least once a month) at St Faith’s, Shellingford (see note 4). In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

6. A child whose parent / parents have a denominational preference for a Church of England School, supported by evidence that parent has been for the last year a regular worshipper (at least once a month) at another Christian Church which is a member of the Churches Together in Britain. In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories, exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

7. A child whose parent /parents wish them to have an education in a school with a Christian ethos. (see also note 4) In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories, exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

8. A child with exceptional medical needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by an independent medical officer or other appropriate person (see also note 5). In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

AFNOV2409R320.doc

Page 238 AF13

9. A child with exceptional social needs, supported by written evidence, normally given by a social worker, Educational Welfare Officer or other appropriate person (see also note 5). In the event of the number of children in this and previous categories, exceeding the total number of available places (9), the distance from the child’s home to school will be the differentiating factor with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. (see category 10)

10. Any other child, where the proximity of the child’s home to the school will be considered, as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined by using the County Council geographic information system, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. This will also serve to differentiate as a tie - break between pupils in all categories – should this be necessary. ** In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of the distance tie break produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and they are not twins living at the same address and there are too few places to offer all these children places, then the Governing Body will allocate the place by alphabetical order of surnames.

Explanatory Notes; Note 1 : by parent we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. If you are in any doubt, please contact the school for advice. Note 2 : by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1 September 2010. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or formal lease agreement. Note 3: by sibling we mean a brother or sister. This means a full or half brother or sister, or any other child (including an adopted child) who permanently resides at the same address and for whom the parent also has parental responsibility. In the case of multiple births (twins, triplets etc), where there is only one place available, and the next child on the list is a twin, triplet etc, governors will offer only one child a place – the offered place to be determined by the parent. Note 4: the Governing Body asks the priest or minister to complete a form confirming church commitment. It is sufficient for just one parent (as defined in Note 1 ) to attend. See Supplementary Information Form for completion. Note 5: the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. Reasons must be clearly stated as to why Shellingford School is more suitable than others and of any difficulties, which would be incurred by having to travel to another school.

Home to School Transport Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet entitled Starting School in September 2010 (11) .

AFNOV2409R320.doc

Page 239 AF13

Appeals There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission, details of which are available from the school. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the school does not consider any further application in the same school year (1 September - 31 August) unless there has been a material change of circumstances ( e.g. a change of address) Continued Interest Lists are dealt with by the Scheme of Co-ordination as set out by the LA.

Late applications Late applications will be considered only after all initial offers have been made and standard admissions criteria will apply.

Applications during the school year (In-year admissions) Application for admission during the school year may be made via the Common Admissions Preference Form for In-Year Admissions . The Governing Body will consider these applications in the same way using the school’s published admission criteria. Parents will normally be informed of the governors’ decision within 2 weeks of the application. Where the school is full, the Governors have adopted the LA Fair Access Protocol which offers parents the opportunity to have their child’s name on the Continued Interest List for the school, thus ensuring that they will be offered a place if and when that becomes available.

For Information – In the previous academic year, (September 2010) the governors admitted -- children.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the School Administrator at the school. Contact details are as follows:

Address The School Administrator Shellingford Church of England (Voluntary Aided) School Shellingford Nr Faringdon Oxon SN7 7QA Telephone 01367 710301 Fax 01367 718164 Email [email protected]

Supplementary form below.

AFNOV2409R320.doc

Page 240 AF13

CONFIDENTIAL Supplementary Information Form – Shellingford School

To be completed by Parent/Guardian in respect of Admissions Criteria 5 and 6

Name of Child ------

Name of Parent/Guardian ------

Church attended ------

How long have you been associated with this church?

------

Signed:

Date:

To be completed by Priest / Minister and returned to Shellingford School

How long has the parent/guardian been known to you? ------

Does he/she attend Church regularly? (e.g. once a month or more for the last year)

------

Signed: Position:

Date: Church:

AFNOV2409R320.doc

Page 241 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 242 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

SS Mary & John CE Primary School

ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2011–AUGUST 2012

Entry to Foundation 1

Foundation 1 (F1) for SS Mary & John CE Primary School is sited in Comper Foundation Stage School, which works in partnership with SS Mary & John.

The governors of SS Mary & John are responsible for admissions to F1, in consultation with the Local Authority (LA) and the Diocese.

The school conforms to all the dates and procedures given in the LA admissions booklet Starting School . To apply for a child to be admitted to F1, parents (see note 1) must complete the Common Admissions Preference Form, CAPF (Primary) , naming SS Mary & John as one of their three preferred schools. The form is available from the LA, on paper and also via the Oxfordshire County Council website ( www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions ). All applications will be given equal consideration, regardless of whether the school is listed as first, second or third preference. Parents do not need to provide any information other than that requested on the CAPF form, or fill in any supplementary form.

There are 60 places in F1, reflecting the net capacity of the school. Children are admitted without reference to ability, aptitude or religious affiliation.

Children will be admitted at the beginning of the academic year (1 September) in which they reach their fifth birthday. Entry in September 2011 is therefore open to children born between 1 September 2006 and 31 August 2007. Governors will not consider requests for early admission to school.

Entry to F1 will be for a full-time place from the beginning of the academic year, though parents may request a half-time place until the term after their child’s fifth birthday, when she/he is of statutory school age and full-time attendance becomes compulsory. Governors do not otherwise support requests for part- time attendance.

Late applications will only be considered after all those received by the deadline specified on the CAPF form.

Criteria for admission in the case of over-subscription Children with a Statement of Special Educational Need naming the school will always be offered a place. If there are more applications for F1 than places available, children who are “looked-after” regardless of where they live, will take first priority and then children with disabilities (see note 2) who do not have a Statement of Special Educational Need but who need to be admitted to an accessible school. Once places have been offered to these children, the remaining places will be offered in the following order of priority: 1. Children whose normal home address (see note 3) is in the school’s catchment area (see note 4) and who have a sibling (see note 5) attending the school at the time of entry. 2. Children whose normal home address is outside the catchment area and who have a sibling attending the school at the time of entry. 3. Children whose normal home address is in the catchment area. 4. Children whose normal home address is outside the catchment area.

In the event of there being more children in any of these categories than there are places available, places will be offered to those living closest to the school using the nearest designated public route (see note 6).

AFNOV2409R330.doc Page 243 AF13

In cases of children from multiple births living at the same address, if fewer places can be offered at the school than there are children applying from that address, the governors are required by legislation to use random allocation (see note 7 ) to determine who will be offered a place.

There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission, details of which are available from the school.

The school maintains a “continuing interest” list for children who have not been admitted. In the event of places becoming available for children on this list, priority will be determined using the same criteria as initially applied (see above). No account will be taken of the length of time a name has been on the list.

Entry to Years 1 to 6 (In-Year Admissions)

Admissions for places in Years 1 to 6 (when a family has moved to the area, for example, or wish for a child to transfer from another school) are often referred to as “in-year” admissions.

The LA coordinates in-year admissions but the governors of SS Mary & John continue to be the admission authority. To apply, parents must complete the Common Admissions Preference Form for in-year admissions, CAPF (Primary In-Year Admissions) . This is available from the LA, on paper or via the website ( www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions ). Places will be offered by the school or through the agency of the LA, acting as clearing house, with approval by and on behalf of the governors.

SS Mary & John has places for up to 60 children in each year group, reflecting the net capacity of the school. Children will be admitted provided there are spaces available in the relevant year group. In the case of over-subscription, the governors will apply the same criteria as for admission to F1.

In accordance with the Schools Admissions Code 2008, which recommends strategies to allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties, one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are: • “Looked-after” children whom the authorities agree should attend the school. • Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion. • Traveller children. • Child refugees/asylum-seekers.

Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1.

Home to School Transport

Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the LA admissions booklet Starting School , sent out in September 2008.

Contacting the School

Contact: Mrs P. Murray, Headteacher, SS Mary & John CE Primary School, Hertford Street, Oxford OX4 3AJ. Tel. 01865 248865. Website www.ssmj.oxon.sch.uk .

Visits are welcome. Please ring the school office to arrange an appointment.

The school’s admissions policies comply with all relevant legislation, including that on infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

AFNOV2409R330.doc Page 244 AF13

Notes

Note 1. Here “parent” means either of the child’s natural parents; or any person who, although not one of the natural parents, has parental responsibility for the child; or any person who, although not one of the natural parents, has care of the child. If you are in any doubt, please contact the school for advice.

Note 2. The definition of disability used will be that of the Disability Discrimination Act, as amended.

Note 3. Here “normal home address” means a permanent address, where the child spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). If the child does not live at the home address given on the CAPF form, this must be declared and reasons given. (Childcare arrangements will not be considered to be sufficient reason.) The school reserves the right to check the validity of the home address given.

Note 4. A list of the streets (and, in some cases, parts of streets) included within the catchment area for SS Mary & John is contained in the LA admissions booklet Starting School , sent out in September 2009. Maps showing the catchment area are also available in the school offices at Hertford Street and Meadow Lane. If you are not yet resident in the catchment area but are intending to move, please be aware that before the governors will consider an application for a place at the school they will need evidence that the child will be resident in the area on 1 September 2011.

Note 5. Here “sibling” means a brother or sister of whole or half blood, or any other child (including an adopted child) who permanently resides at the same address as the child and for whom the same adult has parental responsibility.

Note 6. The “nearest designated public route” used will be as defined by the Geographic Information System of the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families. The measurement will be taken to the school site (Hertford Street or Meadow Lane) nearest to the child’s home address. In the unlikely event that the measurement of distance produces an identical measurement for two or more children and there are too few places available for both/all those children to be admitted, random allocation will be used to determine who will be offered a place. In cases of children from multiple births living at the same address, however, this does not apply, and the governors are required by legislation to use random allocation (see note 7) to determine who will be offered a place.

Note 7. If it is necessary to use random allocation, names will be drawn out of a hat by an independent party, usually the Admission’s Officer from Oxfordshire Local Authority.

AFNOV2409R330.doc Page 245 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 246 DRAFT

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Saint Philip and Saint James’ Church of England Aided Primary School

Admissions Policy

For

The Academic Year of September 2011- August 2012

The governors are responsible for admissions in consultation with the LA and the Diocese.

The Oxfordshire LA booklet ‘Starting School, September 2011’ explains how parents can express a preference for a school.

Planning restrictions limit the total number of pupils to 420. There are 60 places in Foundation Stage 1 (F1).

Pupils are admitted without reference to ability or aptitude.

Foundation Stage

Applications for F1 (see note 1) should be submitted to the school on the LA’s Common Application Form. The school requests that you fill out the school’s own supplementary information leaflet as well.

At all stages of the admissions procedure for F1 (see note 1), the Governors will follow the timetable set out in the LA’s booklet.

At each stage, the Governors will decide the allocation of places for F1 using the admissions criteria (see below). Offers will be made by the LA on behalf of the Governors.

Note 1: The Foundation year 1 (F1) (1 st September – 31 st August) is that in which a child becomes five.

Until a child is of compulsory school age (i.e. the term after the child’s 5th birthday), parents may ask for entry to be deferred until later in the same school year and a place will be held for their child. Entry may be deferred until term 3 or term 5, but not beyond term 3 for a child who becomes 5 on or before 31 December, or term 5 for a child who becomes 5 on or before 31 March. However, the school finds that most children benefit from starting school in September. If parents wish to defer entry to the following school year, it is necessary to make a separate application for entry in that year.

Early admission to the foundation stage (i.e. in a year where the child will not yet attain the age of 5) will not be considered.

AFNOV2409R340.doc Page 247 AF13

Years 1-6 Applications for all other Year Groups will be in accordance with the Local Authority co-ordinated admission scheme.

Late applications will be considered as soon as possible after receipt together with those not offered places in March.

The School Defines :

• its neighbourhood as the area bounded:

on the East southwards from the point where the River Cherwell dissects the Marston Ferry Road go west in a line immediately north of Wolfson College, west along Linton Road, south on Chadlington Road, west on Bardwell Road and south on Banbury Road ending at Bevington Road

on the South by Bevington Road westwards from Banbury Road, north on Woodstock Road, west on Leckford Road, south on Kingston road and west on Walton Well Road ending at the canal

on the West by the canal northwards from Walton Well Road, west in a line drawn immediately north of Merrivale Square (This excludes the residences with an address of Merrivale Square.), and north along the railway ending at the north of the new housing (Waterways)

on the North by a line going eastwards immediately north of the new housing (Waterways), south along the canal, east along Elizabeth Jennings Way until adjacent to the lake, south of the lake to the point of intersection between Bainton Road and Woodstock Road, north on Woodstock Road, east on Beechcroft Road (which includes residences on both sides of the road), south on Banbury Road and east on Marston Ferry Road ending at the River Cherwell.

Please note: 1. The boundary along all roads is in the middle of the road unless otherwise stated 2. Younger siblings of pupils living in the neighbourhood as defined in the Admissions Policy for the academic year 2006/2007, with an older sibling attending SS Philip & James' by the end of the academic year 2006–2007, will be treated as living in the neighbourhood 3. A map outlining our neighbourhood is available for viewing in the school office

• the northern part of the City as those parts of Summertown, St. Margaret’s and Wolvercote wards of Oxford City not in the neighbourhood • a parent/carer as any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child who lives in their home during the school week

AFNOV2409R340.doc Page 248 AF13

• a sibling as a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parents/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. • in the school as in the school when the application is considered and on the date of entry • a child wanting a ‘Church place’ means a child of a family of any Christian denomination whose application is supported by a reference from a priest or Christian minister confirming a current Christian commitment and affiliation of the church. A baptismal certificate is not sufficient. • living as living during the school week. We reserve the right to check that the child lives at the stated address on the application form. Proof of residence will be requested.

Admissions Criteria

Places will be offered according to the following order of priority. We will follow the LA’s Fair Access protocol ensuring that these children are offered a place as soon as possible and always admitting those children with a statement of Special Need naming SS Philip and James’ even if the school is full.

1. ‘Looked-after’ children regardless of where they live 2. Children with disabilities who need to be admitted to an accessible school 3. Children living in the neighbourhood with a sibling in the school and wanting a ‘Church place’ 4. Children living in the neighbourhood with a sibling in the school 5. Children living in the neighbourhood and wanting a ‘Church place’ 6. Other children living in the neighbourhood 7. Children living in the northern part of the city with a sibling in the school and wanting a ‘Church place’ 8. Children living in the northern part of the city with a sibling in the school 9. Children living in the northern part of the city and wanting a ‘Church place’ 10. Other children living in the northern part of the City or the United Benefice of St. Giles and SS Philip and James with St. Margaret’s or the remainder of St Andrew’s Parish 11. Other children with a sibling in the school 12. Any other children wanting a ‘Church place’ 13. Any other children

The Governors would like to offer places to both twins and each child of multiple births, but, when fewer places are available, following the Code of Practice parents will be asked to choose which child should take up the offered place.

If there is not room for all children in any one category, places will be offered to children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families’ Geographic Information System.

In line with the LA guidance, if ties of distance occur, other than with multiple births, lots will be drawn.

AFNOV2409R340.doc Page 249 AF13

In the event that the school is oversubscribed the school will maintain a waiting list. Children will be ranked in the same order as the Admissions Criteria therefore the information on the list will be independent of the date of application.

Further Information Any parent whose application for a place is refused by the Governors may appeal against this decision by writing to the Chair of Governors at the school’s address. The Chair will then ask the Diocese to arrange for an appeal to be heard by an independent panel.

Unless there are significant and material changes in the circumstances of a parent’s application for their child or the school, the Governors will not consider a repeat application in the same academic year. SS Philip and James’ subscribes to a School Travel Plan which promotes safe ways to travel to school and discourages vehicular access to our site. Details of the School Travel Plan can be viewed at the school or on the school website.

Historical Information Academic Year 2008 (to be updated) Number of places available 60 Number of on time applications received 145 Number of places offered under each admissions criterion Children with a statement of special needs naming SS Philip and 0 James’ Looked after children 1 Other vulnerable groups referred to in LA’s protocol 0 Children living in neighbourhood with a sibling in the school and 3 wanting a church place Children living in neighbourhood with a sibling in the school 17 Children living in neighbourhood wanting a church place 12 Other children living in neighbourhood 30 Children living in northern part of the city with a sibling in the school 2 and wanting a church place Children living in northern part of the city with a sibling in the school 1 Children living in northern part of the city and wanting a church place 0 Other children living in northern part of the city or United Benefice of 2 St Giles and SS Philip and James with St Margaret’s Other children with a sibling in the school 0 Any other children wanting a Church place 0 Any other children 0 Number of Refusals Received 10 Number of Appeals H eard 5 Number of A ppeals U pheld 1

This policy is in accordance with the revised admissions code 2009, the infant class size legislation and equal opportunity legislation.

AFNOV2409R340.doc Page 250 AF13

More information may be obtained from

The Admissions Secretary, SS Philip and James Primary School, Navigation Way, Oxford, OX2 6AB

Tel: 01865 311 064 Fax: 01865 311 202

Email: [email protected] Web: www.ss-philip-and-james.oxon.sch.uk

Date to be assigned

AFNOV2409R340.doc Page 251 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 252

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School is as follows:

Admission Number The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2010 is 30.

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 253

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parishes of St. Aloysius’ and SS Gregory and Augustine. 4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission. 5. Other Baptised Catholic children. 6. Non-Catholic children who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). 7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission. 8. Non-Catholic children.

Over-Subscription If there is over-subscription within the category, the Governors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

In those cases where the measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all those applicants a place, the governing body will randomly select the child to be offered the final place by drawing lots if all the following circumstances apply:

• The measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical result

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 254

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011

• The applicants are not twins living at the same address • There are insufficient places to enable the Local Authority to offer places to all the affected applicants.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants.

Note 3 The definition of a brother or sister is:

• A brother or sister sharing the same parents; • Half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent; • Step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parent’s marriage; • Adopted or fostered children The children must be living permanently in the same household.

Note 4 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 255

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011 residence for the majority of the school week. Documentary evidence may be required.

Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place.

School Entry Children must, by law, start school by the beginning of the term after their fifth birthday. A parent may defer a child’s entry to the school, but not beyond the academic year for which the application is accepted. Parents may discuss this with the Headteacher.

Appeals Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governors to refuse their child a place in the school may apply in writing to Chair of Governors. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel.

Repeat Applications Unless there are significant and material changes in the circumstances of a parent’s application for their child or the school, the governors will not consider a repeat application in the same academic year.

Late Applications Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

Waiting Lists Waiting lists for admission will remain open until the end of August and will then be discarded. Parents may apply for their child’s name to be reinstated. The waiting list will be kept in admission criteria order.

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 256

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011

Applications Other Than The Normal Intake To Reception Class As part of the co-ordinated scheme parents/carers are required to complete a CAPF (Common Application – Parent Form) available on- line at www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or by telephoning the admissions team on 01865 815175. The Local Authority will need to consult with the governors.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 257

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011

APPENDIX

Definition of a “Baptised Catholic” A “Baptised Catholic” is one who:

• Has been Baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome (i.e. Latin Rite, Byzantine Rite, Coptic, Syriac, etc, Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 1203). Written evidence* of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878). Or

• Has been validly Baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Right of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399).

Written Evidence of Baptism The Governing bodies of Catholic schools will require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the full name, date of birth, date of baptism or reception, and parent(s) name(s). The certificate must also show that it is copied from the records kept by the place of baptism or reception.

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 258

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011

Signed ...... Head Teacher

Signed ...... Chair of Governors

Date November 2009

Review November 2010

AF_NOV2409R35.doc St. Aloysius’ Catholic Primary School – Admission Policy - 24 November 2009

Page 259 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 260 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St Amand’s Catholic Primary School

Admission Policy 2011– 2012

The Governors of St Amand’s welcome children of all abilities to the school and to this end will not discriminate against children with disabilities or other special needs when allocating places.

For the academic year 2011 – 2012 the governors will admit 28 children who reach their fifth birthday between 1 st September 2011 and 31 st August 2012 to foundation stage in the school year 2011-2012.

It is the policy of the Governing Body of St Amand’s Catholic Primary School, East Hendred, to admit children at the beginning of the academic year in which they turn 5. Places are offered on the following basis:

• Children will attend on a full-time basis from the beginning of the term in which they turn 5. • Children will attend on a part-time basis, mornings only, until the beginning of the term in which they turn 5.

This operates as follows:

Born Between (inclusive) Admission

1st September 2006 – 31 st December 2006 Full-time from September 2011

Mornings only from September 2011, 1st January 2007 – 31 st March 2007 Full-time from January 2012

Mornings only from September 2011 1st April 2007 – 31 st August 2007 Full-time from April 2012

Parents of children starting school on a part-time basis may opt for their child to stay in the afternoon. Exercising this option will not affect the way in which the admission policy is applied.

Parents retain the right to defer entry to the school until children are of statutory school age i.e. the term following their 5 th birthday. The effect is that the place is held for that child and is not available to be offered to another child. The parent would not, however, be able to defer entry beyond the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday nor beyond the academic year for which admission is sought.

AFNOV2409R360.doc Page 261 AF13

Children with a statement of Special Educational Need

Children with a statement of special educational needs which names the school will be admitted to the school and will count towards the published number.

The Governing body will admit children in the following order of priority:

1. Looked after baptised Catholic children 2. Baptised Catholic children within the 3 Parish areas served by the school of St Mary’s East Hendred, English Martyrs Didcot, and St John Vianney Wantage as defined by the Portsmouth Diocese i) Siblings of those already in the school at the time of admission ii) Other baptised Catholic children from the parish communities

3. Baptised Catholic children from outside the 3 Parish communities with siblings at the School 4. Baptised Catholic children from outside the 3 Parish communities served by the School 5. Other looked after children 6. Other siblings 7. Members of other Christian churches 8. Members of other Faiths 9. Other applicants

Should the number of applications exceed places available in any of the above categories, priority will be given as follows:

a) Where it is necessary to differentiate between baptised Catholic children from the 3 Pastoral areas of St Mary’s East Hendred, English Martyrs Didcot, and St John Vianney Wantage, preference will be given to those children who live the shortest walking distance to their parish church. b) Where it is necessary to differentiate between baptised Catholic children from outside the pastoral areas, preference will be given to those from a parish without a Catholic primary school c) For all other applications, preference will be given to the child living the shortest distance from the school

Notes:

Definitions:

Looked after children : children who are in the care of a Local Authority.

Catholic: A Catholic is a baptised member of a church in communion with the See of Rome.

Other Christians : Membership of “Churches Together in England”

POL: Admissions 2011/12 October 2009 AFNOV2409R360.doc Page 262 AF13

Sibling: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Distance: Distance will be measured by the shortest walking route from the front door of the child’s home address (including flats) to the main entrance of the school, [using the Local Authority’s computerised measuring system], [with those living closer to the school receiving the higher priority].

Supporting Documentation Required: Copies of Baptismal certificates are required for applicants in categories 1 – 4.

Copies of Baptismal certificates or a statement of membership from an appropriate religious leader are required for categories 7 -8.

How to make an application Applications should be made in accordance with the Coordinated Admissions Arrangements managed by Oxfordshire County Council.

Waiting list

Should the school be oversubscribed, the Governors will operate a waiting list. Places will be allocated to children on the waiting list in order of the priorities set out above. Length of time on the waiting list will not be taken into account.

Right of Appeal In accordance with the School Standards and Framework Act 1998 (as amended by the Education Act 2002). Parents, whose children are refused admission to the School, have the right of appeal. The appeal must be made in writing and submitted to the school office. On receipt of a request for an appeal the Chair of Governors will arrange for an independent panel to hear the appeal.

Signed by: ...... C Duggan, Acting Headteacher

...... On behalf of the Governing Body

Dated :19 th October 2009......

For revision January 2010

POL: Admissions 2011/12 October 2009 AFNOV2409R360.doc Page 263 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 264 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St Christopher’s CE Primary School

Admissions Policy

Sept 2011-Aug 2012

Vision Statement

‘Our vision is for every child to reach their full potential within a stimulating, healthy and safe environment. We will ensure that every child has the skills to grow into a confident and happy adult through the guidance of Our Lord, Jesus Christ.’

Oxfordshire County Council has fully coordinated admission arrangements for all community, voluntary controlled and voluntary aided schools.

Parents may apply for a place by completing a Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF). The closing date for applications and the date for the offer of places will be in accordance with the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme, details of which will be common to all schools in the Local Authority (LA) area.

Late applications will be considered after those received by the deadline. This means that if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if a child fulfils a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, he/she will be unsuccessful. A place cannot be guaranteed if parents fail to give sufficient notice. St Christopher’s CE School follows the guidance for late admissions as set out in the LA scheme of co- ordination.

In-Year Admissions will be admitted provided that there are places available in the relevant year group using the criteria as set out in the relevant admissions policy for the specific year group and in accordance with the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. St Christopher’s CE School follows the LA protocol for the in-year admissions of vulnerable children (in-year fair access). Fair access protocol means

AFNOV2409R370.doc

Page 265 AF13

that such children will be offered a place as soon as possible, even if the school is full, or if appropriate that they will be given top priority on the waiting list.

St Christopher’s CE Primary School can admit 125 children. For the year of 2011/2012 we plan to admit 18 children within the reception year and 9 children within year 3. This admissions number is consistent with the requirements of the class size regulations for F1 and Key Stage 1, and complies with all relevant legislation. It will be reviewed annually by the Headteacher and Governors.

Children whose dates of birth lie between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007 will be admitted at the beginning of the Autumn Term. Parents may request that a child’s entry is deferred to later in the academic year 2011/2012.

Children with a statement of Special Needs, naming St Christopher’s CE Primary School will always be admitted to the school.

If the school is oversubscribed ‘looked after children’ will have priority regardless of whether they are living in catchment. Thereafter the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below . All applications will be considered equally irrespective of need or ability.

Foundation Stage Intake

1. Any ‘looked after child’ will be admitted to the school regardless of whether they are living in catchment.

2. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) who lives within our designated area (the villages of Broadwell, Broughton Poggs, Filkins, Kelmscott, Langford and Little Faringdon) with a sibling at St Christopher’s.

3. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) who lives within our designated area (the villages of Broadwell, Broughton Poggs, Filkins, Kelmscott, Langford and Little Faringdon.

4. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) who lives outside our designated area and with a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

AFNOV2409R370.doc

Page 266 AF13

5. Children whose parents are on the Electoral Roll of a Church within the Broadshires and Shill Valley Benefices with a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

6. Children whose parents are on the Electoral Roll of a Church within the Broadshires and Shill Valley Benefices without a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

7. Proximity of the child’s home to the school as measured by the nearest designated route as used by the LA, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. In the unlikely event where there is an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and they are not twins living at the same address, when there are insufficient places to offer all these children a place, the school will allocate the place by random allocation. This will be supervised by Oxfordshire Admissions Team.

Year 3 Intake

1. Any ‘looked after child’ will be admitted to the school regardless of whether they are living in catchment.

2. A child attending St Peter’s, Alvescot wishing to transfer as a Year 3 pupil with a normal home address within their designated area (the villages of Alvescot, Kencot and Black Bourton) and with a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

3. A child attending St Peter’s, Alvescot wishing to transfer as a Year 3 pupil with a normal home address within their designated area (the villages of Alvescot, Kencot and Black Bourton).

4. A child living outside the designated area of St Peter’s, Alvescot, wishing to transfer as a Year 3 pupil and with a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

5. A child living outside the designated area for St Peter’s, Alvescot, wishing to transfer as a Year 3 pupil.

AFNOV2409R370.doc

Page 267 AF13

6. Children whose parents are on the Electoral Roll of a Church within the Broadshires and Shill Valley Benefices with a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

7. Children whose parents are on the Electoral Roll of a Church within the Broadshires and Shill Valley Benefices without a sibling already in attendance at St Christopher’s.

8. Proximity of the child’s home to the school as measured by the nearest designated route as used by the LA, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. In the unlikely event where there is an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and they are not twins living at the same address, when there are too few places to offer all these children a place, the school will allocate the place by random allocation. This will be supervised by Oxfordshire Admissions Team.

In year Admissions

All in year applications are administered by OCC on behalf of the Governing body and in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme. Applications therefore need to be made through the Admissions Team Count Hall New Road Oxford OX1 1ND

Note 1 By parents we mean those persons who have parental responsibilities for the child. Written legal proof may be required.

Note 2 By normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parents address. For example if he or she is resident with a

AFNOV2409R370.doc

Page 268 AF13

grandparent you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements that are different to normal we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll, or a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move before considering any application for a place. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy a house or a formal lease agreement. We will need to know that you will be a resident in the catchment area on 1 September 2009.

Note 3 By sibling we mean a brother or sister of the whole or half blood, or any other child (including an adopted child) who permanently resides at the same address and for whom the parent also has parental responsibility. In the case of twins or multiple births both or all children would be offered a place.

Note 4 By designated area we mean civil parish and a map with the catchment area marked will be kept at school for reference.

The Governors’ decisions on admissions are final. However, there are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. All appeals against a decision on admission should be made in writing to the Chair of Governors. Further details regarding the appeals procedure are available from the school. Parents have the right to a second application within the same academic year if there is a major change in their circumstances eg changes of address. The school maintains a continued interest list for those children who are not offered a place; the priority on the waiting list is the same as the list of criteria for over-subscription. No account is taken of length of time on the continued interest list. All details of the continued interest list are included in the admissions booklet provided by the LA. The school will periodically seek confirmation that parents wish to keep a child on the continued interest list. The governors will in no circumstances consider an application for earlier admission.

AFNOV2409R370.doc

Page 269 AF13

For further information please contact the Head teacher at the school.

Address: St Christopher’s CE School Langford Near Lechlade GL7 3LA

Tel No: 01367 860318

AFNOV2409R370.doc

Page 270 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Ebbe’s C.E. (Aided) Primary School. Our Admissions Policy and Arrangements for September, 2011 – August, 2012.

The Local Authority is responsible for co-ordinating admissions to our school. It works closely with our Diocese and uses our governing body’s agreed admissions policy. The details of the Oxfordshire LA arrangements are in a brochure which parents will be asked to collect from their local school. This will contain a Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF) and explain how parents can express a preference for a school. Applications for entry to our school for the academic year September 2011 to August 2012 must be received by the School or the LA. The dates and process of application will conform to the co-ordinated admission scheme which will be published by the LA when it has been finalised. The scheme will apply to all schools within the LA. They will offer one school for each child. Parents (see note 1) will be given a deadline date in which to accept an offer. Applications received after the deadline will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

The number of admissions for each academic year is 45 places. Places for the academic year 2011/12 are open to all children born between 1 st September 2006 and 31 st August 2007. Successful applicants are placed on roll for this academic year. Our children are admitted for a full time place at the start of the term of their 5th birthday. Therefore, if born between 1 st September and 31 st December 2006 entry will be September 2011. If born between 1st January and 30 th April 2007, entry will be January 2012. If born between May 1 st and 31 st August 2007, entry will be April 2012. You have the right to defer entry to later in the academic year. However, a child born between 1st May 2006 and 31 st August 2007 cannot be reserved a place for September 2012. If such a child has been offered a place for the Reception Year in school year 2011/12, a second application should be made in the summer term 2012 for a year 1 place in September 2012. The governors will in no circumstances consider an application for earlier admission.

In the 2009/10 academic year we received 97 applications (all preferences). 64 named St Ebbe’s as first preference and 45 places were offered.

Places for entry to all age groups are offered using the same criteria. The governors may ask for proof of residence, being a current council tax bill or child benefit letter (see note 2). The governors will apply the following over subscription criteria when deciding to offer places. All applications will be considered equally irrespective of ability or need. However, a child with a statement of special education need will always be admitted. In the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are places available, then children under criteria 1and 2 will have the highest priority.

1. A ‘looked after’ child. 2. A disabled child without a statement who needs to be admitted to an accessible school. 3. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in our catchment area (refer to LA booklet, ‘Starting School’ for catchment area information or a map is available from the school office) and with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at our school at the time of entry. 4. A child with a normal home address in our catchment area (refer to LA booklet, ‘Starting School’, for catchment area information or a map is available from the school office). 5. A child with a normal address outside our catchment area and with a sibling already in attendance at our school at the time of entry. 6. A child whose parent is a member of St. Ebbe’s or St. Matthew’s Church and who has been regularly attending, at least once a month, during the last 12 months. (A supplementary form, obtained from the school, must be completed and signed by the Vicar of St Matthew’s or the Rector of St Ebbe’s and attached to the CAPF before sending it to the school or the LA). 7. A child whose parent is a member of a Christian Church affiliated to the Council of Churches in Great Britain and Ireland and who has been regularly attending, at least once a month, during the last 12 months. (A supplementary form, obtained from the school, must be completed and signed by the appropriate Minister and attached to the CAPF before sending it to the school or the LA). 8. A child who lives outside our catchment area, priority being given to those living closest to the school (by the nearest designated public route), using the LA GIS system.

‘Distance to school’ will act as a tie-breaker for any of the above criteria if the need should arise.

AFNOV2409R380.doc Page 271 AF13

Note 1 A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2 By normal home address, we mean the child’s home address. We may ask for evidence of this in the form of a recent bill, which is no more than a year old. This could be, for example, a Council tax bill, utility bill, a TV licence, buildings and contents insurance, mortgage statement or rent book which shows the address concerned. Parents who are unable to provide this evidence should contact the school to discuss what evidence might be acceptable. The address must be where the parents live with the child, unless it can be proved that the child lives with someone else who has legal care and control of that child. If it becomes clear or if there is any doubt that the parents and child are not living at the address given on the application form, the school may seek further evidence. The school works closely with the LA to ensure that places are not obtained at the school on the basis of false addresses, and, in cases of doubt, will take steps to verify the information provided. If a place at the school is offered, and it later becomes clear that the offer was made on fraudulent or misleading information (e.g. a false claim to living in the catchment area), and the school has denied a place for a child with a stronger claim, the school will withdraw the offer of a place. The offer can also be withdrawn even after the child has started at the school. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she sleeps for the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card, if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, this needs to be made clear on the application form. If such arrangements are not declared or a relative’s address is used on the application, we may consider that a false declaration has been made and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address.

Note 3 Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. In the case of multiple births, the parents/guardians at the time of application, should decide and clearly indicate the order of entry for each child. Places will be offered with due regard to the admission number of 45.

There are established arrangements for appeals against non admission which are currently organised by the Oxford Diocese. Details are available from the school. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non admission to the school, the Governors do not consider any further application in the same school year, unless there is a major change in circumstances eg change of address. The school maintains a waiting list (known as a continued interest list) for those children who are not offered a place in each of the year groups; the order of priority on the waiting list is the same as the list of criteria for oversubscription. The oversubscription criteria are the same as our admissions criteria as detailed above. Children will remain on the ‘continued interest list’ for one year only. Thereafter, a new application will need to be submitted to the school.

Late applications should complete the CAPF available from the LA or the school (including the Supplementary Information Form obtained from the school if applying under criteria 6&7) and then return this information to the school or the LA. Casual applications for all other year groups must be made through the LA who will allocate places on behalf of the school governors in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme . Fair Access Protocol In accordance with the fair access protocol one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of under achievement. Such children will be offered a place as soon as possible: • Children in public care. • Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed. • Traveller children. • Child refugees/asylum seekers. • Child released from custodial sentence that is not on roll at any other school. Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1

AFNOV2409R380.doc Page 272 AF13

Home to School Transport Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklets entitled ‘Starting School’ (primary) and ‘Moving On’ (secondary) produced by the LA and available from primary schools from September 2010.

We work closely with the Diocese to make sure that our policy complies with all the relevant legislation concerning infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

See below for further contact:

For further information please contact the Admissions Team at the Local Authority. Contact details are as follows: Children’s Services Telephone: 01865 816266 Admissions Team Macclesfield House New Road, Oxford OX1 1NA

AFNOV2409R380.doc Page 273 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 274 AF13 Diocese of Portsmouth

ST EDMUND’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL Radley Road, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 3PP Tel: 01235 521558 Fax: 01235 532778 e-mail: [email protected] www.st-edmunds-rc.oxon.sch.uk

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVENBER 2009

‘It is the mission of our school to nurture the formation of the complete person based on the example and inspiration of Jesus Christ by providing high quality education in a caring atmosphere of happiness, security, self-esteem and confidence, where all are valued and encouraged to reach their full potential’

Admissions Policy for academic year 2011/2012

The Governing body of St Edmund’s Catholic Primary School is responsible for all admissions. The ethos of the school is reflected in our mission statement above and we ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of this school to apply for and be considered for a place here. The Governors plan to admit 30 children to Reception whose 5 th birthday falls between 1 st September 2011 and 31 st August 2012.

The school normally admits children to Reception in September 2011. Parents have the right to defer entry within the same school year until the start of the term following the child’s 5 th birthday. However, they cannot defer entry until September 2012, which is in a new school year. In that case a new application for entry into Year 1 for that school year would be necessary.

How to apply Admissions to schools are administered by Oxfordshire County Council using their Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme for Primary Schools. For details of the process and timetable for submitting application forms please refer to the Oxfordshire composite booklet for admissions for the school year 2011/12.

To apply for admission to the school you must complete a Common Admission Preference Form (CAPF) available form Oxfordshire County Council (www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions ). The CAPF should be returned to Oxfordshire County Council Admissions Team at County Hall, New Road, Oxford OX1 1ND. It is also possible to submit applications electronically using the County Council website as given above.

In addition to the CAPF, parents/carers are asked to complete a separate supplementary information form. The additional information on this form assists Governors in placing applications in the correct oversubscription category. If no supplementary information form is submitted, Governors can only rank the application on the basis of the information contained in the Common Admission Preference Form. The supplementary information form may be returned to Oxfordshire County Council Admission Team with the CAPF or directly to the school.

Page 275 AF13 Closing dates for the receipt of all applications is ? November 2010 (date to be confirmed by LEA).

Consideration of Applications All applications which have named St Edmund’s School as one of their schools of choice will be treated equally. Late applications may jeopardise your child’s chance of a place at the School and will only be considered after all those received on time have been dealt with.

Should there be more applications than places available the Governing Body will offer places, up to the published admissions number, in the following category order:

1. Baptised Catholic looked after children

2. Baptised Catholic siblings of children attending St Edmund’s School

3. Other Looked After Children

4. Other siblings of children attending St Edmund’s School

5. Baptised Catholic children

6. Non-baptised children of a baptised Catholic parent

7. Children of families of other Christian Churches

8. Children of families of other faiths

9. Other applicants

Should there be more applications than places available in any of the categories listed above, priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest walking route from the front door of the child’s home address (including flats) to the main entrance of the school, as defined using the Oxfordshire County Council’s Geographic Information Service.

Explanatory Notes

Catholic : A Catholic is a baptised member of a church in communion with the See of Rome

Other Christian churches: Churches which are members of “Churches together in England”.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs : Where a child has a Statement of Special Educational Needs and St Edmund’s is the named school in the statement, the child will automatically have a place in the school. The admission of children with a statement will count towards the published admission number.

Page 276 AF13 Children with a disability: ] Under the Disability Discrimination Acts 1995 and 2005, it is unlawful to discriminate against any child with a disability. In respect of admission St Edmund’s School any application for a child with a disability will be considered alongside all other applicants strictly in accordance with the policy set out above.

Looked after children : These are children who are in the care of a Local Authority.

Sibling Link : Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit a the same address as that sibling.

Multiple births: Should an application be made for multiple birth children where insufficient places are available in that year group, the LEA will be asked to draw lots to decide who the place(s) will be allocated to.

Address : The address will be taken as the one on the application form. If two addresses are given, the address for which the child is registered (i.e. for Child Benefit) will be the one used to determine distance.

Documentation/Evidence required in support of application

• Child’s Baptismal certificate Categories 1,2,3 • Child’s Baptismal certificate Category 7 or statement on SIF signed by minister • Parent’s baptismal certificate Category 6 • Name and signature of Category 8 minister/leader of Congregation confirming membership in Section D of SIF (separate form)

Offer letter Parents/Guardians will be informed by letter by Oxfordshire County Council on behalf of the Governing Body as to the outcome of their application. This letter will also give details of how to accept the offered place and the deadline for acceptance or appeal.

In-Year applications (Years 1 -6) for a place at St Edmund’s School will be coordinated by Oxfordshire County Council as ‘clearing house’, and places will be offered by Oxfordshire County Council with the approval, and on behalf of the Governors. To make an In-Year application you should complete a CAPF (Primary In-Year) and return it to the Oxfordshire County Council Admissions Team at County Hall, New Road, Oxford OX1 1ND. In addition to the CAPF (Primary In-Year), parents/carers are asked to complete a separate supplementary information form. The additional information on this form assists Governors in placing applications in the correct oversubscription category. If no supplementary information form is submitted, Governors can only rank the application on the basis of the information contained in the Common Admission Preference Form. The supplementary information form may be returned to Oxfordshire County Council Admission Team with the CAPF (Primary In-Year) or directly to the school.

Page 277 AF13 Waiting list

In the event of the School being oversubscribed, a waiting list will be maintained until the end of the Autumn Term 2011. A child on the waiting list is not guaranteed a place at the school. All those on the waiting list will be considered equally against the criteria set out above and ranked in priority order. As a vacancy occurs the child at the top of the list will be offered the place.

It should also be noted that the position on the waiting list may alter if new applications are received and are allocated a higher place. A place on the waiting list does not remove the right of appeal.

Right of Appeal In accordance with the School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the 2006 Education and Inspections Act, parents/carers have the right to appeal against the decision of the Governing Body in refusing to admit their child. Information on the appeals procedure, and appeal form, is available from Appeals Service, County Hall, Oxford, OX1 1ND.

October 2009

Page 278 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

ST JOHN FISHER CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL, LITTLEMORE

ADMISSION POLICY FOR SEPTEMBER 2011

Name of School: St John Fisher Catholic Primary School

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St John Fisher School is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 30.

1. Baptised Catholic children (see very important Note 2 below) who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989)

2. Baptised Catholic children (see very important Note 2 below) living within the Parishes of Bl. Dominic Barberi, Sacred Heart or St. Birinus who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children (see very important Note 2 below) living within the Parishes of Bl. Dominic Barberi, Sacred Heart or St. Birinus.

4. Other Baptised Catholic children (see very important Note 2 below) who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children (see very important Note 2 below).

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

AFNOV2409R400.doc Page 279 AF13 OVER-SUBSCRIPTION If there is over-subscription within the category, the Governors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

Note 2 (Very Important) In all categories, for a child to be considered as a Catholic, written evidence of Catholic Baptism (e.g. copy Baptismal Certificate) or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest.

Copies of Baptismal Certificates or other written evidence must be handed to the school or attached to the CAPF form.

Note 4 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main residence for the majority of the school week. Documentary evidence may be required . Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place

AFNOV2409R400.doc Page 280 AF13 SCHOOL ENTRY Children must, by law, start school by the beginning of the term after their fifth birthday. A parent may defer a child’s entry to the school, but not beyond the academic year for which the application is accepted. Parents may discuss this with the headteacher.

NURSERY Parents must apply on the Local Authority CAPF form for a place in the Reception Class (F1). Attendance at the nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered in the main school.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

AFNOV2409R400.doc Page 281 AF13 APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

AFNOV2409R400.doc Page 282 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

ST. JOHN’S R.C.PRIMARY SCHOOL AVOCET WAY, BANBURY, OXFORDSHIRE

ADMISSION POLICY 2011/12

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St. John’s R.C. School is as follows: The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of this school to apply for and be considered for a place here.

The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ.

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2010 is 38.

2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parishes of St. John’s and Hethe who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parishes of St. John’s and Hethe.

4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children

AFNOV2409R410.doc Page 283 AF13 7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births or living at a single address, the governing body will use alphabetical order by first names to determine who will be offered a place. randomly select the child to be offered the final place by drawing lots.

In those cases where the measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all those applicants a place, the governing body will use alphabetical order by surnames and then, if necessary, by first names to determine who will be offered a place if all the following circumstances apply: § The measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical result § The applicants are not twins living at the same address § There are insufficient places to enable the Local Authority to offer places to all the affected applicants.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

Page 284 AF13 Note 4 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main residence for the majority of the school week. Documentary evidence may be required . Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

Page 285 AF13 Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878 ). Or • Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Right of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

Page 286 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEBER 2009

ST JOSEPH’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL, OXFORD

ADMISSIONS POLICY FOR SCHOOL YEAR BEGINNING SEPTEMBER 2011

Name of School: St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, Oxford

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, Oxford, is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 45.

If the number of applications exceeds the admission number, the governors will give priority to applications in accordance with the criteria listed, provided that the governors are made aware of that application before decisions on admissions are made (see Note 1 below). Maps of the parish boundaries are available to view at the school and Parishes or by post on request.

1. Baptised Catholic children (very important see Note 2 below) who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989)

2. Baptised Catholic children (very important see Note 2 below) living within the Parishes of Corpus Christi, St Anthony of Padua or Greyfriars who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children (very important see Note 2 below) living within the Parishes of Corpus Christi, St Anthony of Padua or Greyfriars.

4. Other Baptised Catholic children (very important see Note 2 below) who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children (very important see Note 2 below)

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

AFNOV2409R420.doc Page 287 AF13 OVER-SUBSCRIPTION If there is over-subscription within the category, the Governors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People & Families Geographic Information System.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

Note 2 (Very important) In all categories, for a child to be considered as a Catholic, written evidence of Catholic Baptism (e.g. copy Baptismal Certificate) or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest.

Copies of Baptismal Certificates or other written evidence must be handed to the school or attached to the CAPF form at the time of application.

AFNOV2409R420.doc Page 288 AF13 SCHOOL ENTRY Children must, by law, start school by the beginning of the term after their fifth birthday. A parent may defer a child’s entry to the school, but not beyond the academic year for which the application is accepted. Parents may discuss this with the headteacher.

NURSERY Parents must apply on the Local Authority CAPF form for a place in Reception Class. Attendance at a nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered in the main school.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

AFNOV2409R420.doc Page 289 AF13 APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

AFNOV2409R420.doc Page 290 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

ST JOSEPH’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL, THAME

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2011 - 2012

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St Joseph’s School is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 30.

2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of St Joseph’s, Thame who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of St Joseph’s, Thame

4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

AFNOV2409R430.doc Page 291 AF13

OVER-SUBSCRIPTION

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

AFNOV2409R430.doc Page 292 AF13

Subject to a proposed change in legislation for admissions in 2011 parents can request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age.

NURSERY Parents must apply on the LA form for a place in Reception Class. Attendance at a nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered in main school.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO RECEPTION CLASS As part of the co-ordinated scheme parents/carers are required to complete a CAPF form available on- line www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or by telephoning the admissions team on 01865 815175. The Local Authority will need to consult with the governors.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

AFNOV2409R430.doc Page 293 AF13

baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

AFNOV2409R430.doc Page 294 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

ST. MARY’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL BICESTER, OXON OX26 2NX

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR 2011/2012

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire Local Authority co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School is as follows:

The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of this school to apply for and be considered for a place here.

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 45.

If the number of applications exceeds the admission number, governors will give priority to applications in accordance with the criteria listed, provided that the governors are made aware of that application before decisions on admissions are made (see Note 1 below). A map of the parish boundary is available to view at the school and parish or by post on request.

Children with a disability will be treated no less favourably than other applicants for admission. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended.

1. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 below) who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). 2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of The Immaculate Conception who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission. 3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of The Immaculate Conception. 4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission. 5. Other Baptised Catholic children . 6. Non-Catholic children who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents). (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). 7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission. 8. Non-Catholic children.

AFNOV2409R440.doc Page 295 AF13

Over-Subscription

Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births living at a single address, the Governor Body will randomly select the child to be offered the final place by drawing lots.

In those cases where the measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants when there are too few places to offer all those applicants a place, the Governing Body will randomly select the child to be offered the final place by drawing lots if all the following circumstances apply:- • The measurement of the distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical result • The applicants are not twins living at the same address • There are insufficient places to enable the Local Authority to offer places to all the affected applicants.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as a Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For definition of Baptised see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of Baptism should contact their Parish Priest.

Note 3 The definition of a brother or sister is:

Note 4 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main residence for the majority of the school week. Documentary evidence may be required. Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place.

AFNOV2409R440.doc Page 296 AF13

APPEALS Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governors to refuse their child a place in the school may apply in writing to the Chair of Governors. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

WAITING LISTS Waiting lists for admission will remain open until the end of the Autumn term and will then be discarded. Parents may apply for their child’s name to be reinstated. The waiting list will be kept in admission criteria order.

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO RECEPTION As part of the co-ordinated scheme parents/carers are required to complete a CAPF form available on-line www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or by telephoning the admissions team on 01865 815175. The Local Authority will need to consult with the governors.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

AFNOV2409R440.doc Page 297 AF13 APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

(For use in the Criteria of Admission to Catholic Schools in the Archdiocese of Birmingham)

A “Baptised Catholic” is one who:

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

AFNOV2409R440.doc Page 298 AF13

AFNOV2409R440.doc Page 299 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 300 ADMISSION FORUM - 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St Mary’s C of E Primary School The Green Chipping Norton Oxfordshire OX7 5DH

Admission Arrangements for September 2011 – August 2012

The Governing Body of the school is responsible for deciding admissions to the scho ol but works closely with the Oxfordshire County Council (OCC) to co-ordinate admissions.

Application Forms and Offers of a Place

Applications for entry to St Mary’s C of E School in September 2011 must be received directly by the OCC Schools Branch and must be made on a Common Application Form (CAF). It is available directly from the OCC Schools Branch, Macclesfield House Oxford OX1 1NA.

All applications will be treated equally, irrespective of need or ability.

The dates for offers of a place will c onform to the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. Details of the scheme are published in the OCC composite booklet on admissions 2011/2012.

Applications received after the deadline for receipt, will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

It is not to be assumed that if your child is attending a local pre-school provider in the catchment area, that your child will automatically transfer to St Mary’s C of E School. You must apply to the school for a place in the normal way under the co-ordinated scheme.

At St Mary’s C of E School, pupils will be offered a full-time place to start in the September of the year in which they have their fifth birthday if it falls between 1 September 2011 and 31 August 2012.

The number of admissions intended for the year commencing 1 September 2011 to 31 August 2012 is 60.

In line with Government policy, the Oxfordshire County Council guidelines state that the statutory school age, whereby all children must be in full-time education, is the start of the term after their fifth birthday and that remains the same.

AFNOV2409R450.doc Page 301 AF13

Parents may request that the entry of a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1 September and 31 March is deferred to later in the school year when the child reaches compulsory school age (the term after the child’s fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, the school will hold the place for that child, although, in the majority of cases, the school finds that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year, rather than part way through it. However, this opportunity too defer entry does not apply to a child whose fifth birthday falls between April 1 and 31 August. If the child has not been admitted to the Reception Year in school year, a separate application for a Year 1 place in following school year must be made. In almost all cases, the Year 1 group will be full (children transferring from the Reception Year), and a place would not therefore be available.

The intake group has 60 places. The admission number of 60 reflects the net capacity of the school. The number of admissions intended for the year commencing 1 September 2011 to 31 August 2012 is 60.

The school catchment area is considered to be the Chipping Norton Parish Boundary, which includes Chipping Norton, Over Norton and Heythrop. A map illustrating the catchment area can be viewed in the school office.

Any child with a statement naming St Mary’s C of E (Aided) Primary School or any child who is looked after by OCC and requests a place at St Mary’s will always be admitted.

Any child who is disabled (the definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act, as amended) who needs to be admitted to an accessible school will be admitted.

In the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are places available, then the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:-

(a) Any child who is looked after by OCC and requests a place at St Mary’s.

(b) A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the catchment area and with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at St Mary’s School at the time of entry to the school.

(c) A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the catchment area of St Mary’s C of E School at the time of entry in to school.

(d) A child with a normal home address (see note 2) outside the catchment area and with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at St Mary’s C of E School at the time of entry into school.

(e) A child with a normal home address (see note 2) outside the catchment area of St Mary’s C of E School at the time of entry in to school.

AFNOV2409R450.doc Page 302 AF13

Proximity of the child’s home to school as the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families geographic information system with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria (a) to (e) should the need arise.

In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of distance “tie break” produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, including multiple births, the school will defer to the random selection process as described in the OCC admissions code 2011/2012.

An Ordinance Survey Map is available in the school office.

For entry into Reception year in 2009/2010 the school has received 28 applications. 28 offers were made. The criteria applied to the applications were as follows:-

(a) (b) 8 (c) 20 (d) (e)

All the children in category (a) to (e) were offered places. There were no unsuccessful applicants.

Appeals

Multiple Births

Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births living at the same address, the school will defer to the random selection process according to the OCC Admissions code 2011/2012.

Vulnerable / Hard to place children – In-Year Admissions

There is an established protocol which is followed by St Mary’s School for in- year admissions of vulnerable children, Years F1 to Year 6 inclusive (referred to in the School Admissions Code as “In-Year Fair Access”).

AFNOV2409R450.doc Page 303 AF13

Continued Interest (Waiting List)

In the event of over-subscription, the Scheme of Co-ordination covers the way in which continued interest lists will operate ie. they will be kept for the whole of F1. The school will periodically seek confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the continued interest list.

In-year applications for all year groups for the academic years 2010/2011 and 2011/2012 will be administered by the LA in accordance with their published co-ordinated admissions scheme.

Applications for other than main entry years will be treated in accordance with this Admissions Policy ie. if there are vacancies, your child will be ranked in order of criteria and offered a place if there is one in that particular year available. If there are no vacancies in the requested year, your child’s name will be placed on a continued interest list and ranked in accordance with the admissions criteria and will be offered a place should one become available.

Home to School Transport

Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet entitled "Starting School" (for primary schools or "Moving On" for secondary schools (one or the other) produced by the Local Authority and available from Primary Schools in September 2011.

For further information or an application form please contact:- Mrs Anne Strick St Mary’s C of E Primary School The Green Chipping Norton Oxfordshire

Tel: 01608-642673 Fax: 01608-641568 Email: [email protected]

Note 1

By parent we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note 2

By normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is where your child’s permanent address is at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child’s benefit book or medical card if there are any reasons why a child does

AFNOV2409R450.doc Page 304 AF13 not live at his or her parent’s address. For example if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements or use an address of a relative for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of the address given by asking for evidence, such as inclusion on the electoral roll, or a recent utility bill confirming your name and address. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the catchment area of St Mary’s C of E Primary School, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will receive a response. If you are moving to the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1 September 2011. If you move later, we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement.

Note 3

Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

AFNOV2409R450.doc Page 305 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 306 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

St. Michael’s CE Aided Primary School

Admissions Policy for the Academic Year 2011/12

The Governors are responsible for the admissions to the school. They consult with the LA about admission numbers, taking into account the capacity of the school. Our admission number is 30 children for entrance into the F1 class in the academic year September 2011/12. Likewise, the admission number for Years 1 and 2 is 30. The proposed admissions number of 30 for F1 reflects the net capacity of the school and is consistent with the requirements of the class size regulations for F1, Year 1 and Year 2. For Years 3, 4, 5 and 6 the Governors would like to keep a maximum of 30 children in each class but exceptional circumstances may mean that a Key Stage 2 class has over 30 children.

The dates and processes for applying will be in accordance with the Co- ordinated Admissions Scheme. Parents should refer to the LA’s ‘Starting Schools Admissions Booklet’ for information on how to express their preference or apply on line at www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions . Applications must be received by the LA or school by XXXXXX

Decisions on which children are to be offered places will be made by the Admissions Committee of the Governing Body and are processed by the LA in accordance with the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. Offers of a place will be made on XXXXXX. Parents (see Note 1) will be given 14 days in which to accept an offer. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, your application will be unsuccessful. In Year applications during the academic year 2011 – 2012 i.e. those not made at the usual time, will be administered by the LA as determined by the Admissions Code 2009 and processed in accordance with the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme.

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 307 AF13

Parents can choose for their child to start school in September 2011 or in January 2012. A full time place is currently offered. Places may be deferred for one term i.e. until the child is of statutory school age but should be taken up in that academic year and preferably by January 2012 at the latest. (See note 5)

If your child does not take up their place, there is currently only a slim chance of there being a place in Year 1 for September 2012.

The Governing Body will not in any circumstances consider applicants for ‘earlier admission’.

In the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are places available the “Fair Access Protocol” contained within the Admissions Code 2009 has been adopted by the Governing Body and will be implemented. Children with a Statement of Educational Need naming St. Michael’s CE Aided Primary School will always be admitted, as will “Looked After Children” and children with a disability who do not have a Statement of Educational Need but who need to be admitted to an accessible school (the definition of disability is that stated in the amended Disability Discrimination Act). The Admissions Code 2009 recommends the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of children with difficulties. In accordance with this guidance one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are shown below:

§ Looked after Children (children in this group will be given highest priority and automatically offered a place at our school) § Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion § Gypsy, Roma or Traveller children § Child refugees/asylum seekers § Children released from a custodial sentence and who are not on the roll of any other school

Parents should indicate on the CAPF that they are applying for a place in accordance with the groups shown above. Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 308 AF13

1. Those children with a normal home address (see Note 2) in the catchment area (see Appendix), and with a sibling (see Note 3) already in attendance at the school at the time of entry to the school

2. A child with a normal home address (see Note 2) in the catchment area (see Appendix)

3. A child with a normal home address (see Note 2) outside the catchment area (see Appendix), and with a sibling (see Note 3) already in attendance at the school at the time of entry to the school

4. Children with a normal home address (see Note 2) outside the catchment area but with exceptional medical needs or social circumstances that mean that St Michael’s would be the most appropriate school for the child (see Note 4)

5. Children with a normal home address (see Note 2) outside the catchment area (see Appendix)

Proximity of the child’s home, as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information System, with those living closest to the school being accorded the higher priority will serve to differentiate between children in criteria 1 – 5 should the need arise. The Governors reserve the right to withdraw the offer of a place either when it is found to have been offered on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application, for example a false claim to living in the area, or where a parent has not accepted the offered place within time specified.

The LA keeps a “continued interest” list of those children whose parents wish them to attend the school but who have not been allocated a place. The criteria for the “continued interest” list are the same as those for admission. No account is taken of the time on the “continued interest” list. This list is kept for the academic year when the child would be in the F1 Class. The LA periodically checks with parents that they still wish their child to be kept on the “continued interest” list. Placing a child’s name on the “continued interest” list does not affect the parents’ right of appeal. The

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 309 AF13

“continued interest” list, for this round of admissions, closes on 31 st July 2012.

Applications for a place in the F1 Class are only considered once in each academic year. The Governing Body will not reconsider applications in the same academic year unless there is a major change in circumstances (eg change of address).

If the school is full and a child has been refused a place, the parents will be told the grounds on which the refusal has been based and that they have a statutory right of appeal (an appeal form will be sent with the letter of refusal of a place). The appeal form should be returned to the Chair of Governors c/o the school within 14 days of receipt. The Chair will forward the appeal form to the Schools Department of the Diocese of Oxford, who will set up an independent Appeal Panel.

For the academic year 2009/10, 30 places were allocated for the Foundation Stage class according to the following criteria: NB Data relating to number of applicants and allocation of places for 2010/2011 will be added once information is available. Number of Places Criteria applicants allocated Normal home addr ess in catchment 1 1 1 area and with sibling already in attendance Child with normal address in 7 7 2 catchment area Child with normal address outside 32* 22 3 catchment area and with sibling in attendance 4 Children with exceptional medical 1 0 needs or social circumstances Child with normal address outside 0 0 5 catchment area Total applications and places 68 0 allocated 109 30 * X children allocated places elsewhere.

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 310 AF13

Our Admissions Policy is closely linked to our Equal Opportunities, Race Equality and Special Needs Policies. Copies of these are available from the School Office.

This Policy complies with all relevant legislation including that on infant class sizes and equal opportunities contained within the Admissions Code 2009.

Note 1: by parent, we mean either/ both natural parents; any other person who, although not a natural parent, has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. If you are in any doubt, please contact the Chair of Governors for advice.

Note 2: by normal home address, we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll or a recent utilities or Council Tax bill, confirming your name and address. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on September 1st 2011. If you move later we will still need to see evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house, or a formal lease agreement.

In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of the distance “tie break” produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 311 AF13 there are too few places to offer all these children the Admission Authority will use “random allocation” to determine who will be offered the place.

In accordance with the Admissions Code 2009 (para 2.33 – 35) ‘A fresh round of random allocation will be used when considering if a child will be offered a place ……… and results of any earlier round will not be taken into account. To ensure that the random allocation process has been undertaken fairly any use of this process will be supervised by a person independent of the school.’

Note 3: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling. Should the admissions number reach 29 and the next child is from a multiple birth and living at the same address, the Admission Authority will use “random allocation.” As described in note 2 above.

Note 4: the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information on the exceptional circumstances or social or medical need (eg a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker) This should set out the particular reasons why the school is the most suitable one and the difficulties that would be caused if the child had to attend another school. Following receipt of this information the governors will assess this objectively and a decision will be mad.

Note 5: Parents allocated a place for their child may choose to defer admission to the Foundation Stage Class until later in the same school year. The effect is that the place is held for that child and is not available to be offered to another child. The parent would not however be able to defer entry beyond the beginning of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, nor beyond the academic year for which the original application was accepted. If they want to defer their child’s admission to a later academic year, they will have to reapply during the appropriate admissions round.

If a deferred place is no longer required, parents/carers should contact the LA to inform them as soon as possible.

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 312 AF13

NB Failure to return the Co-ordinated Admissions Application Form on time will mean that this application will only be considered after those received by the deadline and will be designated a ‘late application.’

For further information please contact:

John Forty Chair of Governors St. Michael’s CE Aided Primary School Marston Road Oxford OX3 0EJ

01865 – 241476

This policy is reviewed annually by the Governing Body.

Diocese of Oxford Governing Body Policy approved by January 2006 March 2006 Policy reviewed by March 2007 March 2007 Policy reviewed by February 2008 March 2008 Policy reviewed by January 2009 March 2009 Policy reviewed by

Appendix The Catchment Area of St. Michael’s CE Aided School

(Please contact the LA for a map showing the location of the following roads)

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 313 AF13

Alan Bullock Close John Garne Way

Bath Street Little Brewery Street

Boulter Street London Place

Caroline Street Lynn Close

Cave Street Marston Court

Cherwell Street Marston Road 1 to 451 odds 2 – 448 evens

Croft Close Mary Price Close

Moody Road Croft Road

Crotch Crescent Nicholson Road

Dudley Gardens Parry Close

Edgeway Road Peacock Road

Farmer Place Pensions Gardens

Ferry Lane Phelps Place

Prichard Road

Ferry Road Purcell Road

Fielden Grove St. Clements Street 9 – 76 consecutive

Goodson Walk Stainer Place

Hadow Road Taverner Place

Harberton Mead (13 – 23 14 - 22) Weldon Road

Harpsichord Place Westrup Close

Hayes Close William Street

Heather Place Wilson Place

Hugh Allen Crescent York Place

Jack Straws Lane 1 – 25

AFNOV2409R460.doc

Page 314 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

ST THOMAS MORE RC PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSION POLICY 2011/2012

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St Thomas More School is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 30.

2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of St Thomas More and St Hugh of Lincoln who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of St Thomas More and St Hugh of Lincoln

4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

AFNOV2409R470.doc Page 315 AF13

In both the above instances, the drawing of lots would be supervised by an independent person appointed by the Governing Body.

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as a Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required at the time of application. Applications where documentary evidence is not supplied will be treated as non- Catholic. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest in the first instance.

AFNOV2409R470.doc Page 316 AF13

Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place

NURSERY Parents must apply on the LA form for a place in Reception Class. Attendance at a nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered in main school.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

AFNOV2409R470.doc Page 317 AF13

APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

A “Baptised Catholic” is one who: • Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837 ) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome (i.e. Latin Rite, Byzantine Rite, Coptic, Syriac, etc, Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 1203 ). Written evidence* of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878 ). Or • Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rite of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

AFNOV2409R470.doc Page 318 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

STOKE ROW CE SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2011 - 2012

Introduction

Stoke Row CE Primary School is a Church of England, Voluntary Aided School. It can accept up to 105 pupils of both sexes of the ages 4-11 years, although Governors strive to ensure that all classes do not exceed 30 pupils. The School’s Published Admissions Number (PAN) is 15 pupils per year, beginning from Foundation Stage 1. The School is available for pupils from within the Civil Parish Boundary of Stoke Row. (Stoke Row village, Borough (Wyfold) Court, Ipsden Heath and Uxmore. A map is available for inspection in the School office. The School currently accepts children from further afield. Although the School is a Church of England school, all children are welcome whatever their faith background. The School does not use academic or other ability as selection criteria.

Admissions Arrangements to Foundation in September 2011

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Education Authority (LA), is responsible for deciding on Admissions to the school but works closely with the LA to co-ordinate admissions to all maintained school in Oxfordshire. Details of the arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet Starting School. Details of how to obtain this will be sent to parents and it is also available from the Admissions Team, Children’s Services, Macclesfield House, New Road, Oxford, OX1 1NA. The booklet contains a Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF), explains the timetable for application, details of how parents will be informed of the result of their application, and

AFNOV2409R480.doc Page 319 AF13 how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. The completed CAPF form should be returned to the School or an application submitted on line by the stated deadline. The School requests that parents also complete its own expression of interest information sheet. The booklet also gives details of how applications received after the deadline will be handled, and of how continued interest (waiting) lists will be handled. Alternatively parents can now find this information by applying on-line by visiting www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admissions .

This policy has been drawn up taking cognisance of the Oxfordshire County Council guidance entitled ‘A guide to School Admissions in Oxfordshire’, the School Admissions Code 2009, Oxford Diocesan Board of Education guidelines and appropriate legislation. It should be read in conjunction with the current issue of the School prospectus, which will give further details of the school.

Entry for 2011/12 is open to all children born between 1st September 2006 and 31st August 2007. Admission for F1 will be on a full time basis from September 2011. The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1st September is 15. This number reflects the net capacity of the school.

Parents (*Note 1) may request that a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1st September 2011 and 31st March 2012 does not start at school until later in the school year 2011/12, when the child reaches compulsory school age (the term after the child’s fifth birthday). Under such circumstances, a place will be held for that child. Parents cannot defer entry until September 2012 for a child whose fifth birthday falls between 1st April 2012 and 31st August 2012. If the child has not been admitted to the Foundation class in the school year 2011/12, a separate application must be made in the summer term 2012 for a Year 1 place in September 2012. In almost all cases, the Year 1 group will be full to the admission number with children transferring from the 2011/12 Foundation class and a place will therefore not be available.

Children with Statements of Special Educational Needs

The Admissions procedure for children with Statements is different and these children take priority. Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires schools to admit a child with a Statement of Educational Needs that names the school irrespective of whether they have places or not. This is therefore not an oversubscription criterion. The LA is responsible for issuing the statement and consulting the Governors of Stoke Row, if a preference has been made for the school, before the school is named in the statement.

AFNOV2409R480.doc Page 320 AF13

Oversubscription Criteria

In the event of there being a greater demand for admissions than there are places available, the places will be allocated using the following criteria; these are listed in order of priority.

1. Children in care (*Note 2) (as defined by section 22 of the Children Act 1989) for whom a place is requested by the relevant person/authority. 2. A child with a normal home address (*Note 3) in the catchment area. 3. A child with a normal home address (*Note 3) in the catchment area and with a sibling (*Note 4) already in attendance at Stoke Row CE Primary School at the time of the application. The catchment area is defined within the Civil Parish Boundary. (A map is available for inspection at the school) 4. A child with a normal home address (*Note 3) outside the catchment area and with a sibling (*Note 4) already attending the school at the time of application. 5. Disability (*Note 5) where the child has a physical or mental impairment that has a substantial and long-term adverse effect on his or her ability to carry out normal day to day activities and this requires specific admission to Stoke Row School. 6. All other applicants will be ordered by proximity of the child’s home to the school as measured by the shortest designated public route defined by the Directorate for Learning and Culture’s Geographic System, with those living nearer being accorded higher priority. When measuring distance, we define the two determining points as being the front door to the home or building and the school gate in School Lane.

In the unlikely event of a case where the measurement of distance ‘tiebreak’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and if the school cannot offer a place to all of these children, the available place will be allocated by a random draw. In order to ensure that no child is disadvantaged because of the date when they are added to the waiting list, a fresh round of random allocation will be applied each time it is necessary to decide which child is to be offered a place from the waiting list.

The school will ensure that the above process is supervised by someone independent of the school.

Note * 1 : A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child.

Note *2: by a child in care we mean one in Public Care, for whom there is an agreement between a designated officer acting on behalf of a local authority as Corporate Parent and a designated officer of a local authority that the school will most appropriately meet the child’s needs.

AFNOV2409R480.doc Page 321 AF13

Note *3: by normal home address we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday, including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this in the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as inclusion on the Electoral Roll. If you are not sure whether or not you live in the catchment area, you can ask the school to check this for you and you will be given a written response. If you are moving into the catchment area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be resident in the catchment area on 1 st September 2010. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from your solicitor confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal lease agreement for at least 6 months.

Note *4: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

In the case of twins or other multiple births, if the school cannot offer places to all the children, the available places will be allocated by random draw. The school will liaise with parents regarding the selection process. Nb they cannot all be admitted if this breaches class size prejudice legislation.

Note *5: the Governing Body reserves the right to seek further information of the exceptional medical or social needs from appropriate professionals. Evidence would be required in the form of, for example, a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker. This should set out the particular reason why the school is the most suitable one for the child and the difficulties that would be caused by attending another school. The governors reserve the right to seek further clarification from the professional(s) involved.

All Other Admissions

Admissions to other years at the school or to the Foundation Year, once offers of places have been made, depend on whether or not there are places available. The Admissions Code (2009) mandates the adoption of strategies that allow all schools to admit a more even share of vulnerable children. In accordance with this, the school adheres to the Local Authority’s fair access

AFNOV2409R480.doc Page 322 AF13 protocol. Children in this category will be given the highest priority in both the oversubscription criteria and the continued interest list. Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to Foundation. The above arrangements cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education(Infant Class Sizes)(England) regulations 1998 which states that Infant classes containing children aged 4-7 years may not by law contain more than 30 children with a single qualified teacher.

Applications for admission should be on the LA Common Admissions Preference Form (CAPF) which is available from the school and also on-line at www.oxfordshire.gov.uk/admission . The completed form should be returned to the school. If there is a vacancy, and there is no child in the relevant continued interest (waiting) list with a higher priority, a place will be offered. As soon as school places become vacant, we fill these vacancies from any waiting list, even if this is before any admission appeals have been heard. Children who are subject of a direction by a local authority to admit or who are allocated to this school in accordance with an In-Year Fair Access Protocol, will take precedence over those on a waiting list.

For children of UK Service personnel and other Crown Servants, we will treat a family returning to the area as meeting the residency criteria for that catchment even if no house is currently owned in that area once proof of posting has been provided.

We will endeavour to handle admission applications outside the normal admissions round, or in-year applications, as quickly as possible to minimise the time a child is not at a school. In year applications will be administered by the Local Authority on behalf of the Governing Body.

If a parent (*Note 1) has not responded to the offer of a place within 21 days we will remind the parent of the need to respond and point out that the place may be withdrawn if they do not.

It should be noted that the only way that a place can be offered once the admission number is reached for any year group is to appeal. More details of this process are given at the end of this document.

Continued Interest Lists

The Local Authority will maintain a continued interest list for foundation until July 2012. The school also maintains a continued interest list for those children in all years that cannot be offered a place; the order of priority on the continued interest list is the same as the list of criteria for oversubscription. No account is taken of the time on the continued interest list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the continued interest list.

AFNOV2409R480.doc Page 323 AF13

Home to School Transport

Information regarding the Home to School Transport policy can be found in the booklet entitled ‘Starting School.

Appeals

If the application is not successful then the governors’ letter of refusal will give reasons for their decision based on the listed admission criteria. You will also be sent an appeal form at the same time. This should be returned to the Chair of Governors within 14 days. The Oxford Diocesan Board of Education will arrange for the appeal to be heard by an independent panel. This panel’s decision is legally binding on the school and on the family. It should be noted that in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non admission to the school, the school does not consider any further application in the same school year (1 September – 31 August), unless there has been a material change in circumstances, for example a change of address.

The number of applications we receive for places in our Foundation class varies from year to year. In the 2009/10 Foundation Year, 9 children were admitted to the school. All children in catchment who applied were allocated places. We had no appeals for places and no SEN children. We assign places up to the published admission number of 15 according to the criteria in the admissions policy but, unfortunately, we cannot guarantee a place for any child even if they live in the catchment area, or have a sibling at the school.

This policy complies with all relevant legislation including the Admissions Code 2009, equal opportunities legislation and the Infant Class Sizes regulation 1998.

For further information, in the first instance, please contact the Admissions Committee at the school.

Address Stoke Row CE Primary School School Lane Stoke Row, Henley-on-Thames RG9 5QS

Telephone 01491 680720

Fax 01491 680019

Email [email protected]

AFNOV2409R480.doc Page 324 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

WROXTON PRIMARY CHURCH OF ENGLAND SCHOOL

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SEPTEMBER 2010 – AUGUST 2011. Agreed by Governing Body July 2009

The Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire Local Authority (the LA responsible for deciding on admissions to the school, but works closely with the LA to ordinate all admissions to all maintained schools in Oxfordshire. Details of the LA arrangements are in the Oxfordshire booklet, available from the school. This also explains how parents can express a preference for a school and give reasons for that preference. Applications for entry to Wroxton CE School in September 2010 must be received by the LA on the coordinated admissions schemes application form. The dates and process of the application will be in accordance with the co- ordinated admissions scheme. This is published by the LA and will be common to all schools within the LA. Decisions on which children are to be offered a place will be made by the Admissions Committee of the school. Parents (see note 2) will be given 14 days in which to accept an offer. Applications received after the deadline for receipt will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to the applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

At Wroxton School, pupils are normally admitted at the beginning of the year in which they reach their fifth birthday, without reference to aptitude or ability. All children will therefore enter school on a part time basis in the September of the academic year in which they are 5. They will begin full time education following a period of two weeks part time.

The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 1 st September 2010 is 15. Parents may request that a child’s entry is deferred to later in the school year 2010/11, where a child is not of compulsory school age the term after the child’s fifth birthday). Under such circumstances the school will hold a place for that child. In all other cases, pupils will be admitted provided there are places available in the relevant year group.

In the event of there being a greater demand for admission than there are places available then children with a Statement of Special Need naming Wroxton CE School have the highest priority, followed by “looked – after children” living in the catchment area- of Wroxton and Balscote as defined by a map available from the school. The next category will be disabled children who need to be admitted to an accessible school. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended. Once places have been offered to these children, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below:

AFNOV2409R490.doc Page 325 AF13

1. A child in public care (‘looked after’ children)

2. A child with disabilities or medical needs who does not have a Statement of Special Educational Needs, and who needs to be admitted to an accessible school, or where one or both parents has a disability that may make travel to a school further away more difficult. Applications under this criterion must be supported by professional evidence showing why this school is most suitable and the difficulties that would be caused by travelling to another school

3. A child with a normal home address within the civil parish of Wroxton and Balscote with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at Wroxton CE Primary School at the time of entry to the school.

4. A child with a normal home address (see note 2) in the civil parish of Wroxton and Balscote.

5. A child with a normal home address outside the civil parish of Wroxton and Balscote with a sibling (see note 3) already in attendance at Wroxton CE Primary School at the time of entry to the school.

6. Those children who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children. Young People and Families’ Geographic Information System. This will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria 1 and 2 should the need arise.

7. A child whose parent or guardian is a member and regular worshipper at a Christian Church and where the application is supported in writing by the minister of that church on the School’s Supplementary Information form. (See Note 5)

8. Other children.

For entry to the reception year in 2009, the school received 15 applications, 15 offers were made. The criteria applicable to the application were as follows:

• Criteria 1 = 0 Criteria 2 = 1 • Criteria 3 = 1 Criteria 4 = 0 • Criteria 5 = 5 Criteria 6 = 8 • Criteria 7 = 0 Criteria 8 = 0

The In-Year Admission of Vulnerable Children, Year F1 to Year 6 inclusive. Wroxton School in compliance with the code allows for one additional place to be made available in each year group, when necessary, to children in groups judged to be

AFNOV2409R490.doc Page 326 AF13 vulnerable and at significant risk of under achievement. These groups are detailed below: • Children ‘Looked After’ by Oxfordshire County Council • Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed • Traveller children • Child refugees/asylum seekers • Children released from a custodial sentence and who are not on the role of any other school Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1.

The above arrangements cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes, England) Regulation 1998.

Note 1: Where fewer places can be offered at the school than there are children from multiple births living at a single address, the school will use alphabetical order by first names to determine who will be offered a place. In the event of a case where the measurement of a distance ‘tie break’ produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and they are not twins living at the same address, when there are too few places to offer all these children a place the school will determine allocation by alphabetical order of surnames and then, if necessary, by first names to determine who will be offered a place if all the following circumstances apply:

• They are not twins living at the same address • There are insufficient places to enable the school to offer places to all the affected applicants.

Note 2: By “parent” we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where under criterion 6 reference is made to ‘parent or guardian’ it is sufficient for just one parent to be ‘a member and regular worshipper.’

Note 3: By normal home address , we mean your child’s home address. This is your child’s permanent address at the time you make your application for a place. It is where you and your child live. We regard a child’s home address to be where he or she spends the major of the school week (Monday to Friday including nights). We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card if there are reasons why a child does not live at his/her parent’s address. For example, if he or she is resident with a grandparent, you need to tell us this on the application form. If you do not declare any arrangements like this or use a relative’s address for you application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place. Childcare arrangements are not sufficient reason for listing another address. The school reserves the right to check the validity of any address given, by asking for evidence such as a recent utilities bill confirming your name and address. If you are moving into the catchments area, we will ask for evidence of your move, before considering any application for a place. We need to know that you will be

AFNOV2409R490.doc Page 327 AF13 resident in the catchments area on 1 st September 2010. If you move later we will still need evidence before considering an application. Typical evidence is a letter from you solicitors confirming that you have a legally binding agreement to buy the house or a formal leasing agreement.

Note 4: By sibling we mean a brother or a sister. This means a brother or sister of the whole or half blood, or any other child (including an adopted child) who permanently resides at the same address and for whom the parent also has parental responsibility.

Note 5: By “Regular worshipper” we mean taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at a Christian Church at least once a month for a period of six months prior to the deadline for applications

There are established arrangements for appeals against non-admission. Details are available from the school. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission the school, does not consider any further application in the same school year (1 st September – 31 st August). The school maintains a waiting list for those children who are not offered a place; the order of priority on the waiting list is the same as the list of criteria for over subscription. No account is taken of length of time on the waiting list. The school periodically seeks confirmation that parents wish a child to be kept on the waiting list.

If you require further information please contact the Headteacher at school. Wroxton C of E (VA) Primary School, Lampitts Green, Wroxton, OX15 6QJ 01295 730298, Email: [email protected] .

• This Admissions Policy is governed by and complies with, the following statutes and Regulations: • Education Acts 1996, 1997, 2002, 2005, 2006 • School Standards and Framework Act 1998 • Race relations Act 1976 as amended by Race Relations (Amendment) Act 2000 • Human Rights Act 1998 • Disability Discrimination Act as amended by Special Educational Needs and Disability Act 2001 • S * x Discrimination Act 2001 [full title omitted to avoid being blocked by school/education filters] • Equal Opportunities • Infant Class Size

Signed:

Headteacher. April Guiness

Signed:

Chair of Governors. Karen Crook

AFNOV2409R490.doc Page 328 AF13

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM FOR ENTRY INTO Wroxton Primary C of E (VA) School Lampitts Green, Wroxton, Oxon OX15 6QJ 01295 730298 School year : September 2010 – August 2011

Part 1

To be completed by a parent/guardian applying for a place under criterion 7 (Church attendance) and to be returned to the School.

1. Name(s) of Parent(s) or Guardian(s) ......

2. Name of child applying ...... ….

3. Date of Birth ...... Gender: male/female

4. Address of child's home ...... …

...... … 5.. Parent/ Guardian Tel. no......

6. Are you (parent/Guardian) regularly involved in worship at a Christian Church? YES/NO

If YES which one? ………………………………………………………

Please ask your Vicar, Minister, Priest or Church leader to complete Part 2 which should then be returned to the School office.

Signature ...... Date ...... ………

AFNOV2409R490.doc Page 329 AF13

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM FOR ENTRY INTO Wroxton Primary C of E (VA) School Lampitts Green, Wroxton, Oxon OX15 6QJ 01295 730298

School year : September 2010 – August 2011

Part 2

Parents applying for a place under Admission criterion 7(Church Attendance) should ask their Vicar, Minister, Priest or Church Leader to complete this part before it is returned to the school.

Wroxton C of E (VA) Primary School

Name of child:

Name of parent/guardian:

To the Vicar, Minister, Priest or Church leader Application is being made for this child to be admitted to Wroxton Church of England Primary School on the basis of the parent(s) or guardian(s) being regular at worship at a Christian Church. By ‘regular worship’ we mean taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at a Christian Church at least once a month for a period of six months prior to the deadline for applications.

Your assistance in affirming this would be much appreciated by the School Governors.

Church attended......

How frequently has the parent or guardian been taking part in weekday or Sunday worship at the church during the past six months ?

Signed ………………………………..

Position* ………………………………...... Date…………………200....

* e.g., Vicar, Rector, Parish Priest, Minister, etc.

AFNOV2409R490.doc Page 330

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Policy for Admissions Arrangements For the Academic Year 2011/12

As our school is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School, the Governing Body is responsible for Admissions, though we work very closely with Oxfordshire Directorate for Children, Young People and Families to co-ordinate Admissions. Our admission arrangements are agreed with the Local Authority (LA) and the Oxford Diocesan Board of Education on an annual basis.

This Admission Policy complies with all relevant legislation including The Sex Discrimination Act 1975, The Race Relations Act 1976/2000, The Human Rights Act 1998, Infant Class Size Regulations 1998, Disability Discriminations Act 1995/2005, Admission Appeals 2002, The Equality Act 2006, and the Education and Inspection Act 2007.

Our Mission Statement Our mission is to create an environment where pupils and teachers can develop towards their full potential.

The school aims to serve its community by providing an education of the highest quality within the context of Christian belief and practice. It encourages an understanding of the meaning and significance of faith, and promotes Christian values through the experience it offers to all its pupils.

Recognising its historic foundation, the school will preserve and develop its religious character in accordance with the principles of the Church of England and in partnership with the Church at Parish and Diocesan level.

Admission Arrangements

• Our admissions are applied fairly and equally to all those who wish to attend this school;

• We are an inclusive school that welcomes children from all backgrounds, races, beliefs and abilities, including those who may have special needs;

• All applications will be treated equally;

• The only restriction we place on entry is that of number. If the number of children applying for entry exceeds the places available, we enforce the procedure set out below in order to determine whether a child is accepted or not. It is the wish of the Governing Body to enable parents/carers (see Note 1) to have a place at the school of their choice. However, this is not always possible, due to the excess demand on the school places available.

Infant Class Size To conform with the 1998 regulations on Key Stage One class sizes, we teach infant children (age five to seven) in classes that have a maximum number of 30 children.

Admissions Number Our admission number (i.e. the number of children we admit to each year group) is kept under review and the Governors may apply to change it if circumstances allow. The admissions number for entry to the Foundation year in 2011/12 is 18.

For year groups 1- 6 the admissions numbers for 2011/12 are as follows: 1 18 4 20 2 18 5 18 3 18 6 18

AFNOV2409R500.doc Page 331 AF13

Entry Dates for Foundation Year Children All children are required by law to receive education from the beginning of the school term after they reach the age of five. In Oxfordshire, Schools operate a single point of entry whereby children are entitled to start school in the September of the academic year in which they turn five. At The Hendreds School we adhere to this policy and for children with dates of birth between 01 September 2006 and 31 August 2007 we offer a start date in September 2011.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs (SEN) Under Sections 324 of the Education Act 1996, children with Statements of SEN naming The Hendreds School will always be admitted.

Vulnerable Children The Governing Body adheres to the Fair Access Protocol as set out in the School Admissions Code, which allows schools to admit one additional place in each year group for children in the following groups, provided this does not contravene the 1998 Education Regulations on size of Infant classes (see above) of if appropriate, they will be given top priority on the waiting list: • Children “Looked After” by Oxfordshire County Council; • Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion, or a child for whom a fresh start is agreed; • Traveller children; • Child refugee/asylum seekers; • Children released from a custodial sentence and who are not on the roll of any other school.

Applying for Places • The LA publishes a composite admissions prospectus each year, which gives parents/carers information about how they can apply for a place in the school of their choice. Included in this brochure will be a Common Application Form (CAPF – primary) which needs to be completed.

• The LA will automatically send details of where to obtain the composite admissions prospectus to all parents/carers of children of the appropriate age in September 2010.

• Parents/carers have a right to express a preference for the school of their choice and should do so on the application form. Parents/carers are able to rank up to three schools in order of preference. Expressing a preference does not, in itself, guarantee a place at this school and the law does not allow us to assume that, if no written preference is received, parents/carers are satisfied with a place at their local school.

• Parents/carers must complete the CAPF (primary) and return it directly to the LA by the date as specified in the Co-ordinated Admission Arrangements. The LA will then act as a “clearing house” for all applications.

• After the deadline date, the LA will notify our Governing Body of every application made for this school regardless of preference. The Admissions Sub-Committee will then meet to decide upon the allocation of places based strictly on our subscription criteria (as set out later in this policy). The LA will be notified of which children are to be offered places and, if we are over-subscribed, those to be refused.

• The LA “clearing house” will send letters to parents/carers notifying them of the allocation of primary school places by the date as specified in the Co-ordinated Admission Arrangements.

• Parents/carers will receive no more than one offer of a school place in response to an application form.

Late Applications • All applications received by the deadline date will be considered before late applications. Applications received after the deadline date will be deemed to be late unless:

AFNOV2409R500.doc Page 332 AF13

- Where the late application can clearly be shown to be the responsibility of the Governing Body of The Hendreds School or the LA acting as the “clearing house”;

- Where there are extenuating circumstances, for example when a sudden illness prevents the parent/carer from submitting the CAPF (Primary) on time.

• This means that if a late application is made and we are oversubscribed, even if you fulfil a higher criterion than that under which places have been offered to other applicants, you will be unsuccessful.

Home Address • All places will be allocated on the basis of the parents/carers permanent home address at the time of application or parents/carers temporary home address if there is no permanent home address.

• Where children spend time with parents/carers at more than one address, the address used for this purpose will be the one at which the pupil is ordinarily resident during the majority of term-time weekdays.

• Places cannot be allocated on the basis of intended future change of address.

• The School reserves the right to ask for proof of address, i.e. by asking for evidence such as a recent utilities bill containing your name and address.

Oversubscription Once the closing date has passed for applications and if the school is found to be oversubscribed, i.e. if there are more applicants than places, places will be allocated according to the admissions criteria set out below:

1. “Looked After” Children, i.e. those in Foster Care or resident in a Childrens’ Home;

2. Disabled children without Statements of SEN who need to be admitted to an accessible school. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended.

3. Children living in the school’s normal catchment area, - the parishes of East Hendred, West Hendred, Ardington and Lockinge. (A map of the catchment area can be inspected at the School Office.) Priority shall be given firstly to those children who, at the time of entry, have siblings (see Note 2) already at the school and secondly to children who live closest to the school gates by the nearest designated public route as defined by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information System.

4. For those living outside of the catchment area, preference will be given firstly to those children who, at the time of entry, have siblings already attending The Hendreds School, and secondly to children who live closest to the school gates by the nearest designated public route as defined by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information System.

5. If the above criteria are exhausted and where places remain available, priority will be given to those children who live closest to the school gates by the nearest designated public route as defined by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families Geographic Information System.

Tie Break Situations In the unlikely event of a case where there are too few places to be offered and the measurement of the distance “tie-break” produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, and they are not twins living at the same address, places will be allocated by random allocation. A fresh round of random allocation will be used for those children on the waiting list. These will be administered by a representative from the Local Authority who will draw lots for the available places(s).

AFNOV2409R500.doc Page 333 AF13

Notification of a Place Once the admissions process has been completed the LA will send a single offer of a school place to all applicants. Parents/carers will have until the date as specified in the Co-ordinated Admission Arrangements to accept an offer; apply for a place on the Continuing Interest List or to return an appeal form. Non-acceptance of a place will result in the withdrawal of the offer.

It should be noted that the offer of a place at an out of catchment area primary school does not guarantee that a place will be available at a partner secondary school in the catchment area.

Multiple Births If a family makes an application for children of multiple birth and the children fall either side of the admission number, all children will be admitted, provided Infant Class Regulations are not contravened. Should these Regulations be affected the parents will be asked to decide which of their children should take up the place.

Deferred Entry Parents may request that entry to the Foundation Year is deferred until the child is of compulsory school age, i.e. the term after their fifth birthday. A place can only be deferred until later in the same academic year.

Early Entry The Governors will consider an application for early entry where it is in the interests of the child due to Special Needs or Medical needs, provided supporting evidence is received from a Registered Health Professional (i.e. a Doctor or Social Worker). This will be assessed by the Admissions Committee and they reserve the right to ask for further clarification if necessary.

Home to School Transport Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the composite booklet entitled "Starting School" produced by the Local Authority every year and available from Primary Schools in September.

In-Year Admissions Applications for entry to years 1 – 6 are referred to as In-year admissions and will be co-ordinated by the LA, which will act as a “clearing house”. Parents/carers will need to complete a common application form (CAPF – Primary In-year) and return it to the LA. They will liaise closely with the Governing Body to decide upon whether a place can be allocated or not. The LA will then notify the applicant of the decision. If a place is offered, parents/carers will have fourteen days to accept an offer. Non-acceptance will result in the withdrawal of the offer. If more applications are received than spaces available, the same over-subscription criteria as set out above will apply.

Refusal of a Place If we do not offer a child a place, it is because to do so would:

• Prejudice the provision of efficient education or the efficient use of resources;

• Be incompatible with any arrangements for the admission of pupils to the school agreed between the School Governors and the Oxford Diocesan Board of Education.

The law does not require schools to expand to meet demand. This could lead to overcrowding or pressure on facilities. This is what efficient education and the efficient use of resources tries to avoid.

Admission Appeals Parents/carers who are refused a school place have the right to appeal to an independent appeal panel. Details of these arrangements will be sent when a place is refused.

Following the 1998 Education Act, schools are required to limit class sizes at Key Stage 1 (4+ to 7 year olds) to 30 or less unless there is an additional teacher. Where an appeal is lodged as a result of a place being refused on these grounds, the arrangements for an appeal are different as personal circumstances cannot be taken into account.

AFNOV2409R500.doc Page 334 AF13

Once an appeal is made, if it is unsuccessful there will be no right to a further appeal for that school during that academic year, unless there is a material change of circumstances, e.g. change of address. However, an appeal for an alternative school can be pursued.

Continued Interest Lists After the initial offers of school places, parents/carers of children who received offers of places at schools ranked second or third preference will be provided with details of how to place their child’s name on the Continued Interest List (Waiting List) held by the LA. Such lists are discontinued at the end of Foundation year.

Withdrawal of the offer of a place Once a place has been offered it can only be withdrawn either when it has found to have been offered on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application, for example a false claim to residence within an area, or where a parent has not accepted the offered place within a reasonable time.

Review This policy will be reviewed annually by the Governing Body in the light of any changed circumstances in our school or the local area.

Further Information Further information can be obtained from: The Admissions Secretary The Hendreds Church of England Primary School Ford Lane East Hendred Wantage Oxfordshire, OX12 8JX

Tel: (01235) 833379 e-mail [email protected]

Note 1: A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for, or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above and siblings.

Note 2: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

AFNOV2409R500.doc Page 335 AF13

Annexe 1

In the 2009/10 Admissions Round, which was similar to that of previous years, our Admissions Number for the Foundation Year Group was 18.

The places were allocated as follows by the Admissions Committee of our Governing Body (based on our subscription criteria):

Children with a Statement of SEN naming The Hendreds School 0 Looked After Children 0 Disabled Children without Statements of SEN 0 Children living School Catchment Area with Siblings on Roll 7 Children living School Catchment Area 6 Children living Outside School Catchment Area with Siblings on Roll 0 Children living Outside School Catchment Area 1

AFNOV2409R500.doc Page 336 AF13

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

THE ADMISSION RULES FOR THE WARRINER SCHOOL FOR ENTRY IN 2011/12

There are 228 places available at The Warriner School in each year group.

The admission rules are shown below in descending order of priority.

1. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school in Part 4 of the Statement. 2. Looked after Children whom the Corporate Parent agrees should attend the school. 3. Disabled children who need to be admitted to a school on the grounds of physical accessibility. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended. 4. Children who live in the designated area, attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools and have a sibling at the school at the time of entry. 5. Children who live in the designated area attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools and but do not have a sibling at the school at the time of entry. 6. Children who live in the designated area and have a sibling at the school at the time of entry but do not attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools. 7. Children who live in the designated area but do not attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools and do not have a sibling at the school at the time of entry. 8. Children who attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools and have a sibling at the school at the time of entry but do not live in the designated area. 9. Children who attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools but live outside the designated area and do not have a sibling at the school at the time of entry. 10. Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of entry but do not attend one of The Warriner Partnership of schools and do not live in the designated area. 11. For those children who do not meet any of the above criteria priority will be given to those who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families’ Geographic Information System.

Please note that for criteria 1 to 11 if the number of applicants exceeds the number of places available priority will be given to those who live closest to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families’ Geographic Information System.

Where an application is unsuccessful parents have the right to appeal to an independent appeals panel. The details of this process will be sent out at the time of the decision to refuse a place.

Free transport to and from school is provided by Oxfordshire Local Authority (L.A.) for those children who meet the L.A.’s criteria.

AFNOV2409R510.doc

Page 337 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 338

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Policy Statement for Admission to Wootton St Peter’s CE Primary School – 2011/2012

Parents are warmly invited to visit our Voluntary Aided school prior to Making an application for admission. All applications must be made through the LA on behalf of the Governing Body in accordance with the co-ordinated admissions scheme (Admissions Code 2009, paragraphs 3.6 - 3.8). The Governing body will consult annually on its admission arrangements, which will be effective two years in advance.

Details of the Local Authority admissions arrangements can be found in the Oxfordshire County Council ‘Starting School’ booklet which is available from the school office. Applications for admission must be received by the LA by the date indicated either in writing or on-line.

Parents are also asked to indicate the level of preference on the school’s Supplementary Information Form, which is available from the school office. It is essential for all applicants to complete this form in order for an application to be considered as Governors cannot admit under these criteria without the supporting evidence.

Definition of parent: A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. ‘Family members’ include only parents, as defined above, and siblings.

Children with statements of education need will always be admitted.

Applications for the admissions of vulnerable children i.e. permanently excluded/ significant risk of permanent exclusion/or where a fresh start is agreed, Traveller children, child refugees/asylum seekers and children released from a custodial sentence and who are not on roll at any other school, will be considered in accordance with the Fair Access Protocol.

Admission criteria:

1. Children in care and ‘looked after’ by a registered authority, or person/s recognised by the registered authority, will be admitted according to the guidance given by Oxfordshire County Council LA directives.

2. Definition of sibling: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half-brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought, is living at the same address as the sibling who is already attending the school.

3. Children whose home residence is within the recognised catchment area for the school. The recognised catchment area for the school is the Ecclesiastical Parish boundary of Wootton, St. Peter’s Church. Part of this area is shared with neighbouring schools. A map showing the catchment area is available in the school office for parents to view.

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 339 AF13

4. Children of parents who worship regularly at St. Peter’s Church, Wootton (as determined by the conditions set out overleaf*).

5. Children of parents who worship regularly at any church belonging to ‘Churches together in England’ (as determined by the conditions set out overleaf*).

6. Other children that do not satisfy any of the above criteria.

Definition of ‘regular’ worship (see over-subscription criterions 6 and 7)

The criteria in priority order are as follows:

* Where one or both of the parents are on the electoral roll of St. Peter’s Church, Wootton and /or demonstrate evidence of regular worship attending any routine advertised services at least once a month during the last year. Where a member of the C of E becomes a new resident and demonstrates evidence of worship at St. Peter’s Church the same over-subscription criterion is triggered and the parish priest in their previous parish should verify similar commitment.

** Where the applicant is an existing resident of Wootton, and a member of another local C of E church, the same electoral roll requirement and / or evidence of regular worship should apply and the verification be sought from the incumbent of that parish. Where the applicant is a resident of Wootton and declared member of Christian denomination verification should be sought from their church minister.

Children will be admitted into the Foundation year (F1) at Wootton School at the beginning of the school year in which they reach their fifth birthday. ‘Early years’ staff will make at least one visit to the home before the child comes onto school roll. The purpose of home visits is to make initial contact with parents and children and discuss an induction programme prior to coming onto school roll.

Parents of children coming up to school age should apply to the Headteacher for a place at the school before their child is 4 years of age, as all applications will be considered by a predetermined cut off date in the year prior to entry.

The cut off date for the 2011/12 school year will be in accordance with the dates published in the co-ordinated admissions scheme. Children who will be 5 years of age between 1 st September 2011 and 31 st August 2012 fall into this category.

The processing of applications for places for the subsequent Foundation year will be in accordance with the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated admissions scheme. All children attending will be placed on the school roll as from the beginning of the autumn term. It is the governors’ policy to consider only one application within the academic year, unless there is a major change in circumstances (e.g. change of address).

All applications received after this date will only be considered if the admissions number for that year group, which is currently 16, reflecting the net capacity of the school, has not already been reached, this includes applications received in the period after the cut-off date expires up to the time when parents receive offers of places. All parents lodging applications by this cut off date will receive notification of the outcome in writing at a time determined in accordance with the

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 340 AF13

Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated admissions scheme. Letters of confirmation will be issued to successful applicants and will include a response slip for parents to indicate whether they will be taking up the offer of a place. In the case of unsuccessful applicants parents will be informed of the reasons why their application has been rejected and this will also include a response slip indicating whether the application should be placed on the school’s reserve list. Once the published admissions number for the relevant age group has been reached the Governing body may refuse to admit further children on the grounds that this would prejudice the provision of efficient education or the efficient use of resources. Places may also be refused on the grounds that the total number of children under the responsibility of a single qualified teacher would exceed 30 i.e. Class size prejudice in infant classes. Entry above this number should not normally be allowed except in exceptional cases and with the authorisation of the LA (see details on the ‘over subscription criteria’ for information on the admission number). This complies with all relevant legislation.

The Governing Body have agreed there will be no concessions for early admissions.

The school withholds the right to withdraw the offer of a place either when it is found to have been offered on the basis of fraudulent or an intentionally misleading application, or, in the case of applications for children in the F1 year group, where a parent has not accepted the offer of a place within the timescale as determined by the LA co-ordinated admissions scheme, that place will be offered to the next child on the waiting list.

All other applications for admission will be considered at any time by the LA who will administer these as determined by the Admissions Code 2009 and in accordance with the co-ordinated admission scheme. Where year groups have reached the published admission number the Governors’ admissions panel may reject an application for admission. Unsuccessful parents may request the Appeals Information pack and they have the right of appeal against the decision of the governors.

Should parents wish to withdraw their application for a Foundation place before the cut off date upon which they are considered then we would ask that they inform the school of their intentions as soon as possible. This and other written requests for information should be addressed:

C/o The Headteacher Wootton, St. Peters, CE Primary School Wootton Village, Boars Hill, Oxford OX1 5HP E-mail address: [email protected]

If a place were offered to parents for their child we would expect that they would hold by their original decision to take up that place, unless extraordinary circumstances outside their control make that impossible. Children do not legally reach statutory school age until their 5 th birthday and, as such, parents may defer a place offered provided it is taken up by the start of the term immediately after the child’s 5 th birthday, however, places for summer born children cannot be deferred until the start of year 1.

As many year groups are oversubscribed the school operates a reserve list for unsuccessful applicants. This is ordered according to published admissions criteria, and is not based on the date of application. Vacancies may be filled from that list at any time should the number in a

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 341 AF13 given year group falls below the published admission number. A parent’s withdrawal or deferring of a place offered by the school can have significant bearing on applicants on the reserve list. As such, it is very important to inform the school of your decision as soon as possible. Unsuccessful applications will only be placed on the reserve list when the school has been instructed to do so in writing by the parent of the child/ren in question. Only applications placed on the reserve list will be reconsidered should the numbers of children in any year group fall below the published admission number for the school. Placing a child’s name on the list does not affect the parent’s right of appeal.

Details and copies of appeals forms are available on request from the school office.

Other information pertinent to admission applications:

1. Abingdon schools (local ‘SSCAN’ cluster) Admissions Agreement. The local cluster of primary schools has an agreed practice on admission. Important points from this are detailed: • Parents living outside the catchment area of a school should consider the provision given by their local catchment area school. This applies to rising 5’s and statutory age children. • Parents wishing to move their children to another local school must consult with those Headteachers concerned. Other schools should direct parents to do so if this step has not already been followed. • All children will be admitted in a full-time capacity in the autumn term.

2. Other Admissions Authorities and Partnerships. For information on admissions policies please contact:

Oxfordshire County Council Education Department Admissions Team Children, Young People and Families Macclesfield House New Road Oxford OX1 1NA

3. Information regarding Home to School transport can be found in the booklet entitled Starting School in September 2011.

4. Our Fair Access protocol is available from the school office.

5. Information on home/school agreements, performance tables, prospectus, and recent school inspections can be obtained via the Headteacher.

6. As the Admissions Authority for the school the Governing body will consider applications for children with disabilities needing to be admitted to an accessible school; and special educational needs, other than with Statements or as indicated in point 5, as fairly as other applicants. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended. This will be based upon the published admissions criteria for the school.

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 342 AF13

7. Applications for the admission of vulnerable children will be considered in accordance with Admissions Code 2009. 8. Applications for children who have been excluded from at least two other schools in the last two years can only be accepted after prior consultation and agreement between the Local Authority, the Governing body and the parents of the children concerned.

9. Where fewer places can be offered at the school applied for than there are children from multiple births living at a single address, the school will use alphabetical order by first names to determine who will be offered a place.

10. Where the measurement of distance produces an identical measurement for two or more applicants, then the school will use alphabetical order by first names to determine who will be offered a place.

Date agreed and adopted: ………………13th November 2009 ……………………………

Amended ……………………………… …………………………………………………………….

Signed on behalf of the Governing Body, Wootton, St. Peters, Primary School:

…………………….………Sue Srawley ………………………………………………………….

Allocation of places as at February 2009

Number of allocations in order of priority:

SEN Priority 0 Looked After 0 Criterion 4 (Sibling) 9 Criterion 5 (Catchment/worship) 2 Criterion 5 (Catchment) 11 Distance 14 Total 17

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 343 AF13

Over subscription Criteria

The over subscription criteria may be ‘triggered’ once the number of applications for admission of children into any year group reaches the agreed admission number of 16 children.

The Governing body, as the Admission Authority for the school, has agreed this number with the Local Authority. The admission number is based upon the: • Legal requirement to maintain infant classes with qualified teachers who have sole responsibility for no more than 30 children. • Physical limitations of the school site.

Applications for admissions will be considered on the criteria set out in this Admissions Policy, including children placed on reserve lists for any year group. Should places become available parents will not be given priority based upon the date in which applications were received. If more applications are received than there are places available, places will be allocated to children in the following order of priority -

• If there are more applications falling within any of the criteria stated than there are places remaining, available priority will be given to those who satisfy the next criterion following; and if necessary those who satisfy the further criteria following, and so on. • If there are still more applications under any one criterion than places available, priority will be given in all cases to children living nearest to school, as determined by the shortest possible designated route as defined by the Oxfordshire County Council “Geographical Information System.”

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 344 AF13

CONFIDENTIAL

Application to attend Wootton St Peter’s CE Primary School

Supplementary Information – Regular Worshipper

To be completed by the minister at your place of worship

Name of child: ………………………………………………………………………………

Date of birth: …………………………………………………………………………………

Name of parent/guardian: …………………………………………………………………

Church attended: ……………………………………………………………………………

How long has the parent or guardian been associated with this church? ……….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

How frequently has the parent or guardian been attending meetings or services at the church over the past year (e.g. weekly, monthly, quarterly)?

…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Signed …………………………………………………………………………..

Name ………………………………………………………………………….. (block capitals)

Position* …………………………………………………………………………..

Date …………………………………………………………………………..

* For example, Vicar, Rector, Minister, etc.

Please return this form to Wootton St Peter’s CE Primary School, Wootton Village, Boars Hill, Oxford, OX1 5HP.

AFNOV2409R520.doc Page 345 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 346 Wootton-by-Woodstock CE Policy For Admissions Primary School 2011-2012

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

The governors have formulated the following policy in accordance with their obligations under the 1998 Education Act and in consultation with the Diocesan Board of Education, the Local Authority (LA) And the Schools Admissions Code 2009.

The School's capacity is 70. The School's admission number in 2011-2012 for the Early Years/ Reception Class is 10.

All Applicants Preferences for this, (or any other school), may be made by completing the preference form (CAPF), found in the LA Admissions booklet. Parents who wish to apply on denominational grounds must also submit the Supplementary Information Form (Criterion 3).

Allocation of Places Places are offered from September of the academic year in which the child has his/her 5th birthday (see overleaf). All relevant dates and processes in relation to applications for admission will conform to the agreed Coordination of Admissions Scheme as published by the Local Authority which is common to all schools within the local authority area. Applications for children in other age groups will be dealt with as they arise. (See In Year/Casual admissions section.)

In the case of refusal, full reasons will be given; the parents will be told of their right of appeal and invited to request an appeal form, which is available from the school.

Children with Statements of Educational Need naming the school, will always be admitted. After this, places at the school are allocated according to the following criteria in this order:

1. Looked After children living within or without the school catchment area. 2. Children from within the School's catchment area i.e. the Parish of Wootton, Glympton and Kiddington, and running south to include Old Woodstock. The school governors keep a marked map in school that shows the boundary of the catchment area.* 3. Siblings already in attendance at the School at the time of the proposed admission 4. Parents who demonstrate their wish for their child to experience an education based on a Christian ethos. This includes children from families who may live outside the Parish boundary, but wish their children to attend a Voluntary Aided Church School. If applying under this category it is essential for parents to demonstrate their denominational commitment. The completion of the Supplementary Information Form (Criterion 3) is required from the minister of the place

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 347 AF13

of worship that the family currently attends. Preference will be given to those families whose commitment to worship is at least monthly for a period of 12 months prior to the deadline for applications. 5. Villages without primary schools. 6. Other applicants who do not meet any of the above criteria.

All applications in Criteria 1 - 5 will be treated equally, irrespective of need or ability.

Home to School Transport Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet entitled "Starting School" (for primary schools or "Moving On" for secondary schools (one or the other) produced by the Local Authority and available from Primary Schools from September 2010.

In the event of more applicants than places available within any individual criteria, the decision will be made according to distance from the home address to the school by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Directorate for Learning & Culture’s Geographic Information System. Continued interest lists will be managed by the LA according to the Coordination of Admissions Scheme.

InYear/Casual Admissions In Year admissions will be administered by the LA on behalf of the Governing Body. In accordance with the Admissions Code 2007 one additional place in each year group may be made available to children in groups judged to be at significant risk of under achievement according to the Local Authority’s Fair Access Protocol. These are:

§ Children ‘Looked After’ by Oxfordshire County Council § Children permanently excluded from another school or at significant risk of permanent exclusion § Traveller children § Child refugees/asylum seekers

Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to Early Years/Reception. These children will also receive priority when placed on the continued interest list.

Multiple Births In the case of multiple births, where one sibling is eligible for admission under the above criteria, the school will admit all siblings provided that admitting these siblings does not exceed class size prejudice legislation, that is, that the KS1 class does not exceed 30 pupils. When all siblings cannot be accommodated they will be prioritised by random allocation. Random allocation means that each child will be allocated a number and these numbers will be fed into a random number generator programme. The selected number will represent the child who will be offered a place. This process will be observed by an independent person who will be a representative of the Parish Council who has no connection with the school. Random allocation will only be put into practice in the instance of multiple births.

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 348 AF13

Early Years The School admits children according to the following policy:

1. All four year olds will be entitled to, and offered, a funded full-time place at a primary school from the September before their fifth birthday.

2. In appropriate cases parents may wish to defer entry up until the term after the child’s fifth birthday at the latest. If this course of action were to be taken the school would expect some communication between the parents of the child, school staff and other relevant agencies.

3. Under such circumstances as 1 and 2 above, the school will hold a place open for a child to a later date within that academic year, although in the majority of cases, the school finds that children benefit from starting at the beginning of the school year rather than starting part way through it.

4. In the case of multiple births the governors will admit siblings above the admissions number of 10, subject to the rules regarding class size prejudice.

5. The governors will not consider applications for early admission.

The School keeps a register of parents who wish their child to attend the school. Admission priority is not ordered according to the date of registering interest.

Appeals Any parent who has been refused a place for their child has a right to appeal to an independent appeal panel (except temporarily the parents of a child who has been permanently excluded from two schools, at least one within the last two years). The parent should complete an appeal form and return it to the Chair of Governors by the date specified on the form. The School will ask the Diocese to organize an independent panel to hear the appeal. Under normal circumstances Governors will not reconsider repeat applications made within the same academic year. However, a second application in the same academic year will be considered under extenuating circumstances, such as a change of address.

Definitions Home address: This means your child’s permanent place of residence at the time of application: the place where your child sleeps most term time nights. If your child is moving into the catchment area we will ask for evidence of his/her move before considering the application.

Siblings: Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 349 AF13

Parent: A parent is any person who has parental responsibility for, or is the legal guardian of the child. Where admission arrangements refer to ‘parents attendance at church’ it is sufficient for just one parent to attend. Family members means only parents, as defined above, and siblings.

Looked-after children: This means children who are in residential care, live with foster carers, or whose parents share the responsibility of looking after their children with the LA.

F1: Reception group.

Previous Admissions Details of the previous year's admissions are contained in the Appendix attached.

This policy is reviewed annually.

Governor______

Headteacher______

Date agreed______

Please note that: * The Glympton and Kiddington catchment areas are shared with Enstone Primary School. * All dates will be in line with the LA Coordinated Admissions Scheme.

For application enquiries parents should contact the headteacher at the School address:

Miss VJ Lucas Wootton-By-Woodstock Primary School, Church Street, Wootton, Woodstock, Oxfordshire, OX20 1DH. Email: [email protected] Tel: 01993 811520

This policy complies with all relevant legislation, including that regarding infant class size prejudice, at the time of publication:

Sex Discrimination Act 1975 Race Relations Acts 1976 and 2000 Human Rights Act 1998 Disability Discrimination Acts 1995 and 2005 Equality Act 2006 School Standards and Framework Act 1998

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 350 AF13

Education Acts 1996, 2002, and 2005 Education and Inspections Act 2006

Wootton-By-Woodstock School is committed to Equality of Opportunity and all applicants will be considered irrespective of religion, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, ability or disability. Please refer to the Equal Opportunities Policy.

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 351 AF13

WOOTTON-BY-WOODSTOCK C.E. (AIDED) PRIMARY SCHOOL

Supplementary Information (Criterion 3)

The closing date for applications will be in line with the Admissions Code and this form must be returned to the school or the Local Authority by the date stated on the CAPF.

This form must be submitted where a parent is seeking admission for a child on the grounds of Criterion 3, that is, wishing the child to have an education based on a Christian ethos. After completion it should be returned by the religious leader direct to the school. Families moving into the area within 12 months prior to the date of application may present the form to a former minister. Preference will be given to those families whose commitment to worship is at least monthly for a period of 12 months prior to the deadline for applications.

Name of Child:

Name of parent/guardian:

Name and Address Place of Worship attended:

How frequently has the parent, guardian or child been attending weekday meetings or Sunday services at the place of worship over the past year (e.g. weekly, monthly, quarterly)?

Signed ……………………………..

Position * …………………………….

Date …………………………….

* For example, Vicar, Rector, Minister, etc.

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 352 AF13

Appendix to Admissions Policy

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSIONS INTO SCHOOL IN 2008-2009

TOTAL NUMBER OF APPLICANTS ……21

Criteria Successful No of Successful Applicants Appeals Appeals

Living within the school’s catchment area 7 0

Siblings already in attendance at the school

Wishing the child to experience an education based on a religious foundation

Living in a village with no primary school

None of the above criteria

AFNOV2409R530.doc Page 353 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 354 SHENINGTON CHURCH OF ENGLAND PRIMARY SCHOOL.

Admission Arrangements 1st September 2011 – 31 st August 2012. Excellence through Endeavour

NOTE : All of the dates and processes in this policy will conform to the LA’s co- ordinated scheme for admissions 2011-2012.

1. Sh enington Primary School is a Church of England Voluntary Aided School and the Governing Body of the school, not Oxfordshire LA, is the Admissions Authority. This Admission Policy is to be used for entry to the Reception (Foundation 1) Year in 2011-2012, and also for in-year applications during 2010- 2011. It is to be read in conjunction with the school prospectus, which contains a range of information to assist prospective parents in their choice of school. It complies with all relevant legislation, including that on infant class sizes and equal opportunities.

2. For the purpose of admissions the autumn term is from 1 September to 31 December, the spring term is from 1 January to 31 March and the summer term from 1 April to 31 August. (N.B. Although the LA has introduced a six-term year in all its schools, this will not change the legal definition of a term, which continues to be based on the conventional three-term pattern).

Children will be admitted to school full time in the autumn term 2011; the actual arrangements for admission will be clarified nearer the time. The Governors will not consider any applications for early admission. Although the school does not recommend it, parents may request that entry is deferred to later in the same school year (2011-2012) until their child reaches compulsory school age (i.e. the term after his/her fifth birthday). Parents wishing to postpone taking up a place until the start of the next academic year (autumn term 2012) will lose their place and must make a fresh application for a year 1 place in the academic year 2012- 2013. Pupils will be admitted without reference to ability or aptitude.

3. The purpose of the Admission Policy is to limit admissions to the school when applications for a school year beginning with the autumn term exceed the Admission Number. This Admission Number is established by having reference to the Net Capacity of the school and by the recommendation of the LA to admit year groups in multiples of 15.

4. Admissions Criteria Pupils will be admitted without reference to ability, aptitude or need. If the number of candidates does not exceed the Admission Number all will be allocated a place. If however this is exceeded the following criteria, shown in order of priority, will be used to determine the admission of candidates.

Where Shenington is named in a statement of special educational needs, the school has a duty to admit the child to the school.

AFNOV2409R550.doc Page 355 AF13 Thereafter the criteria are as follows: i. Looked after children (see Note 1). ii. Candidates resident (See Note 2) within the civil parish of Shenington with Alkerton and with a sibling (see Note 4) in the school at the time of entry. iii. Candidates resident (See Note 2) within the civil parish of Shenington with Alkerton. iv. Candidates with a sibling (See Note 4) in the school at the time of entry. v. Candidates resident (See Note 2) closest to the school. (See Note 5).

If there is insufficient space for all the candidates in any one category to attend, places will be allocated to those resident closest to the school (See Note 5).

5. Applications to Reception (Foundation 1) in Previous Years 2007 -2008 2008 -2009 2009 -2010 20 10 -201 1 Admission Num ber 13 15 15 SEN Priority 0 0 0 Looked After 0 0 0 Catchment & Sibling 0 0 4 Catchment 4 1 0 Sibling 3 4 1 Distance 3 4 8 Appeals 0 0 0

6. Application Procedure Information on how to obtain a school place is available on-line through the Oxfordshire County Council web site. Oxfordshire County Council (the LA) has details of its Scheme for Co-ordinated Admissions, which will apply for the academic year 2011-2012. The effect of this scheme is that the LA handles the admissions for all maintained schools. However, Voluntary Aided Schools, like Shenington, still determine the order in which children fulfil their admission criteria. All applications (including applications from children living outside Oxfordshire) should be made to the LA / Shenington School before 13 th November 2010 using the Common Application Preference Form (CAPF Primary).

When the Governors have received details from the LA of all applicants they will meet to review applications for admission in the following September. All applications will be considered strictly in accordance with the criteria set out in Clause 4. The LA will notify prospective parents on 1st March 2011 whether or not their applications have been successful.

7. Late Applications Applications for Reception (Foundation 1) Year received after the deadline for receipt (except as specified by the LA in their Co-ordinated Arrangements for Admissions) will only be considered after all those received by the deadline. This means that, if no places are left after considering all the applications received by the deadline, all late applications will be unsuccessful even if they fulfil a higher criterion.

8. Appeals In the case of a refusal to admit a candidate parents have the right to appeal. The appeal should be sent to the Chairman of the Board of Governors and will be heard by an Independent Appeals Panel whose members will be proposed by the Oxford Diocesan Director of Education (Schools). The Appeals Committee will meet as soon as possible after appeals have been received against refusals, and AFNOV2409R550.doc Page 356 AF13 parents will be notified in writing of their decisions. It should be noted that, in the event of an unsuccessful appeal against non-admission to the school, the Governors would only consider a further application within the same school year (1 September – 31 August) if there is a major change of circumstances (e.g. a change of address).

9. Waiting List For entry into Reception (F1): The LA will maintain the waiting list for Reception (F1) Year (known as the “ continued interest list ”) and will act as the “clearing house” for Reception (Foundation 1) Year applications until the last day of the summer term 2012. Information on this can be found in the LA’s admissions booklet and also on-line through the Oxfordshire County Council web site.

For entry into all other year groups: Parents refused admission may ask for their children to be placed on a waiting list held in the school. Occasionally children allocated places move away or for some other reason are unable to take up their allocation. In that event places will be offered to children remaining on the waiting list in accordance with the Criteria in Clause 4. No account will be taken of the length of time on the waiting list. The Governors may from time to time seek confirmation that parents wish a child’s name to be kept on the waiting list.

10. Older children Admission to other years at the school, or to the Reception (Foundation 1) year once offers of places have been made and accepted in the main entry round, (both referred to as “in year” admissions) should be made, either to the school or to the LA, on the LA’s In-year Application Form ( known as the CAPF Primary In- Year Admissions) for in-year admissions, and will be determined by the governors as follows:

A place will only be offered if there is a vacancy (i.e. the number of children in the applicant's year group is less than its Admission Number). In this case: i. a place will be offered to the child with the highest priority (according to the over subscription criteria set out in Clause 4), being either a child on the Waiting List or a new Applicant. ii. If there is no child on the waiting list a place will be given to a child on a first come, first served basis. iii. If two or more valid applications are received on the same day, they will be considered in accordance with the Criteria set out in Clause 4. iv. Parents whose application is refused may appeal against the refusal in accordance with the procedure in Clause 7.

The Admission Number for each year group in 2011-2012 is as follows: Year 6:15, Year 5:15 Year 4:15, Year 3:15, Year 2:15, Year 1:15, Reception (F1): 15

11. In-Year Admission of Vulnerable Children , Years F1 to Year 6 inclusive (referred to as “In Year Fair Access”) The School Admissions Code states that all admission authorities and admission forums should have protocols in place for admitting vulnerable children and to avoid individual schools admitting disproportionately large numbers of children who have been excluded from other schools. In order to ensure that this is possible the scheme allows for one additional place in each year group to be made available, when necessary, to children in groups judged to be vulnerable AFNOV2409R550.doc Page 357 AF13 and at significant risk of underachievement. These groups are detailed in Oxfordshire County Council’s In Year Fair Access Protocol 2011-2012 which is available for inspection in the school office.

Where necessary these children will be admitted above the admission number that applied to the year group at entry to F1. The above arrangements cannot be used where this would involve contravening the Education (Infant Class Sizes)(England) Regulation 1998.

It should be noted that children who are judged to be vulnerable and at significant risk of underachievement will have priority on the waiting list.

12. Home to School Transport Information regarding Home to School Transport can be found in the booklet entitled “Starting School” produced by the Local Authority and available from Primary Schools in September 2010.

• Note 1. By a ‘looked-after child’ we mean one being looked after by the Local Authority. The term covers accommodated children and those who are in care under a Care Order/interim order. This can include living with family or friends, in foster care, a children’s home, a residential school or special school.

• Note 2. By resident we mean living at the child and parents’ permanent address, that is to say where he or she will spend the majority of the school week, Monday to Friday including nights, at the time of completing the application form. We may ask to see official documentation, such as a child benefit book or medical card, if there are reasons why a child does not live at his or her parents’ address. For example if the child is resident with a grandparent you need to tell us on the application form. Childcare arrangements are not a sufficient reason for giving another address. If you do not declare any arrangements like this, or use, a relative’s address for your application, we may consider that you have made a false declaration and withdraw the offer of a place.

If at the time of completing the application form you are moving into the area we will require evidence of your move, for example a solicitor’s letter confirming that you have a o legally binding agreement to buy a house, or o a formal lease agreement of at least 12 months duration.

• Note 3. By parent we mean any person who has parental responsibility for or is the legal guardian of the child. Written legal proof may be required. If in doubt please consult the school.

• Note 4. By brother or sister we mean of the whole or half blood, or an adopted or other child who permanently resides at the same address and for whom the parent also has responsibility. In the case of children from a multiple birth living at the same address the place(s) shall be allocated by a random draw to be undertaken by an independent person (in this case either the Chair or the Clerk of the Parish Council of Shenington with Alkerton).

• Note 5. By closest to the school we mean those children living closest to the school as measured by the nearest designated public route as defined on the

AFNOV2409R550.doc Page 358 AF13 Directorate for Children, Young People & Families’s Geographic Information System. Where this produces an identical distance for two or more applicants the place(s) shall be allocated by a random draw to be undertaken by an independent person (in this case either the Chair or the Clerk of the Parish Council of Shenington with Alkerton) provided all the following circumstances apply: o They are not twins living at the same address o There are insufficient places to enable the Governors to offer places to all the affected applicants

• Note 6. The Governors reserve the right to check the validity of any information given. If it can be shown that a place is offered on the basis of misleading or fraudulent information the Governors may withdraw the offer of a place.

• Note 7. When children are able to complete their full 6 years (plus Foundation 1 year) at Shenington Primary School, the school benefits most.

• Note 8 In certain circumstances free transport from home to school may be available –please ask for details.

• A map showing the parish boundaries is available for inspection at the school office. If unable to visit the school office parents can either telephone the school office, or the Local Authority for advice if necessary.

For further information please contact the Chairman of the Admissions Committee at the school: Address: Shenington CE Primary School, Stocking Lane, Shenington, Oxon, OX15 6NF Telephone: 01295 670273 Fax : 01295 678726 Email: mailto:[email protected] Web Site: http://www.shenington.ik.org

AFNOV2409R550.doc Page 359 This page is intentionally left blank

Page 360 ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 2009

Policy Title: Admissions

Policy Reference:

Function: For Information and Guidance

Status: Submission to LA for consultation

Audience: Governors, Principal, Teachers, Support Staff, Local Authority

Ownership / The Principal and the Governing Body have overall responsibility Implementation for ensuring that this policy is implemented.

Version: Admission for 2011

Issued for: Consultation

Next Date for 2010 for Admission in 2012 Review:

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 361 AF13

THE OXFORD ACADEMY The Oxford Academy is a learning environment at the heart of its community. We promote care and respect, and expect high standards in all aspects of Academy life. We aim to build a community clearly based on a Christian ethos, recognising the integrity and the unique value of each individual. We aim to build self-esteem, model conflict resolution and protect the vulnerable. We are committed to justice and compassion. Mutual respect and trust are central within the Academy.

Our vision for The Oxford Academy is based on the following beliefs:

• Education matters in society: the provision of a well ordered, stimulating learning environment is a common right for all our children.

• The Academy should articulate social and moral values and respect for others, irrespective of their class, sex, race or religion.

• The Academy will promote the highest achievement in youngsters, irrespective of their abilities or self-expectations. Competition and collaboration are both equally important to learning. The aspirations of all our students will be nurtured.

• The Academy will celebrate students’ achievements and challenge fixed notions of ability. We will value and reward young people’s verbal, practical, academic, sporting, artistic and leadership skills.

• An effective and flourishing Academy should be ‘public’ rather than ‘private’, explaining to parents what is being taught and how the curriculum is being interpreted. It should be open to praise and constructive feedback in a genuine spirit of partnership.

• An effective Academy should work closely with neighbouring schools to improve opportunities for children and young people.

• The work of the Academy will be underpinned at all times by its ultimate aim – to improve standards, achievement and the life chances of young people. The Oxford Academy is to be, first and foremost, a place of high quality learning and teaching for young people aged 11-19.

This policy, and its associated procedures and protocols, is based on these key principles.

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 362 AF13

Approved Admission Arrangements for The Oxford Academy

1. This document sets out the proposed admission arrangements for The Oxford Academy for 2011, hereinafter referred to as ‘the Academy’, which are based on the arrangements found in Annex 2 to the Funding Agreement between The Oxford Academy and the Secretary of State for Schools. It was a condition of this approval that the arrangements set out in Part I of this document must be approved in advance by the Secretary of State. Obligations in this document are to be treated as if imposed by the Funding Agreement.

2. Notwithstanding these arrangements, the Secretary of State may direct the Academy to admit a named pupil to the Academy on application from a local authority (LA). Before doing so the Secretary of State will consult the Academy.

I: ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS APPROVED BY SECRETARY OF STATE

Arrangements for admission to 11-16 Provision

3. The admission arrangements for the Academy for the year 2011/2012 and, subject to any changes approved or required by the Secretary of State, for subsequent years are:

a) The Academy has an agreed admission number of 210 pupils. The Academy will accordingly admit at least, and no more than 210 pupils in the relevant age group each year if sufficient applications are received;

b) The Academy may set a higher admission number than its agreed admissions number as its Published Admission Number (PAN) for any specific year. Before setting an admission number higher than its agreed admission number, the Academy will consult those listed at paragraph 16 below. Pupils will not be admitted above the Published Admission Number unless exceptional circumstances apply. Such circumstances shall be reported to the Secretary of State.

3A. The admission arrangements for the Academy from the Academic Year beginning in September 2008 are those agreed and published by Oxfordshire LA, as pertaining to Peers School, the predecessor school. The Academy has a Published Admission Number of 210 for students entering the Academy in Year 7.

Process of application

4. Applications for places at the Academy will be made in accordance with Oxfordshire LA’s co-ordinated admission arrangements and will be made on the Common Application Form (CAF) provided and administered by Oxfordshire LA. The Academy will use the following timetable for applications each year (exact dates within the months may vary from year to year), which, whenever possible, will fit in with the common timetable agreed by the Oxfordshire Admissions Forum or LA.

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 363 AF13

a) By September of the preceding year - The Academy will publish, in its prospectus, information about the arrangements for admission, including oversubscription criteria, for the following September (e.g. in September 2010 for admission in September 2011). This will include details of open evenings and other opportunities for prospective pupils and their parents/carers to visit the school. The Academy will also provide information to the LA for inclusion in the composite prospectus, as required;

b) September/October - The Academy will provide opportunities for parents to visit the Academy;

c) October/November - CAF to be completed and returned to the LA to administer; d) LA sends list of applicants to the Academy;

e) The Academy sends list of pupils to be offered places to LA

f) February - LA applies agreed scheme for its own schools, informing other LAs of offers to be made to pupils for whom they are responsible;

g) 1st March offers made to parents.

Consideration of applications

5. The Academy will consider all applications for places. Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the Published Admissions Number for any relevant age group are, the Academy will offer places to all those who have applied in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Procedures where the Academy is oversubscribed

6. Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admissions number for any relevant age group,, the Academy will consider applications against the criteria set out in the sub-paragraphs below. After the admission of pupils with statements of Special Educational Needs where the Academy is named in the statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below:

a) children in public care (looked After Children whom the Corporate Parent agrees should attend the Academy);.

b) disabled children who need to be admitted to a school on the grounds of physical accessibility, as determined by the Local Authority. The definition of disability is that contained within the Disability Discrimination Act as amended;

c) Children who live in the Academy’s designated area. If there are more applicants than places in this category priority will be given to the following children in

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 364 AF13

descending order of priority:

1. Those who live in the designated areas of Windale Primary School or Pegasus Primary School. However if there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the Academy using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Local Authority’s’ Geographic Information System, maintained by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families.

2. Those children who will have a sibling at the Academy at the time of entry (See note 2 below). However, if there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the Academy using the nearest designated public route as defined on the Local Authority’s Geographic Information System operated by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families.

3. Those children who live closest to the Academy by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Local Authority’s Geographic Information System operated by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families

d) Children living outside the designated area who will have a sibling at the Academy at the time of entry (See note 2 below). If there are more applicants than places priority will be given, within this group, to those children who live closest to the Academy by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Local Authority’s Geographic Information System operated by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families ;

e) Those children who live closest to the Academy by the nearest designated public route as defined on the Local Authority’s Geographic Information System operated by the Directorate for Children, Young People and Families.

Notes:

Note 1: Children in Public Care (Looked after Children), also called ‘Children Looked After’, are children who are in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by that authority under section 22 of the Children Act 1989.

Note 2: Children are siblings if they are half, full or adoptive brother or sister or if they are children of the same household.

Pupils will not be considered as a sibling where the older child is attending the Academy as a Year 12 or Year 13 student in the year of entry.

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 365 AF13

Operation of waiting lists

7. Subject to any provisions regarding waiting lists in the LA’s co-ordinated admission scheme, the Academy will operate a waiting list. Where, in any year, the Academy receives more applications for admissions that the Published Admission Number, a waiting list will operate until 30 September of that year. This will be maintained by the Academy and it will be open to any parent/carer to ask for their child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application.

8. Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the oversubscription criteria set out in paragraph 6 above. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Arrangements for appeals panels

9. Parents will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Academy. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the Academy. The arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the School Admission Appeals Code published by the Department for Children Schools and Families as it applies to Foundation and Voluntary Aided schools. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code and is binding on all parties. The Academy will prepare guidance for parents about how the appeals process will work and will provide parents with a named contact who can answer any enquiries they may have about the process.

Arrangements for admission to post 16 provision

10. The Academy will make separate arrangements for entry to courses in the sixth form, based on GCSE grades or other measures of prior attainment, which will be published annually. Applicants from outside the Academy will be accepted if a place is available and the applicant meets the same criteria as those applying internally. The Academy will be able to take 75 external pupils in Year 12.

11. If more external applicants who meet the criteria apply than there are places available, places will be allocated on the basis of the application of the oversubscription set out in paragraph 6.

12. There will be a right of appeal to an Independent Appeals Panel for unsuccessful applicants. Parents and sixth form applicants will each be able to exercise a right of appeal although where a parent and child appeal they will usually be heard at a single hearing.

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 366 AF13

Arrangements for admitting pupils to other year groups, including to replace any pupils who have left the Academy

13. Subject to paragraph 19 below, and to any provisions in the LA’s co-ordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, the Academy will consider all such applications and, if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child unless one of the permitted reliefs apply. If more applications are received than there are places available, the oversubscription criteria in paragraph 6 shall apply. Parents/carers whose application is turned down are entitled to appeal.

14. The Academy will participate in Oxfordshire LA’s ‘In Year Fair Access Protocol’ arrangements..

Arrangements for admission of pupils as the Academy builds to its full capacity

15. For the Academic year which began in September 2008, the Academy had a Published Admission Numbers relating to pupils in Years 7 and 12. Pupils in other Years would have been transferred automatically from the predecessor school, Peers School, which closed on 31 August 2008. The effect of this for the academic year 2011/2012 is set out in the next section.

16. During the academic year starting 1 September 2011 there will not be a Published Admission Number against which to consider applications in Year 11. All other year groups have a published admission number.

17. Admission to the Year group without a Published Admission Number will be based upon the size of teaching groups already existing in the Academy and the efficient use of resources.

18. There will be a right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel for unsuccessful applicants.

II: ANNUAL PROCEDURES FOR DETERMINING ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS

Consultation

19. The Academy will consult by 1 March each year on its proposed admission arrangements:

a) Oxfordshire LA;

b) The admission forum for Oxfordshire LA;

c) Any other admission authorities for primary and secondary schools located within the relevant area for consultation set by Oxfordshire LA;

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 367 AF13

d) Any other governing body for primary and secondary schools (as far as not falling within paragraph c)) located within the relevant area for consultation set by Oxfordshire LA;

e) Affected admission authorities in neighbouring LAs.

Publication of admission arrangements

20. The Academy will determine its admissions arrangements each year by 15 April and will publish these arrangements once they have been determined, by sending copies to:

a) All Primary and Secondary schools in Oxfordshire LA;

b) The offices of Oxfordshire LA;

c) Public libraries in the area of Oxfordshire LA for the purposes of being made available for reference at such libraries,

And by copies being made available without charge on request from the Academy..

21. The published arrangements will set out:

a) the name and address of the Academy and contact details;

b) a summary of the admissions policy, including oversubscription criteria;

c) a statement of any religious affiliation;

d) numbers of places and applications for those places in the previous year; and

e) arrangements for hearing appeals.

Monitoring, Evaluation and Review The Governing Body will review this policy every year and assess its implementation and effectiveness. The policy will be promoted and implemented throughout the Academy.

AFNOV2409R540.doc

Page 368

Archdiocese of Birmingham

ST. JOSEPH’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL Fiennes Road, Banbury, Oxon OX16 0ET

Telephone/Fax: 01295 264284

Headteacher: Miss M Lewicki B. Ed (Hons)

ADMISSION FORUM – 24 NOVEMBER 209

ADMISSION POLICY

Name of School: St. Joseph’s Catholic Primary

The admissions process is part of the Oxfordshire LA co-ordinated scheme.

The Admission Policy of the Governors of St. Joseph’s Catholic Primary School is as follows:

The School’s Admission Number for the school year beginning in September 2011 is 30.

2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of St. Joseph’s who have a brother or sister (see Note 3 below) in the school at the time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of St. Joseph’s

4. Other Baptised Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

5. Other Baptised Catholic children

AFNOV2409R560.doc Page 369 AF13 6. Non-Catholic children who are in the care of a local authority (looked-after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989)

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission

8. Non-Catholic children

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school must be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to other applicants.

AFNOV2409R560.doc Page 370 AF13 Note 4 The home address of a pupil is considered to be the permanent residence of a child. The address must be the child’s only or main residence for the majority of the school week. Documentary evidence may be required . Where care is split equally between mother and father, parents must name which address is to be used for the purpose of allocating a school place

NURSERY Parents must apply on the LA form for a place in Reception Class. Attendance at a nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered in main school.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with according to the LA co-ordinated scheme.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

APPENDIX

DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC”

AFNOV2409R560.doc Page 371 AF13 Rite, Coptic, Syriac, etc, Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 1203 ). Written evidence* of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878 ). Or • Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Right of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399 ).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM

AFNOV2409R560.doc Page 372 Agenda Annex

ADMISSION FORUM TERMS OF REFERENCE

PART 4 Admission forums: purpose and functions

Purpose and functions of a forum

16.— (1) For the purposes of section 85A(1) (purpose of admission forums) the role of a forum is to consider and advise on the fairness of admission arrangements for schools in the relevant area, and in particular —

(a) the extent to which the current admission arrangements in the relevant area serve the interests of looked after children, children with disabilities and children with special educational needs;

(b) the effectiveness of any fair access protocol in place in the relevant area;

(c) the effectiveness of any scheme for co-ordinating admission arrangements made or adopted under section 88M(1) in the relevant area and, where relevant, any adjoining local authority area; and

(d) details of any other matters which affect the fair operation of admission arrangements for relevant schools in the relevant area.

(2) A forum must—

(a) advise the authority and the governing bodies of all voluntary aided and foundation schools in the area by 30th November each year which persons or bodies in the area the forum considers have an interest in proposed admission arrangements for the purposes of regulation 12(2)(h) of the Admission Arrangements Regulations;

(b) consider and advise on any proposed qualifying scheme for the co-ordination of admission arrangements referred to it by the authority pursuant to regulation 5 of the School Admissions (Co- ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008;

(c) consider admission arrangements referred to it under regulation 12(2)(f) of the Admission Arrangements Regulations for the purposes of consultation and must consider whether to exercise its power to refer an objection to any such arrangements to the adjudicator pursuant to section 88H(2);

(d) consider any composite prospectus(10) published by the authority and advise the authority on whether this might be improved to raise the standard of information provided to parents; and

AFOCT2109R020.doc Page 373 AF9 – page 2

(e) consider whether to produce a report for the purposes of section 85A(1A).

Advice and recommendations of a forum

17. A forum must promulgate their advice and recommendations produced under regulation 16(1) for the purposes of section 85A(1) to all admission authorities, maintained schools, Academies, city technology colleges or city colleges for the technology of the arts within the relevant area, and must make that advice available to any other persons with an interest.

Forum reports

18.— (1) For the purposes of section 85A(1A) (matters that may be included in a forum report) the prescribed matters are—

(a) the forum’s analysis of the extent to which admission arrangements, or any aspect of admission arrangements, in the relevant area ensure fair access to educational opportunity;(11) and

(b) any recommendation the forum wishes to make to improve fair access as a result of their analysis.

(2) For the purposes of this regulation “admission arrangements” includes—

(a) the scheme for co-ordinating admission arrangements made or adopted under section 88M(1) in the relevant area and, where relevant, an adjoining local authority area; and

(b) any school policy which, in the opinion of the forum, affects or may affect, fair access to educational opportunity in the relevant area.

Provision of information to forum

19. For the purposes of section 85A(1B) (information that may be requested by a forum) the prescribed information is such information as the forum requires to enable it to carry out its functions under section 85A(1A) and regulation 18.

Publication of forum reports

20. A forum report produced pursuant to section 85A(1A) must be sent to the adjudicator.

AFOCT2109R020.doc Page 374